阿毘達磨集論疏 Abhidharmasamuccayabhāṣya

Abhidharmasamuccayabhāṣyam

[I(1)]

[lakṣaṇasamuccayo nāma prathamaḥ samuccayaḥ]

[Ms. 1B] oṃ namo ratnatrayāya /

A1 以一頌總標「分」、「品」（缺）A2 次第別釋「分」、「品」（分二）B1 本事分（分四）C1 三法品（分四）D1 以九義辨釋三科（分二）E1 以頌標（分二）F1 列九名別（缺）F2 標集勸知（缺）E2 長行依九門別釋（分九）F1 釋頌「幾」字舉數列名門（分二）G1 總問

§ 1. [T. 1B, Ch. 695] kim artham idaṃ śāstram ārabdham / skandhādīn ārabhya kati kasmād ity evamādiṣu cintā[T. 2A]sthāneṣu kauśalyakaraṇārtham / tathā hy anena kauśalyena dvividho 'nuśaṃso labhyate--manaskārānuśaṃsaṃḥ sāṃkathyaviniścayānuśaṃsaś ca / tatra (i) manaskārānuśaṃsaḥ śamathānukūlyād vipaśyanāvṛddhayānukūlyāc ca veditavyaḥ / śamathānukūlyaṃ punar eṣu sthāneṣu kṛtakauśalasya niḥsaṃdehatayā yatheṣṭam ālaṃbane aikāgrayayogena sukhaṃ cittasamā[T, 2B]dhānataḥ / vipaśyanāvṛddhayānukūlyaṃ bahubhiḥ prakāraiḥ jñeyaparīkṣayā prajñāprakarṣagamanataḥ / (ii) sāṃkathyaviniścayānuśaṃsa eṣu sthāneṣu kuśa[Ms. 2A]lasya sarvapraśnavyākaraṇaśaktiyogād vaiśāradyapratilaṃbhato draṣṭavyaḥ //

G2 別答（分三）H1 蘊（缺）H2 界（缺）H3 處（缺）F2 釋頌「何因」字問答廣立門（分三）G1 廣立蘊（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答

§ 2A. [As. P.1] pañcākārātmavastūdbhāvanatām upādāyety atra caturākāram ātmano vastv ity ātmavastu / pañcamaṃ tv ātmalakṣaṇam eva vastv ity ātmavastv iti veditavyam / saparigrahadehagrahaṇena bāhyasyādhyātmikasya ca rūpaskandhasya grahaṇaṃ veditavyam / vedanādīnām upabhogāditvaṃ tallakṣaṇanirdeśe jñāpayiṣyate / [As. P.2] tadāśrayātmasvavastu vijñānam, teṣāṃ saparigrahadehādīnām āśrayam ātmalakṣaṇaṃ vastv ity arthaḥ / tathā hi loke prāyeṇa [Ch. 695B] vijñāne ātmagrāhaḥ, śeṣeṣv ātmīyagrāha iti //

G2 廣立界（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答

§2B. dehaparigrahābhyām iti cakṣu[rādī]ndriyaṣaṭkena rūpādiviṣayaṣaṭkena ca / ṣaḍākāro 'tīto vartamānaś copabhogo vijñānaṣaṭkam, tasya dhāraṇam āśrayālaṃbanabhāvataḥ / ity evaṃ taddhā[Ms. 2B]raṇatvena dvādaśānām indriyaviṣayāṇāṃ dhātutvam /

G3 廣立處（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答

vijñānānāṃ punar upabhogalakṣaṇa[T. 3A]dhāraṇatvena dhātutvaṃ veditavyam / yathātītapratyutpannāḥ cakṣurādaya upabhogalakṣaṇadhārakā naivam anāgatāḥ--2 // § 2C. āyadvāramātratvād indriyārthamātragrahaṇena dvādaśaivāyatanāni vyavasthāpitāni, na tūpabhogalakṣaṇaṃ vijñānaṣaṭkam iti //

F3 釋頌「何取」字問答別名門（分二）G1 辨取蘊（分三）H1 辨名因（缺）H2 辨取體（缺）H3 辨取相

§ 3. upādānaṃ chando rāgaś ca / tatra chando 'bhilāṣaḥ, rāgo 'dhyavasānam / chandenānāgatam ātmabhāvam abhilāṣamukhenopādatte, yenānāgatān skandhān abhinirvarttayati / rāgena vartamānam ātmabhāvam adhyavasānamukhenopādatte, yena vartamānān skandhān na parityajati / tasmād etad eva dvayam upādānam ity ucyate /

G2 辨界處有取法（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 辨界處名取所以

tatra skandhavan nirdeśa iti / upādānena yuktās tasmāt sopādānadharmā iti veditavyam //

F4 釋頌「何相」字問答體相門（分三）G1 辨蘊相（分五）H1 解色蘊相（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答（分二）J1 總以變、現二義標色相（缺）J2 廣前標變、現之義（分二）K1 別配變、現二相（缺）K2 別解二相差別（分二）L1 釋觸對變壞

§ 4A. (i) sparśena rūpāṇām anyathībhāvo veditavyaḥ /

L2 釋方所示現（分二）M1 總釋（缺）M2 隨釋

yā deśe ity abhimukhapradeśe / idaṃ cedaṃ cety asthiśaṃkalā[Ms. 3A]dikaṃ jñeyavastusabhāgaṃ pratibimbam / evaṃ caivaṃ ceti varṇasaṃsthānabhedaiḥ citrīkārateti tathāsaṃjñā /

H2 解受蘊相（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答

(ii) [Ch. 695C] śubhānāṃ karmaṇāṃ sukho 'nubhavaḥ phalavipākaḥ / aśubhānāṃ duḥkhaḥ / ubhayeṣām aduḥkhāsukhaḥ / tathā hi śubhānām aśubhānāṃ vā vipāka ālayavi[T. 3B]jñānaṃ nityam upekṣayaiva saṃprayuktaṃ bhavati / saiva cātropekṣā vipākaḥ / sukhaduḥkhayos tu vipākajatvād vipākopacāraḥ /

H3 解想蘊相（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答

(iii) dṛṣṭaśrutatamavijñātān arthān iti dṛṣṭaṃ yac cakṣuṣā nubhūtam, śrutaṃ yac chrotreṇānubhūtam, mataṃ yat svayam abhyūhitam evaṃ caivaṃ ca bhavitavyam iti, vijñātaṃ yat pratyātmam anubhūtam iti / vyavaharatīty abhilāpaiḥ prāpa[ya]tīty arthaḥ //

H4 解行蘊相（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答

(iv) nānāvasthāsu ceti sukhaduḥkhādyāsu //

H5 解識蘊相（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答（缺）G2 辨界相（分三）H1 辨根（分二）I1 眼界相

§ 4B. (i) [As. p. 3] yena cakṣuṣā rūpāṇi dṛṣṭavān ity atītavijñānopabhogadhārakatvena dhātutva darśayati / pa[Ms. 3B.]śyatīti vartamānavijñānopabhogadhārakatvena / yac ca tasya cakṣuṣo bījam upacitam ālayavijñānaṃ yata āyatyāṃ cakṣur nirvartiṣyate, vaipākyaṃ ca yato nirvṛttam, tad api dvividhaṃ bījaṃ cakṣurdhātur ity ucyate, cakṣuṣo hetutvāt /

I2 例餘耳鼻舌身意界相（缺）H2 辨境相（分二）I1 色界相

yac cakṣurdhātoḥ rūpe ādhipatyam iti rūpīndriyādhipatyena bāhyaviṣayanirvartanāt /

I2 例餘聲香味觸法界相（缺）H3 辨識相（分二）I1 眼識界相（缺）I2 例餘耳鼻舌身意識界相（缺）G3 辨處相（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答

§ 4C. [Ch. 696A] tad dhātuvad draṣṭavyaṃ tac ca yathāyogam iti yena cakṣuṣā rūpāṇi drakṣyati yac ca tadbījam ity evamādi yojayitavyam //

F5 釋頌「何建立」問答差別門（分二）G1 辨三科（分二）H1 別立三科（分三）I1 建立蘊（分五）J1 建立色蘊（分二）K1 總問答顯大造體

§5. [T. 4A] catvāri ca mahābhūtāny upādāyeti / katham upādāyarūpam / catvāri mahābhūtāny upādāya jananasaṃniśrayapratiṣṭhopastaṃbhopabṛṃhaṇahetutvena / jananādihetutvaṃ punar bhūtānām upādāyarūpe pañcavidhaṃ hetutvam adhikṛtya / (i) utpattihetutvaṃ tair vinā tadanutpatteḥ / (ii) vṛttihetutvaṃ bhūtāni pratyākhyāyopādāyarūpasya pṛthagdeśāvaṣṭambhasāma[Ms. 4A]rthyābhāvāt / (iii) anuvṛttihetutvaṃ bhūtavikāreṇa tatpratiṣṭhitopādāyarūpavikriyāgamanāt / (iv) sthitihetutvaṃ sadṛśotpattikāle bhūtair upādāyarūpasaṃtānasyānupacchedayogena saṃdhāraṇāt / (v) upacayahetutvaṃ vṛttikāle bhūtair ūpādāyarūpāpyāyanād iti /

K2 廣別釋（分二）L1 辨大種（分二）M1 總（缺）M2 別（缺）L2 辨造色（分二）M1 總釋所造（缺）M2 別釋所造（分三）N1 釋五根（分五）O1 眼根（缺）O2 耳根（缺）O3 鼻根（缺）O4 舌根（缺）O5 身根（缺）N2 釋五境（分五）O1 辨色（分四）P1 舉色因（缺）P2 舉能取（缺）P3 列差別（缺）P4 顯共相

§ 5A. nīlādīnāṃ pañcaviṃśatīnāṃ rūpāṇāṃ vyavasthānaṃ ṣaḍbhir ākārair veditavyam / (i) lakṣaṇataḥ (ii) saṃniveśato (iii) 'nugrahopaghātataḥ (iv) kriyāsaṃniśrayataḥ (v) kriyālakṣaṇataḥ (vi) maṇḍanataś ca caturṇāṃ daśānām aṣṭānām ekaikasya ca yathākramam / tatrābhyavakāśas tadanyaprativārakaspraṣṭavyarahito yo deśaḥ / nabho [T. 4B] yad upariṣṭān nīlaṃ dṛśyate //

O2 辨聲（分四）P1 舉聲因（缺）P2 舉能取（缺）P3 顯共相（缺）P4 列差別

§ 5B. [Ch. 696B, As. P. 4] śabdavyavasthānaṃ lakṣaṇato 'nugrahopaghātataḥ hetuprabhedato deśanāprabhedato vyavahāraprabhedataś ca / lakṣaṇataḥ śrotrendriyagrāhyo yo 'rtha iti / [Ms. 4B] deśanāprabhedato lokaprasiddhādayas trayaḥ / śeṣaṃ yathāyogaṃ veditavyam / tatropāttamahābhūtahetukas tadyathā vākchabdaḥ / anupāttamahābhūtahetukastadyathā vṛkṣaśabdaḥ / tadubhayas tadyathā hastamṛdaṅgaśabdaḥ / lokaprasiddho laukikabhāṣāsaṃgṛhītaḥ / siddhopanīta āryair deśitaḥ / parikalpitas tīrthyair deśitaḥ / āryānāryavyāvahārikau tu dṛṣṭādīn aṣṭau vyavahārān adhikṛtya veditavyau //

O3 辨香（分三）P1 舉香因（缺）P2 舉能取（缺）P3 顯共相

§ 5C-D. gandhavyavasthānaṃ svalakṣaṇato 'nugrahopaghātataḥ prabhedataś ca // rasavyavasthānam apy evam eva veditavyam // tatra sahajo gandhaś candanādonām, sāṃyogiko dhūpayuktyadīnām, pāriṇāmikaḥ pakvaphalādīnām iti /

O4 辨味（分四）【P1 舉味因（缺）】P2 舉能取（缺）P3 列差別（缺）P4 顯共相（缺）O5 辨觸（分三）P1 舉觸因（缺）P2 舉能取（缺）P3 列差別

§ 5E. spraṣṭav yaikadeśavyavasthānam āmarśanata ātulanataḥ sparśanata āpīḍanataḥ saṃsargato dhātuvaiṣamya[T. 5A]sāmyataś ca / abvāyusaṃsa[Ms. 5A]rgāc chītam / appṛthavīsaṃsargāt picchalam / viśrāmo balam ūrjā ca dhātusāmyāt / ūrjā punar vaiśāradyaṃ veditavyam / tṛptir ubhayathā / śeṣā jighatsādayo dhātuvaiṣamyād veditavyāḥ //

N3 解法處色（分二）O1 總標（缺）O2 別釋

§ 5F. ābhisāṃkṣepikaṃ paramāṇurūpam / ābhyavakāśikaṃ tad eva yathoktaṃ tadanyaprativārakaspraṣṭavyarahitam / [Ch. 696 C] sāmādānikam avijñaptirūpam / parikalpitaṃ prativimbarūpam / vaibhūtvikaṃ vimokṣadhyāyigocaraṃ yad rūpam /

J2 建立受蘊（分二）K1 舉五位列七類受（分五）L1 第一位第一類（約所依別）（缺）L2 第二位第二類（約行相別）（缺）L3 第三位第三類（約依總行別）（缺）L4 第四位第四五類（約內身染淨別）（缺）L5 第五位第六七類（約外境染淨別）（缺）K2 逐難釋

§ 6. vedanāskandhavyavasthānam āśrayataḥ svabhāvata āśrayasaṃkalanataḥ saṃkleśavyavadānataś ca / tatra rūpāśrayasaṃkalanataḥ kāyikīvedanāvyavasthānam / arūpyāśrayasaṃkalanataś caitasikīvedanāvyavasthānam / saṃkleśataḥ sāmiṣādīnām, vyavadānato [As. P. 5] nirāmiṣādīnāṃ vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / tattṛṣṇāviyukteti visaṃyuktā visaṃyogyānukūlā ca veditavyā //

J3 建立想蘊（分二）K1 標三位列七種想（分三）L1 第一位第一種（約所依別）（缺）L2 第二位第二三種（約作意別）（缺）L3 第三位第四五六七種（約境界別）（缺）K2 逐難釋（分二）L1 釋前第二位作意差別（缺）L2 釋前第三位境界差別

§ 7. avyavahārakuśalasyāśikṣita[Ms. 5B]bhāṣatayā rūpe saṃjñā bhavati na tu rūpam iti / tasmād animittasaṃjñety ucyate / animittadhātusamāpannasya rūpādisarvanimittā[T. 5B]pagate 'nimitte nirvāṇe saṃjñānimittasaṃjñā / bhavāgrasamāpanna[Ch. 697A]syāpaṭutvenālaṃbanānimittīkaraṇād animittasaṃjñā / parīttaḥ kāmadhātuḥ nikṛṣṭatvāt / mahadgato rūpadhātus tata utkṛṣṭatvāt / apramāṇe ākāśavijñānānantyāyatane 'paryantatvāt / tasmāt tadālaṃbanāḥ saṃjñāḥ parīttādisaṃjñā veditavyāḥ /

J4 建立行蘊（分二）K1 總略標行蘊之體（分二）L1 標蘊主（缺）L2 顯餘法

§ 8. vedanāsaṃjñāvarjyānāṃ sarveṣāṃ caitasikānāṃ cittaviprayuktānāṃ ca saṃskāraskandhalakṣaṇatve cetanāmātrasyaiva tannidaśe grahaṇaṃ tatpūrvakatvād itareṣām iti kāraṇajñāpanārtham āha--yayā kuśalatvāya cetayata ity evamādi / tatra kuśalā vakṣyamāṇāḥ śraddhādayaḥ / saṃkleśā rāgādayaḥ kleśopa[Ms. 6A]kleśāḥ / avasthābhedataḥ cetanāpreritasaṃskārāvasyāsu prajñaptāḥ cittaviprayuktāḥ saṃskārāḥ //

K2 隨別解釋前所標法（分二）L1 初辨與心相應行蘊（分三）M1 列五十三心所別名（缺）

§ 8A. cetanādīnāṃ caitasikānāṃ lakṣaṇataḥ karmataś ca nirdeśo veditavyaḥ /

M2 隨別解釋五十三諸心所法（分六）N1 徧行位（分三）O1 思

tatra (i) cetanāyāḥ [As . P. 6] cittābhisaṃskāro manaskarmeti lakṣaṇanirdeśaḥ / kuśalākuśalāvyākṛteṣu cittapreraṇakarmiketi karmanirdeśaḥ / tathā hi [T. 6A] yathābhisaṃskāraṃ kuśalādiṣu dharmeṣu cittasya pravṛttir bhavatīti /

O2 作意

(ii) ālaṃbane cittadhāraṇaṃ tatraiva punaḥ punar āvarjanaṃ veditavyam / ata eva [Ch. 697B] samādhilābhī mana(ḥ)saṃskāralābhīty ucyate /

O3 觸

(iii) vijñānotpattāv indriyasya sukhādivedanotpattyanukūlo yo vikāras tadākāraḥ sparśo veditavyaḥ /

N2 別境位（分五）O1 欲

(iv) tattadupasaṃhitā kartukāmateti darśanaśravaṇādisarvakriyecchāsaṃgrahārtham /

O2 勝解

(v) yathāniścayaṃ dhāraṇā evam etan nānyathety adhimuktiḥ / ata eva tatpradhāno 'nyaiḥ saṃhartuṃ na śakyate

O3 念

(vi) saṃstu[Ms.6B]taṃ vastu pūrvānubhūtaṃ veditavyam / avikṣepakarmikatvaṃ punaḥ smṛter ālaṃbanābhilapane sati cittāvikṣepatām upādāya /

O4 三摩地

(vii) cittasyaikāgratāvikṣepaḥ / jñānasaṃniśrayadānaṃ samāhitacittasya yathābhūtajñānāt /

O5 慧

(viii) saṃśayavyāvartanaṃ prajñayā dharmān pravicinvato niścayalābhāt /

N3 善位（分十一）O1 信

(ix) astitve 'bhisaṃpratyayākārā śraddhā / guṇatve prasādākārā / śakyatve 'bhilāṣākārā, śakyaṃ mayā prāptuṃ niṣpādayituṃ veti /

O2 慚（缺）O3 愧（缺）O4 無貪（缺）O5 無瞋（缺）O6 無癡

(x-xiii) [Ch. 697C] hryādayaḥ sugamatvānna vibhajyante / (xiv) upapattiprātilambhikaṃ śrutacintāmayaṃ bhāvanāmayaṃ ca yathākramaṃ vi[T. 6B]pākāgamādhigamarūpaṃ veditavyam / pratisaṃkhyā prajñā dhairyasahitā /

O7 勤

(xv) sthāmavān vīryavān utsāhī dṛḍhaparākramo 'nikṣiptadhuraḥ kuśaleṣu dharmeṣv ityevamādisūtrapadāni yathākramaṃ saṃnāhādiṣv abhyutsāhavastuṣu yojayitavyāni / paripūraṇaṃ ya[Ms. 7A]thā maulaṃ praveśaḥ / niṣpādanaṃ tasyaiva suparikarmakṛtatvam /

O8 安

(xvi) sarvāvaraṇaniṣkarṣaṇaṃ tadvaśenāśrayaparivṛttito draṣṭavyam /

O9 不放逸

(xvii) sarvakuśalabhāvanāyā vīryādipūrvakatvāt teṣv apramādaprajñaptiḥ / sāsravā dharmā āsravā āsravasthānīyāś ca viṣayā iha veditavyāḥ /

O10 捨

(xviii) cittasamatādibhir upekṣāyā ādimadhyāvasānāvasthā vyākhyātāḥ / tathā hy upekṣayā yuktaṃ cittaṃ layādiveṣamyābhāvād āditaḥ samam / tato 'nabhisaṃskāreṇa vahanāt praśaṭham / tataḥ saṃkleśāśaṅkābhāvād anābhogāvasthitam iti /

O11 不害

(xix) avihiṃsā [As. P. 7.]py adveṣāvyatirekāt prajñaptisatī veditavyā /

N4 煩惱位（分二）O1 初明鈍五（分五）P1 貪

(xx) duḥkhasaṃjananakarmaka iti tṛṣṇāvaśena pañcopādānaskandhanirvartanāt /

P2 瞋

(xxi) [Ch. 698A] asparśavihāra āghātacittasya duḥkha [T. 7A]vihārāt /

P3 慢

(xxii) agauravaṃ guruṣu guṇavatsu ca stabdhatā / duḥkhotpattiḥ punarbhavotpattir vedi[Ms. 7B]tavyā /

P4 無明

(xxiii) mithyāniścayair viparītaṃ jñānam / vicikitsā saṃśayaḥ / saṃkleśotpattiḥ rāgādikleśasamudācāraḥ / tatsaṃniśrayadānaṃ mūḍhasya sarvakleśapravṛtter iti /

P5 疑

(xxiv) ratneṣu vimatir mārgasatye nirodhasatye ca yathāyogam / tayā kuśalapakṣe 'pravṛttir alabdhaniścayasyānārambhāt //

O2 後明利五（分二）P1 別釋五（分五）Q1 薩迦耶見（缺）Q2 邊執見

(xxv-xxix) 1. madhyamāpratipac chāśvatocchedagrāhavarjitaṃ pratītyasamutpādajñānam /

Q3 見取（缺）Q4 戒禁取

śīlavrataṃ kudṛṣṭipūrvakaṃ veditavyama / śramavaiphalyaṃ tenāniryāṇāt /

Q5 邪見

nāsti dattaṃ nāstīṣṭaṃ nāsti kṛtaṃ nāsti sucaritaṃ nāsti duścaritam ity ayaṃ hetvapavādaḥ / nāsti duścaritasucaritānāṃ [Ch. 698B] karmaṇāṃ phalavipāka iti phalāpavādaḥ / nāsty ayaṃ loko nāsti paraloko nāsti mātā nāsti pitā nāsti sattva upapāduka iti kriyāpavādaḥ, lokāntaragamanāgamanakriyāyā bījādhānakriyāyāḥ pratisaṃdhibandhakriyāyāś cā[Ms. 8A]pavādāt / na santi loke 'rhanta ity evamādi sadvastunāśanam / [T. 7B] tadanyad yat kiṃcid viparītadarśanaṃ tan mithyāparikalpanaṃ veditavyam / kuśalamūlasamucchedo viśiṣṭāyā eva mithyādṛṣṭer na sarvasyāḥ /

P2 別問答見（分五）Q1 問答增減（分二）R1 問（缺）R2 答（分二）S1 答增益

2. pañcaskandhātmake jñeye ātmātmīyasvabhāvasamāropikā satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ / ātmanityānityaviśeṣasamāropikāntagrāhadṛṣṭiḥ / kudṛṣṭāv agratā samāropako dṛṣṭiparāmarśaḥ / tatraiva śuddhisamāropakaḥ śīlavrataparāmarśaḥ /

S2 答損減

ekā yadbhūyaseti mithyāvikalpikā yā nāvaśyam apavādikatvāt /

Q2 問答相攝（分二）R1 問答計前後際所有諸見（缺）R2 問答十四不可記事

[As . p. 8] lakṣaṇato dvābhyām antagrāhamithyādṛṣṭibhyām, saparivārataḥ sarvābhyaḥ /

Q3 釋經毀我（分二）R1 問（缺）R2 答（分二）S1 總略答（缺）S2 列五失名

3. (a) rūpādayo nātmā, tadvilakṣaṇatvāt na hi te ātmalakṣaṇā iti / (b) na teṣv ātmā, anityatādoṣāt / na hy āśrayābhāve āśritaṃ bhavatīti / (c) na rūpavān ātmā, asvātantryadoṣaprasaṅgāt / (d) na tebhyo 'nyatrātmā, nirdehatādoṣāt / na hi vinā dehenā[Ms. 8B]tmaparikalpa upalabhyata iti / asvātantryatādoṣaḥ teṣv avaśavartanāt / [Ch. 698 C] (e) athaivaṃvidham ātmānaṃ kaścit parikalpayet tathāpi nopapadyate 'rūpādika ātmā, [T. 8A] ayatnato mokṣadoṣāt / dehādibandhanābhāve hi svarasenaiva mokṣaḥ syād iti //

Q4 我我所別（分二）R1 總問答我我所數（分二）S1 問（缺）S2 答

(4) rūpām ātmeti samanupaśyati vedanāṃ saṃjñāṃ saṃskārān vijñānam ātmeti samanupaśyatīty etāḥ pañcātmadṛṣṭayaḥ / śeṣāḥ pañcadaśātmīyadṛṣṭayaḥ //

R2 別問答我所數因（分二）S1 問（缺）S2 答

5. (a) rūpavān yāvad vijñānavān iti saṃbandhenātmīyatā, sā hi tatsaṃvandhāt tadvān bhavatīti / (b) ātmīyaṃ rūpaṃ yāvad vijñānam iti vaśavarttyātmīyatām upādāya, yasya hi yadvaśena vartate dāne viniyoge vā tasya tadātmīyam ity ucyate / (c) rūpe yāvad vijñāne ātmety avinirbhāgavṛttyātmīyatā, ayam ātmā eṣv anusṛto vistṛtaḥ [Ms. 9A] prakṣipto 'ṅgāṅgānusārigata iti parikalpanāt //

Q5 明我見緣（分二）R1 問（缺）R2 答

6. anirūpitavastukatvaṃ punā rūpam ity evamādilakṣaṇaṃ nirūpayata ātmadṛṣṭer anavakāśāt / tadyathā rajjuṃ sarpato gṛhṇāti kaścit sahasā, na punā rajjur iti nirūpayaṃs tāṃ sarpato gṛhṇīyād iti //

N5 隨煩惱位（分二）O1 明十種一分隨惑（分十）P1 忿

(XXX etc.) krodhādayaḥ prajñaptisanto veditavyāḥ, pratighātādivyatirekeṇābhāvāt //

P2 恨

(XXXI) tadūrdhvam iti krodhād ūrdhvam / akṣāntir apakārāmarṣaṇam /

P3 覆

(XXXII) dharmataiṣā yad avadyaṃ praticchādayataḥ [Ch. 699A] kaukṛtyam, [T. 8B] ataś cāsparśavihāra iti /

P4 惱

(XXXIII) uccapragāḍhapāruṣyavacanaṃ paramarmaghaṭṭanayogena pratyakṣaravāditā /

P5 嫉（缺）P6 慳

(XXXV) asaṃlekho mātsaryeṇānupayujyamānānām apy upakaraṇānāṃ saṃnicayād veditavyaḥ /

P7 誑（缺）P8 諂

(XXXVII) [As. P. 9] bhūtadoṣavimālanā anyenānyasya pratisaraṇaṃ veditavyam / samyagavavādalābhaparipanthakarmakatvaṃ yathābhūtam ātmānam anāviṣkṛtyāvavā[Ms. 9B]dāyogyatvāt /

P9 憍

(XXXVIII) dīrghāyuṣkalakṣaṇagrahaṇaṃ tadvikalpanād amaravitarkapūrvakaṃ jīvitamadotpatteḥ / anyatamānyatamā sāsravā saṃpattiḥ kulavalarūpamedhābuddhibhogaiśvaryādikā veditavyā / rāgāṃśikaṃ nāndīsaumanasyaṃ saṃkliṣṭo harṣaviśeṣaḥ /

P10 害（缺）O2 明十種諸分隨惑（分二）P1 解中（分二）Q1 無慚（缺）Q2 無愧（缺）P2 解大八（分八）Q1 惛沈（缺）Q2 掉舉

(XLIII) [Ch. 699B] śubhanimittam anusarato rāgānukūlaṃ pūrvahasitaramitakrīḍitānusmaraṇāt cittasyānupaśamo veditavyaḥ

Q3 不信

(XLIV) kausīdyasaṃniśrayadānakarmakatvam aśraddadhānasya prayogacchandābhāvāt /

Q4 懈怠（缺）Q5 放逸（缺）Q6 忘念（缺）Q7 不正知

(LVIII) asaṃviditā kāyavākcittacaryābhikramapratikramādiṣu samyagapratyavekṣitatayā veditavyā / evaṃ hy asya karaṇīyākaraṇīyājñānād āpattayo bhavantīti //

Q8 散亂（分二）R1 出體（分二）S1 總出體（缺）S2 廣六種（分二）T1 列名（缺）T2 別釋（分六）U1 自性散亂

(XLIX) (a) svabhāvavikṣepaḥ pañcavijñānakāyāḥ, prakṛtyaivādhyātmaṃ samādhātum aśakyatvāt[T. 9A] /

U2 外散亂

(b) bahirdhāvikṣepaḥ śrutādikuśale prayuktasya tadālaṃbanād bahiḥ kāmaguṇeṣu cittagamanaṃ veditavyam /

U3 內散亂

(c) adhyātmavikṣepaḥ sa[Ms. 10A]mādhiprayuktasyaiva taccyutikarau layauddhatyam āsvādanā ca /

U4 相散亂

(d) nimittavikṣepaḥ pare māṃ guṇavattayā saṃbhāvayiṣyantīty etannimittam etadarthaṃ kuśalaprayuktasya śanaiḥ tatparihāṇito veditavyaḥ /

U5 麤重散亂

[As. P. 10] (e) dauṣṭhulyavikṣepo 'haṃkārādidauṣṭhulyavaśād utpannotpanneṣu sukhādiṣu vediteṣv ahaṃ mama asmīti vā karaṇāt kuśalapakṣāpariśuddhito veditavyaḥ / āditastathodgrahaṇam udgrahaḥ / vyavakira[CH. 699C]ṇā tadūrdhvaṃ tena cittasaṃtānasya miśrībhāvaḥ / nimittīkāraḥ tasyaiva veditasya punaḥ punaś citrīkāro veditavyaḥ

U6 作意散亂

(f) manaskāravikṣepaḥ samāpattyantaraṃ vā samāpadyamānasya dhyānāntaraṃ vā saṃśrayataḥ pūrvasmād dhyutthānato veditavyaḥ /

R2 辨業

vairāgyaparipanthakarmaka ity upakleśātmakaṃ vikṣepam adhikṛtya //

N6 不定位（分三）O1 睡眠

(L) middhanimittaṃ tadyathā daurbalyam, śramaḥ, kāyagauravaḥ, andhakāranimitta[Ms . 10B]sya manasikaraṇam, sarvārambhāṇām adhyupekṣaṇam punaḥ punas tatkālanidrābhyāsaḥ, mantrabalena parair nidropasaṃhāras tathā saṃvāhanā[T. 9B]dibhir veti / mohāṃśika iti samādhito viśeṣaṇārtham / kuśalā[di]bhāvavacanaṃ na tv avaśyaṃ mohātmaka iti kṛtvā / kāla iti rātryā madhyame yāme / akālas tato 'nyaḥ / yuktaṃ kāle yathānujñam, akāle 'pi glānasya karmaṇyatārthaṃ vā / ayuktas tato 'nyaḥ / kṛtyātipattisaṃniśrayadānam upakleśātmakasya middhasya veditavyaḥ /

O2 惡作

(LI) anabhipretaṃ karaṇam abhipretapūrvikā sucaritaduścaritakriyā, anabhipretaṃ karaṇaṃ parair balād avaṣṭabhya kāryamāṇasya kleśābhibhavād vā yathāyogaṃ veditavyam / mohāṃśika ity upakleśasaṃgṛhītaḥ / kāle yāvan na prativiramati, akāle tadūrdhvam / yuktaṃ sthāne, ayuktam asthāne /

O3 尋伺（分二）P1 別辨體（分二）Q1 尋

(LII) cetanāṃ vā niśritya prajñāṃ vety anabhyūhābhyūhāvasthāyāṃ yathākramam / paryeṣaṇākārā manaso 'bhijalpanā vitarkaḥ

Q2 伺

(Liii) pratyavekṣaṇākārā manaso 'bhijalpanānuvicāra iti //

P2 總辨業

[Ch. 700A] tāv eva vitarkavicārau saṃvadhyete, audārikasūkṣmavyavasthānād anayoḥ //

M3 通釋善染法治障作業

tadyathālobhasya lobhaprahāṇam, śraddhā[Ms. 11A]yā āśraddhayaprahāṇam / rāgapratipakṣo vairāgyam, tasya paripanthakaraṇam, tasya tena tadutpattāv antarāyakaraṇāt / evaṃ krodhādīnām apy upakleśānāṃ maitryādyātmīyapratipakṣāntarāyakaraṇaṃ veditavyam //

L2 後辨心不相應行（分二）M1 問（缺）M2 答（分二）N1 標列二十三種不相應名

§8B. cittaviprayuktānāṃ saṃskārāṇām adhiṣṭhānataḥ svabhāvataḥ prajñaptitaś ca nirdeśo veditavyaḥ / asaṃjñisamāpattinirodhasamāpattī bhūmito 'pi niḥsaraṇavihārasaṃjñāpūrvakābhyāṃ manaskārābhyām api nirdiṣṭe / āsaṃjñikaṃ manaskāravarjyair ebhir eva / śeṣā adhiṣṭhānādibhis tribhir eva /

N2 別解釋（分二十三）O1 得

tatra (i) kuśalākuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām ity adhiṣṭhānanirdeśaḥ / ācayāpacaya iti svabhāvanirdeśaḥ / tathāhy ācaye 'dhimātraiḥ śraddhādibhiḥ samanvā[T. 10A]gata ity ucyate / apacaye sati mṛdubhir iti / prāptiḥ pratilambhaḥ samāgama iti prajñaptir iti prajñaptinirdeśaḥ / evam anyeṣv api yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam //

O2 無想定

(ii) [Ch. 700B] śubhakṛtsnavītarāgasyeti tṛtīyadhyānavītarāgasya / uparyavītarāgasyeti caturthadhyānāvītarāgasya / niḥsaraṇasaṃjñāpūrvakeṇeti mokṣasaṃjñāpūrvakeṇa / asthāvarāṇām iti pravṛttivijñānasaṅgṛhītānām / nirodha iti samāpatticittakṛtaḥ kālāntaram asthāvaracittacaittasamudācāranirodhī āśrayasyāvasthāviśeṣo nirudhyate 'neneti kṛtvā /

O3 滅盡定

(iii) nirodhasamāpattāv uparyavītarāgasyety avacanaṃ bhavāgravīta rāgasyārhato 'pi tatsaṃbhavāt / [As. P. 11] tadekatyānāṃ ca sthāvarāṇām iti kliṣṭamanaḥsaṃgṛhītānām / ete [Ms. 11B] ca samāpattī bhūmitaḥ manaskārato 'dhiṣṭhānataḥ svabhāvataḥ prajñaptitaś ca nirdiṣṭe /

O4 無想異熟

(iv) āsaṃjñikaṃ manaskāravarjair ebhir eva / śeṣā adhiṣṭhānādibhis tribhir eva //

O5 命根

(v) nikāyasabhāga ekajanmikaḥ skandhasaṃtānaḥ / sthitikālaniyama iyantaṃ kālam anenāsmin nikāyasabhāge 'vasthātavyaṃ varṣaśataṃ varṣasahasraṃ veti [T. 10B] karmakṛtaḥ sāmarthyaviśeṣaḥ /

O6 眾同分

(vi) tasmiṃs tasmin sattvanikāya iti devamanuṣyādiṣu sattvajātiṣu / ātmabhāvasadṛśatāyām ity ekajātīyatāyām /

O7 生

(vii) bāhyasyāpi rūpasya jātimattve nikāyasabhāgamātragrahaṇaṃ sattvasaṃtāne lakṣaṇaprajñaptijñāpanārtham / bāhyaṃ hi rūpaṃ saṃvarttavivarttaprabhāvitam ādhyātmikās tu jātijarādiprabhāvitā iti /

O8 老（缺）O9 住（缺）O10 無常

(x) prabandhavināśo maraṇaṃ veditavyam / ete ca jātyādayo na pratikṣaṇaṃ veditavyāḥ kiṃ tarhi prabandhāvasthāsv iti /

O11 名身

(xi) [Ch. 700C] svabhāvādhivacanaṃ cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ devo manuṣya ityevamādi /

O12 句身

(xii) viśeṣādhivacanaṃ sarvasaṃskārā anityāḥ sarvasattvā mariṣyantīty evamādi /

O13 文身

(xiii) tadubhayāśrayeṣv iti svabhāvaviśeṣādhivacanāśrayeṣv akṣareṣu a i u ity evamādiṣu / etāvac ca sarvaṃ yaduta svabhāvo vi[Ms. 12A]śeṣas tadubhayavyavahāraś ca, tatsarvam ebhir anuvyavahriyata iti / ata ete nāmapadavyañjanakāyā vyavasthāpitāḥ / paryāyākṣaraṇatām upādāyeti yathā cakṣuś cakṣur ity etasmāt paryāyād anyeṣv api netrākṣinayanalocanādiṣu paryāyāntareṣu kṣarati, [T, 11A] tair api tatsaṃjñānāt / naivaṃ a ity etad akṣaraṃ a ity etaṃ paryāyaṃ mukttvā paryāyāntareṇa śakyate jñāpayitum, ataḥ paryāyākṣaraṇād akṣarāṇi / kṣaraṇaṃ punar gamanaṃ veditavyam //

O14 異生性（缺）O15 流轉

(xv) prabandhānupacchede pravṛttivyavasthānam ekasmin kṣaṇe vyavacchinne vā tadupacārābhāvāt /

O16 定異

(xvi) hetuphalanānātvam iṣṭasya phalasya sucaritam aniṣṭasya duścaritam ity evamādi / phalānāṃ pṛthak pṛthag anyonyahetukatvam /

O17 相應

(xvii) hetuphalasārūpyam anyatve 'pi yad yasya phalaṃ yujyate / tadyathā dānasya bhogasaṃpad ity evamādi /

O18 勢速（缺）O19 次第

(xix) ekaikasyaiva pravṛttir ayugapatpravṛttir veditavyā / [Ch. 701A]

O20 時

(xx) hetuphalasya prabandhena pravṛttau satyāṃ yat tatra hetuphalam utpannaniruddhaṃ so 'tītaḥ kāla iti prajñapyate, yad anutpannaṃ so 'nāgataḥ kālaḥ, yad utpannāniruddhaṃ sa pratyutpannaḥ kāla iti /

O21 方

(xxi) hetuphalasya digvyā[Ms. 12B]ptau deśopacāraḥ / rūpasaṃgṛhītaṃ cātra hetuphalaṃ veditavyam arūpiṇāṃ digvyāpanasāmarthyābhāvāt /

O22 數

(xxii) pratyekaśo bhede saṃkhyety abhinnaikātmakatve dvitrisaṃkhyā[T. 11B]dyanupapatteḥ /

O23 和合

(xxiii) hetuphalapratyayānāṃ samavadhānaṃ tadyathā vijñānākhyasya hi hetuphalasyendriyāparibhedo viṣayābhāsagamanaṃ tajjñānaṃ manaskārapratyupasthānaṃ ceti / evam anyatrāpi yojitavyam //

ity evam ete cittaviprayuktāḥ saṃskārāṇāṃ dharmāṇām avasthāsu prajñapanāt sarve prajñaptisanto veditavyāḥ / tatra kuśalākuśalādyācayāpacayāvasthāyām ekaḥ / cittacaitasikāpravṛttyavasthāyāṃ trayaḥ / sthityavasthāyām ekaḥ / sādṛśyāvasthāyām ekaḥ / lakṣaṇāvasthāyāṃ catvāraḥ / vyavahārāvasthāyāṃ trayaḥ / alābhāvasthāyām ekaḥ / hetuphalāvasthāyāṃ śeṣā iti / hetuphalaṃ punar atra sarvaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ veditavyam / tato 'nyasyotpādād dhetuḥ / anyatas tadutpādāt phalam iti //

J5 建立識蘊（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 略答（缺）L2 廣答（分三）M1 解心

§ 9A. [As. P. 12] skandhādīnāṃ samudācāre tadbījaparipuṣṭir vāsane ty ucyate / sarvabījakaṃ teṣām eva skandhādīnām utpattibījair yuktatvāt / ālīyante tasmin dharmā bījataḥ, sattvā vātmagrāheṇety ālayavi[Ms. 13A]jñānam / pūrvakarmani[Ch. 701B]rmitatvāt vipākavijñānam / punaḥ punaḥ pratisaṃdhibandhe ātmabhāvopādānād ādānavijñā[T. 12A]nam / tat punar etac cittam ity ucyate, sarvadharmavāsanācittatvāt //

§9B. tad etad ālayavijñānam astīti kathaṃ vijñāyate / yasmāt tena vinā-- upāttam ādi spaṣṭatvaṃ bījaṃ karma na yujyate / kāyiko 'nubhavo 'citte samāpattī cyutis tathā // etasyāś coddānagāthāyā vibhāgas tadyathā viniścayasaṃgrahaṇyām aṣṭābhir ākārair ālayavijñānasyāstitā pratyetavyā / tadyathāntareṇālayavijñānaṃ (i) āśrayopādānāsaṃbhavataḥ (ii) ādipravṛtyasaṃbhavataḥ (iii) spaṣṭapravṛttyasaṃbhavato (iv) bījatvāsaṃbhavataḥ (v) karmāsaṃbhavataḥ (vi) kāyikānubhavāsaṃbhavato (vii)'cittakasamāpattyasaṃbhavato (viii) vijñānacyutyasaṃbhavataś ca //

(i) kena kāraṇenāśrayopādānaṃ na yujyate / āha--pañcabhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ / tathā hi (a) ālayavijñānaṃ pūrvasaṃskārahetukam / cakṣurādipravṛttivijñānaṃ punar vartamānapratyayahetukam / yathoktam--indriyaviṣayamanaskāravaśād vijñānānāṃ pravṛttir bhavatīti vistareṇa / idaṃ prathamaṃ kāraṇam / api ca (b) kuśalākuśalāḥ ṣaḍvijñāna[Ms. 13B]kāyā upalabhyante / idaṃ dvitīyaṃ kāraṇam / api ca (c) ṣaṇṇāṃ vijñānakāyānāṃ sā jātir nopalabhyate yāvyākṛta vipākasaṃgṛhītā [T. 12B] syāt / idaṃ tṛtīyaṃ kāraṇam / api ca (d) pratiniyatāśrayāḥ ṣaḍvijñānakāyāḥ pravartante, tatra yena yenāśrayeṇa yad vijñānaṃ pravartate tad eva tenopāttaṃ syād avaśiṣṭasyānupāttateti na yujyate, upāttatāpi na yujyate vijñānavirahitatayā / idaṃ caturthaṃ kāraṇam / api ca (e) punaḥ punar āśrayasyopādānadoṣaḥ prasajyate / tathā hi cakṣurvijñānam ekadā pravartate ekadā na pravarttate evam avaśiṣṭāni / idaṃ pañcamaṃ kāraṇam / iti pūrvakarmapravarttamānapratyahetuto 'pi kuśalākuśalato 'pi tajjātyanupalaṃbhato 'pi pratiniyatāśrayato 'pi punaḥ punar原書注標 2 錯誤，修正為 3。 upādānadoṣato 'pi na yujyate原書注標 3 錯誤，修正為 2。 //

(ii) kena kāraṇenādipravṛttisaṃbhavo na yujyate / sa cet kaścid vaded yady ālayavijñānam asti tena dvayoḥ vijñānayoḥ yugapat pravṛttir bhaviṣyati / sa idaṃ syād vacanīyaḥ-- adoṣa eva bhavān doṣasaṃjñī / tathā hi bhavaty eva dvayor vijñānayor yugapat pravṛttiḥ / tat kasya hetoḥ / tathā hy ekatyasya yugapad raddraṣṭukāmasya yāvad vijñātukāmasyādi[Ms. 14A]ta itaretaravijñānapravṛttir na yujyate / tathā hi tatra manaskāro 'pi nirviśiṣṭa indriyam api viṣayo 'pi //z

(iii) kena kāraṇenāsatyāṃ yugapad vijñānapravṛttau [Ch. 701C] manovijñānasya cakṣurādivijñānasahānucarasya spaṣṭatvaṃ na saṃbhavati / tathā hi yasmin samaye[T. 13A] 'tītam anubhūtaṃ viṣayaṃ samanusmarati tasmin samaye 'vispaṣṭo manovijñānapracāro bhavati na tu tathā vartamānaviṣayo manaḥpracāro 'vispaṣṭo bhavati / ato 'pi yugapat pravṛttir vā yujyate 'vispaṣṭatvaṃ vā manovijñānasya //

(iv) kena kāraṇena bījatvaṃ na saṃbhavati ṣaṇṇāṃ vijñānakāyānām anyonyam / tathā hi kuśalānantaram akuśalam utpadyate, akuśalānantaraṃ kuśalam, tadubhayānantaram avyākṛtam, hīnadhātukānantaraṃ madhyadhātukam, madhyadhātukānantaraṃ praṇītadhātukam, evaṃ praṇītadhātukānantaraṃ yāvad dhīnadhātukam, sāsravānantaram anāsravam, anāsravānantaraṃ sāsravam, laukikānantaraṃ lokottaram, lokottarānantaraṃ laukikam / na ca teṣāṃ tathā bījatvaṃ yujyate / dīrghakālasamucchinnāpi ca saṃtatiś cireṇa kālena pravartate, tasmād api na yujyate //

(v) kena kāraṇenāsatyāṃ yu[Ms 14B]gapad vijñānapravṛttau karma na saṃbhavati / tathā hi samāsataś caturvidhaṃ karma--bhājanavijñaptir āśrayavijñaptir aham iti vijñaptir viṣayavijñaptiś ceti / etā vijñaptayaḥ kṣaṇe kṣaṇe yugapat pravartamānā upalabhyante / na caikasya vijñānasyaikasmin kṣaṇe idam evaṃrūpaṃ vyatibhinnaṃ karma yujyate //

(vi) kena kāraṇenāsaty ālayavijñāne kāyiko 'nubhavo na yujyate / tathā hy ekatyasya yoniśo vāyoniśo vā cintayato vā[T. 13B]'nuvitarkayato vā samāhitacetaso vāsamāhitacetaso vā ye kāye kāyānubhavā utpadyante 'nekavidhā bahunānāprakārās te na bhaveyur upalabhyante ca / tasmād apy asty ālayavijñānam //

(vii) kena kāraṇenāsaty ālayavijñāne 'cittā samāpattir na saṃbhavati / tathā hy asaṃjñisamāpannasya vā nirodhasamāpannasya vā vijñānam eva kāyād apakrāntaṃ syāt / nānapakrāntaṃ tataḥ kālakriyaiva bhavet / yathoktam bhagavatā--"vijñānaṃ cāsya kāyād anapakrāntaṃ bhavatī"ti // (viii) kena kāraṇenāsaty ālayavijñāne cyutir api na yujyate / tathā hi cyavamānasya vijñānam [Ch. 702A] ūrdhvadehaṃ vā śotikurvan vijahāti, adhode[Ms. 15A]haṃ vā / na ca manovijñānaṃ kadācin na pravartate / ato 'py ālayavijñānasyaiva dehopādānakasya vigamād dehaśītatā upa[la]bhyate dehāpratisaṃvedanā ca / na tu manovijñānasya / ato 'pi na yujyate //

M2 解意（分二）N1 解第七意（分三）O1 出體（缺）O2 釋相應（缺）O3 明有無（分二）P1 明有（缺）P2 明無（缺）N2 解六識無間意

§ 9C. mano nirvacanata ālaṃbanataḥ saṃprayogataḥ pravṛttikālataś ca nirdiṣṭaṃ veditavyam / mārgasaṃmukhībhāve tadabhāvaḥ, paramārthajñānasyātmadṛṣṭisamudācāreṇātyantavirodhāt / tadūrdhvam ālayavijñānāt pravṛttiḥ, śaikṣasyāprahīṇatvāt / asaṃjñisamāpattito nirodhasamāpatteḥ śāntataratvaṃ [T. 14A] tadasamudācārād eva veditavyam / samanantaraniruddhaṃ mano 'numatam iti kṛtvānantaraṃ matam ity arthaḥ //

M3 解識（分二）N1 總標六識（缺）N2 別解六識

§ 9D. vijñānasyāśrayata ālaṃbanataḥ svabhāvataś ca vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam //

I2 建立界（分三）J1 略建立（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答

§ 10A. dhātvāyatanānāṃ nāsti pṛthaglakṣaṇavyavasthānam, skandhanirdeśa eva cakṣurādīnām uktalakṣaṇatvāt / tasmāt skandhebhya eva niṣkṛṣya dhātavo vyavasthāpyante, dhātubhya āyatanāni //

J2 問答辨蘊不攝法（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 略答列八無為名

§ 10B. yat tu skandhair asaṃgṛhītam asaṃskṛtaṃ [Ch. 702B] tad aṣṭadhā vyavasthāpya iti /

tathatāyās traividhyam āśrayaprakārabhedān na svabhāvabhedād iti vedi[Ms. 15B]tavyam /

L2 隨八無為分六科釋（分六）M1 解真如（分二）N1 釋善法真如（分二）O1 略列異名（缺）O2 隨別釋（分七）P1 釋真如

(i) ananyathībha[ā]vatā sadaiva bhāv[ā]nāṃ nirātmatayā draṣṭavyā /

P2 釋無我性（缺）P3 釋空性

saṃkleśā[As. P. 13]pracāratām upādāyeti tenālaṃbanena saṃkleśavastunaḥ saṃkleśaśūnyīkaraṇāt / yadāpi saṃkliṣṭety ucyate tadāpy āgantukas tatropakleśo veditavyaḥ / katamaḥ punar āgantukas tatropakleśaḥ / anapoddhṛtagrāhyagrāhakabījasya paratantracittasya dvayākārā pravṛttiḥ / na dharmatācittasya / prakṛtiprabhāsvarā hi sarvadharmāṇāṃ dharmateti /

P4 釋無相

nimittāni rūpaṃ vedanā yāvad bodhir iti prapañcitāni, teṣāṃ tatropaśamād animittam /

P5 釋實際

bhūtaṃ yad aviparītam, tasya koṭiḥ paryantaḥ, nairātmyāt pareṇa tattvāparyeṣaṇāt /

P6 釋勝義（缺）P7 釋法界（缺）N2 別例不善無記（缺）M2 解虛空

(iv) ākāśaṃ rūpābhāva iti rūpasyaiva viparya[T. 14B]yeṇābhāvalakṣaṇo yo dharmo manovijñānaviṣayas tad ākāśam / manovijñānaviṣayatva punaḥ dharmadhātvadhikāratvena veditavyam / rūpasyaivety avadhāraṇād vedanādisādhāraṇās tathatāpratisaṃkhyāpratisaṃkhyāni[ro]dhānityatāḥ paryudāsyante / śaśaviṣāṇādīnām atyantam abhāvo na teṣāṃ viparyayeṇa vijñāyate / yasmāt ta evātyantaṃ na saṃbhavantīti / te 'pi śaśaviṣāṇādayo nāsyaiva vidyamānasya rūpasya viparyayeṇa, vedanādisādhāraṇatvāt / tasmād rūpasyaiva viparyaye[Ms. 16A]ṇety ucyate / abhāvalakṣaṇavacanena [Ch. 702C] vedanādīnām arūpiṇāṃ paryudāsaḥ / na hi te 'bhāvalakṣaṇā iti /

M3 解非擇滅

(v-viii) yo nirodho na ca visaṃyoga ity anuśayāsamuddhātāt /

M4 解擇滅

viparyayād visaṃyogaḥ //

M5 解不動（缺）M6 解想受滅

dvayam idaṃ prahātavyam--kleśāś ca tadāśrayabhūtaṃ ca vastu veditam / tat punar veditaṃ dvividham--vaikārikam avaikārikaṃ ca, sukhaduḥkham aduḥkhāsukhaṃ ca yathākramam / tatra kleśaprahāṇāt pratisaṃkhyānirodhavyavasthānam / dvividhaveditaprahāṇād yathākramam āniñjyasya saṃjñāvedayitanirodhasya ca vyavasthānam / tatra kleśaprahāṇaṃ tatpa[T. 15A]kṣadauṣṭhulyāpagamād āśrayaparivṛttiḥ, veditaprahāṇaṃ tatpratipakṣabhūtāyāḥ samāpatter āvaraṇāpagamād āśrayaparivṛttiḥ / ata eva dvitīye dhyāne duḥkhanirodhasyāsaṃskṛtā[vya]vasthānam, vaikārikasya veditasyāśeṣam aprahāṇāt //

J3 總明法界所攝（缺）I3 建立處（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（缺）H2 總解攝法

§ 11. rūpaskandhena daśarūpiṇo dhātavaḥ saṃgṛhītāḥ, dharmadhātunā sa eva, mana- āyatanena sapta vijñānadhātava ity evaṃ sarvadharmās trayo bhavanti //

§ 12. evaṃ vyavasthāpiteṣu skandhadhātvāyataneṣv ānuṣaṃgikam etad vayutpādyate // (i) cakṣuḥśrotraghrāṇānāṃ pratyekaṃ dvitve sati kathaṃ dhā[Ms. 16B]tūnāṃ naikaviṃśatitvam / yady api caiṣāṃ dvitvaṃ na tu dhātvantaratvam, lakṣaṇasādharmyeṇobhayoś cakṣurlakṣaṇatvāt, kṛtyasādharmyeṇobhayoś cakṣurvijñānakṛtyatvāt / evaṃ śrotraghrāṇayor yojyam / dvayor dvayos tu nirvṛttir āśrayaśobhārtham / evaṃ suvibhaktasamobhayapārśva āśrayaḥ śobhano nānyathā // (ii) [Ch. 703A] kim ekaikam eva cakṣur niśritya cakṣurvijñānam utpadyate nityam āhosvid dva api / dve apīty ucyate, spaṣṭagrahaṇāt / yathā dvayoś cakṣuṣor unmiṣitayoḥ rūpagrahaṇaṃ spaṣṭaṃ bhavati na tathaikasminn eveti / tadyathā ekasminn apavarake dvayoḥ pradīpayor ekaṃ prabhāpratānaṃ spaṣṭataraṃ dvau pradīpau [T. 15B] niśritya varttate / tadvad atrāpi nayo draṣṭavyaḥ // (iii) ekaikenendriyadvāreṇa vicitraviṣayapratyupasthāne tatprakāreṣu kiṃ krameṇa vijñānāny utpadyante āhosvid yugapad ekam / yugapad ekam eva vicitrākāraṃ vijñānaṃ veditavyam / jihvāsaṃprāpte kavaḍe jihvākāyavijñānayor nityaṃ yugapad utpattir veditavyā / śabdasyoccheditvān na deśāntareṣv aparāparotpattisaṃtānena deśāntaragamanam asti kiṃ tarhi sakṛt / yathā svaprade[Ms. 17A]śam avaṣṭabhya pradīpapratānavat śabdapratānasyotpādo draṣṭavyaḥ / yat tv āsannatiraskṛtasya śabdasyāspaṣṭaṃ śravaṇaṃ bhavati tac chabdasya pratighātitvād āvaraṇasauṣiryasvalpoktito veditavyam // (v) ṣaṇṇāṃ vijñānānāṃ kati vijñānāni savikalpakāni katy avikalpakāni / tribhis tāvad vikalpaiḥ manovijñānam ekaṃ savikalpakam / trayo vikalpāḥ svabhāvavikalpo 'nusmaraṇavikalpo 'bhinirūpaṇāvikalpaś ca / tatra (A) svabhāvavikalpaḥ pratyutpanneṣu saṃskāreṣv anubhūyamāneṣu yaḥ svalakṣaṇākāro vikalpaḥ / (B) anusmaraṇavikalpo yo 'nubhūtapūrvasaṃskārākāraḥ / (C) abhinirūpaṇāvikalpo yo 'tītānāga[T. 16A]tapratyutpanneṣu viparokṣeṣv abhyūhanākāro vikalpaḥ // api khalu sapta vikalpāḥ (a) ālaṃbane svarasavāhī vikalpaḥ (b) sanimitto (c) 'nimittaḥ (d) paryeṣakaḥ (e) pratyavekṣakaḥ (f) kliṣṭo (g) 'kliṣṭaś ca vikalpaḥ / tatra (a) ādyo vikalpaḥ pañca vijñānakāyāḥ, acitrayitvālaṃbanaṃ yathāsvaṃ viṣayeṣu svarasenaiva vahanāt / (b) sanimittaḥ svabhāvānusmaraṇavikalpo vartamānātītaviṣayacitrīkaraṇāt / (c) ani[Ms. 17B]mitto 'nāgataviṣayo manorathākāro vikalpaḥ / (d-g) śeṣā abhinirūpaṇāvikalpasvabhāvā veditavyāḥ / tathā hy ekadābhyūhamānaḥ paryeṣate, ekadā pratyavekṣate, ekadā kliṣṭo bhavati, ekadākliṣṭa iti // (vi) yadā rūpādiprativijñaptikaṃ vijñānaṃ tat kena kāraṇena cakṣurādivijñānam ity ucyate na rūpādivijñānam iti / pañcavidhavigrahopapatteḥ rūpādivacanānupapattiḥ / katham [Ch. 703B] iti / (a) cakṣuṣi vijñānaṃ cakṣurvijñānam, āśrayadeśe vijñānotpattitaḥ, sati ca tasmiṃs tadbhāvāt / tathā hi sati cakṣuṣi [T. 16B] cakṣurvijñānam avaśyam utpadyate anandhānām anandhato 'ndhakārasyāpi darśanāt / na rūpe saty avaśyam, andhānām adarśanād iti / (b) cakṣuṣā vijñānaṃ cakṣuvijñānam, tadvaśenāvikṛte 'pi rūpe vijñānasya vikriyāgamanatvāt / tadyathā kāmalavyādhyupahatena cakṣuṣā nīlādirūpeṣv api pītadarśanam eva bhavatīti / (c) cakṣuṣo vijñānaṃ cakṣurvijñānam, vijñānabījānubandhāc cakṣuṣas tannirvṛtteḥ / (d) cakṣuṣe vijñānam, tasmai hitāhi[ta]tvāt / tathā hi vijñānasaṃprayukte[Ms. 18A]nānubhavenendriyasyānugraha upaghāto vā bhavati, na viṣayasyeti / (e) cakṣurvijñānaṃ cakṣurvijñānam, ubhayoḥ sattvasaṃkhyātatvāt na tv avaśyaṃ rūpasyeti // (vii) kiṃ tāvac cakṣū rūpāṇi paśyatīti veditavyam atha vijñānam / naikaṃ nāparaṃ paśyatīti veditavyam, nirvyāpāratvāt dharmāṇām / sāmagryāṃ tu satyāṃ darśanaprajñaptiḥ / api khalu ṣaḍbhir ākāraiḥ cakṣuṣo rūpadarśane prādhānyaṃ veditavyaṃ na vijñānasya / katamaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ / (a) utpattikāraṇa(ta)ḥ, cakṣuṣas tadutpatteḥ / (b) tatpadasthānataḥ, darśanasya cakṣurāśrayaṇāt / (c) acala[T. 17a]vṛttitaḥ, cakṣuṣo nityam ekajātīyatvāt / (d) svatantravṛttitaḥ, pratikṣaṇam utpattipratyayasāmagryanapekṣatvāt / (e) śobhāvṛttitaḥ, tenāśrayaśobhanāt / (f) āgamataḥ, "cakṣuṣā rūpāṇi dṛṣṭve" ti vacanāt / etac ca yathoktaṃ sarvaṃ vijñānasya na saṃbhavatīti / calavṛttitvaṃ tv asya bahuprakārotpattito veditavyam // (viii) yathā dhātuṣv āyataneṣu cāsaṃskṛtaṃ vyavasthāpitam evaṃ kasmān na skandheṣv api vyavasthāpitam / skandhārthāsaṃbhavāt / rūpādīnā[Ms. 18B]m atītādiprakārābhisaṃkṣepeṇa rāśyarthaḥ skandhārtho nirdiṣṭaḥ / sa ca nityasya na saṃbhavatīti na skandheṣv asaṃskṛtavyavasthānam // (ix) kena kāraṇena ta eva dharmā skandhadhātvāyatanamukhaiḥ pṛthag deśitāḥ / vineyānāṃ samāsavyāsanirdeśakauśalyotpādanārtham / tathā hi skandhanirdeśe ye rūpavijñāne samāsena nirdiṣṭe te dhātvāyataneṣv ekādaśadhā saptadhā ca bhittvā vyāsena nirdiṣṭe yathāyogam / ye tu tatra vedanādayo vyastāḥ te dhātvāyataneṣu dharmadhātvāyatanatvena samastā iti / api khalu lakṣaṇamātravyavasthānataḥ skandhanirdeśaḥ, [Ch. 703C] grāhyagrāhakagrahaṇavyavasthānato [T. 17b] dhātunirdeśaḥ, grahaṇāya dvārabhūtasya grāhyagrāhakamātrasya vyavasthānata āyatananirdeśo veditavyaḥ / samāptam ānuṣaṃgikam // § 13 (i) ataḥ paraṃ mūlagranthasyaivārthanirdeśo draṣṭavyaḥ /

G2 對問答界（分二）H1 以內六根與界四句分別（分二）I1 明五根（分二）J1 明眼（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（缺）J2 例餘

arhataś caramaṃ cakṣuḥ parinirvāṇakāle paścimam / tatra dhātuḥ, cakṣurantarasyāhetutvāt / ārūpyopapannasya pṛthagjanasya cakṣurhetur iti tataḥ pracyutya rūpiṇi dhātāv upapadyamānasya yasmād ālayavijñānasaṃniviṣṭāc cakṣurbījāc cakṣur nirvartiṣyate, na tv āryasya puna[Ms. 19A]ranāgamanād iti // (ii-v) kāyadhātur na kāya ārūpyopapannasya pṛthagjanasya yaḥ kāyadhātur ity etad atra vaktavyam, aṇḍagatādīnāṃ kāyasaṃbhavāt pranaṣṭakāyasya cājīvi[ta]tvād iti //

I2 明意根（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答

(vi) [As. P. 14] syān manodhāturna mana ity atrāsaṃjñisamāpannasyāgrahaṇam, kliṣṭamanaḥsadbhāvāt //

H2 以上下相緣分別（分三）I1 明眼耳境（分二）J1 生長欲界（分二）K1 明眼境（分二）L1 問（缺）L2 答（分二）M1 總辨同地（缺）M2 別釋不同地（分二）N1 標（缺）N2 釋（分二）O1 界繫別（缺）O2 地繫別（缺）K2 例耳境（缺）J2 例生長色界

§ 14. jātobhūtaḥ nirvṛttiṃ vṛddhiṃ cādhikṛtya yathākramam // [Ch. 704A]

I2 明鼻舌身境（分二）J1 明欲界有三（缺）J2 明色界唯觸（分二）K1 標觸有（缺）K2 釋香味無（缺）I3 明意境（分四）J1 欲界意（缺）J2 色界意（缺）J3 無色界意（缺）J4 無漏意

ārūpyāvacareṇa manasārūpyāvacarān svabhūmikānan āsravāṃś ca dharmān vijānātīty āryaśrāvakam adhikṛtya / bāhyakaḥ pṛthagjanaḥ svabhūmikān eva vijānātīti / ihadhārmikas tu kaścit pūrvaśrutaparibhāvanāvaśād ūrdhvabhūmikān apy ālaṃbate tadutpādanā[T. 18A]rtham //

F6 釋頌「何次第」問答前後門（分三）G1 蘊次第（分三）H1 問（缺）H2 答（分三）I1 由識住（缺）I2 前為後依等

§ 15. (i) yathā rūpaṃ tathānubhava iti sukhādivedanīyād indriyārthadvayāt sukhādivedanotpatteḥ / yathā vedayate tathā saṃjānīta iti yathānubhavaṃ nimittodgrahaṇāt / yathā saṃjānīte tathā cetayati yathāsaṃjñaṃ karmābhisaṃskaraṇāt / yathā cetayate tathā vijñānaṃ tatra tatropagaṃ bhavatīti yathābhisaṃskāraṃ viṣayeṣu gatyantareṣu ca vijñānapariṇāmāt //

I3 起染淨（缺）H3 結

2. ya[Ms. 19B]tra saṃkliśyate vyavadāyate ceti sendriye kāye / yenānubhaveneti sāmiṣanirāmiṣād yena yathākramam / yena nimittagrahaṇābhisaṃskāreṇety ayoniśo yoniśaś ca pravṛttena / yat saṃkliśyate vyavadāyate ceti cittadauṣṭhulyādauṣṭhulyopapattitaḥ //

G2 界次第（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答（分三）I1 正明六外界（分三）J1 標（缺）J2 徵（缺）J3 釋（缺）I2 標依六內界（缺）I3 隨明六識界（缺）G3 處次第（缺）F7 釋頌「何義」問答釋名門（分三）G1 蘊義（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答（分三）I1 積聚義名蘊（分二）J1 明色蘊（缺）J2 例餘蘊

§ 16 A. [Ch. 704B, As. P.15] (i) ekādaśavidhāt tṛṣṇāprakārād rūpādīnām atītādiprakāravyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / sā punaḥ (a) apekṣātṛṣṇā (b) abhinandanātṛṣṇā (c) adhyavasānatṛṣṇā (d) āmatṛṣṇā (e) viṣayatṛṣṇā (f) kāmatṛṣṇā (g) samāpattitṛṣṇā (h) duścaritaduḥkhatṛṣṇā (i) sucaritasukhatṛṣṇā (j) [T. 18B] viprakṛṣṭatṛṣṇā (k) saṃnikṛṣṭatṛṣṇā ca / asyāḥ tṛṣṇāyā ālaṃbanatvena yathākramam atītādayaḥ prakārā yojitavyāḥ / aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / (a-c) utpannānutpannabhedato (d-e) grāhakagrāhyabhedato (f-g) bahirmukhāntarmukhabhedataḥ (h-i) kliṣṭākliṣṭabhedato (j-k) viprakṛṣṭasaṃnikṛṣṭabhedataś cātītādīni yathāyogaṃ veditavyāni / tatrotpannam atītaṃ pratyutpannaṃ ca / anutpannam anāgatam / bahirmukham asamāhitabhūmikam / antarmukhaṃ samāhitabhūmikam / śiṣṭaḥ sugamatvān na vibhaktaḥ /

I2 苦相廣大名蘊

(ii) duḥkhavaipulyalakṣa[Ms. 20A]ṇatām upādāyeti rūpādisaṃniśrayeṇa jātthādiduḥkhapratānāt /

I3 荷雜染擔名蘊

(iii) saṃkleśabhārodvahanaṃ rūpādyāśritatvāt kleśādisaṃkleśasya / tadyathā loke yena śarīrapradeśena bhāra uhyate tatra skandhopacāro dṛṣṭaḥ, skandhena bhāram udvahatīti //

G2 界義（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答界四義

§ 16B (i) sarvadharmabījārtha iti hetvartham adhikṛtyālayavijñāne / (iii) kāryakāraṇabhāvadhāraṇam aṣṭādaśasu dhātuṣu ṣaṇṇāṃ vijñānadhātūnām indriyārthadhātūnāṃ, ca yathākramam / [T. 19A, Ch. 704c] (iv) sarvaprakāradharmasaṃgrahaṇena sūtrāntaranirdiṣṭānāṃ pṛthivīdhātvādīnām anyeṣām api dhātūnām eṣv evāṣṭādaśasu yathāyogaṃ saṃgrahaṇād veditavyam //

G3 處義（分二）H1 問（缺）H2 答

§ 16C. bījārthaḥ sarvaprakāradharmasaṃgrahārthaś cāyatanārtho 'pi veditavyaḥ //

F8 釋頌「何喻」問答譬況門（分三）G1 舉經（缺）G2 問義（缺）G3 答釋

§ 17. rūpādānāṃ phenapiṇḍopamatvam asato riktataḥ tucchato 'sārataś ca khyānād veditavyam / eteṣāṃ punaḥ sūtrapadānām artha ātmaśucisukhanityaviparyāsapratipakṣeṇa yathākramam anātmatām upādāyety evamādibhiḥ padair veditavyaḥ //

F9 釋頌「廣分別」問答諸義門（分三）G1 頌總舉（缺）G2 長行釋（分七）H1 實有性等（分四）I1 實有（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋實有義（缺）K2 釋幾是實有（缺）K3 釋為何義觀實有

§ 18. [As. P. 16] kathaṃ kati kimarthibhir iti praśnatrayavyavasthāpanaṃ lakṣaṇavastusaṃmohayoḥ samāropasya ca prahāṇārtham / § 19A. tatra kathaṃ [Ms. 20B] dravyasad iti dravyasato lakṣaṇanirdeśena tatsaṃmohaḥ prahīyate / sarvāṇi dravyasantīty anena vastusaṃmohaḥ prahīyate ātmadravyābhiniveśatyājanārtham ity anena samāropaḥ prahīyate / evam anyatrāpi yojyam / abhilāpanirapekṣa indriyagocaras tadyathā rūpaṃ vedanety evamādikaṃ nāmnācitrayitvā yasyārthasya grahaṇaṃ bhavati / [ch. 705A] tadanyanirapekṣas tadyathārthāntaram anapekṣya yatra tadbuddhir bhavati / na yathā ghaṭādiṣu rūpādīn apekṣya ghaṭādibuddhir i[T. 19B]ti //

I2 假有（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋假有義（缺）K2 釋幾是假有（缺）K3 釋為何義觀假有（缺）I3 世俗有（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋世俗有義（缺）K2 釋幾是世俗有（缺）K3 釋為何義觀世俗有

§ 20A. saṃkleśālaṃbanaṃ saṃvṛtisat saṃkleśavṛttyarthena / ātmā saṃkleśasya nimittam ity abhiniveśatyājanārtham //

I4 勝義有（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋勝義有義（缺）K2 釋幾是勝義有（缺）K3 釋為何義觀勝義有

§ 20B. viśuddhaye ālaṃbanaṃ paramārthasat paramajñānagocarārthena / sarvāṇi ṣaramārthasantītiti tathatāvyatirekāt sarvadharmāṇām //

H2 所知等（分三）I1 所知（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋所知義（分二）L1 約五種是所知義（分二）M1 總標（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋義

§ 21A. yena saṃkliśyate vyavadāyate ceti rāgādibhiś cetasikaiḥ śraddhādibhiś ceti veditavyam / yā ca tatrāvastheti rūpacittacaitasikāva[Ch. 705B]-sthāsu prajñaptāś cittaviprayuktāḥ saṃskārāḥ / yac ca vyavadānam ity asaṃskṛtaṃ vyavadānaṃ veditavyam / tac ca yathāyogam /

M2 別釋（缺）L2 約智所行是所知義

punas trayodaśavidhasya vijñānasya yo viṣayaḥ tajjñeyam anena pradarśitam / tat punaḥ (i) śrutamayaṃ jñānaṃ (ii) cintāmayaṃ jñānaṃ (iii) lau[Ms. 21A]kikabhāvanāmayaṃ jñānaṃ (iv) paramārthajñānaṃ (v) paracittajñānaṃ (vi) dharmajñānam (vii) anvayajñānaṃ (viii) duḥkhajñānaṃ (ix) samudayajñānaṃ (x) nirodhajñānaṃ (xi) mārgajñānaṃ (xii) kṣayānutpādajñānaṃ (xiii) mahāyānajñānaṃ ca / ete 'nye ca yathākramam adhimuktijñānādīni veditavyāni / tatra paracittajñānaṃ parātmajñānam, parātma[T. 20A]cittaviṣayāt / dharmajñānam adharajñānam, satyeṣv ādita utpādāt / anvayajñānam ūrdhvajñānam, dharmajñānād ūrdhvam utpādāt / vidūṣaṇāyāsamutthāpanāyānutpāde jñāne niṣṭhāyāṃ mahārtheṣu jñānaṃ tadvidūṣaṇajñānaṃ yāvan mahārthajñānam iti yojayitavyam / mahārthatvaṃ punaḥ svaparārthatvāt //

K2 釋幾是所知（缺）K3 釋為何義觀所知（缺）I2 所識（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋所識義

§ 21B. [As. P. 17] tatra (i) avikalpanataḥ pañcabhir vijñānakāyaiḥ / (ii) vikalpanataḥ manovijñānena / (iii) hetuta ālayavijñānam / (iv) pravṛttitas tadanyad vijñānam (v) nimittata indriyārthāḥ / (vi) naimittikato vijñānāni / (vii) vipakṣapratipakṣataḥ sarāgaṃ vigatarāgaṃ sadveṣaṃ vigatadveṣam ity evamādi / (viii) sūkṣmaprabhedataḥ saptavidhadurvijñānavijñaptibhedāt / saptavidhā durvijñānā vijñāptis tadyathā (a) asaṃviditavijñaptiḥ bhājanavijñaptiḥ, sarvakālam aparicchinnākāratvāt [Ms. 21 B] (b) citrākāra[Ch. 705 c]vijñaptir ekasyān eka ākāro vicitraś ceti durvyavasthāpanād asyāḥ sūkṣmatvam / (c) sahabhāvavijñaptir ekakālotpannāti vijñānāni kathaṃ pṛthag yathāsvaṃ [T. 20 B] viṣayaṃ paricchindantīti durvyavasthāpanāt sūkṣmatvam / sūkṣmatvam iti sarvatrādhikṛtaṃ veditavyam / (d) vipakṣapratipakṣalaghuparivṛttivijñaptiḥ kathaṃ rāgādisamastabandhanaṃ cittaṃ tan muhur eva sakṛd vītarāgādikaṃ bhavatīti / (e) vāsanāvijñaptiḥ kathaṃ karmabhiḥ samudācaradbhiḥ cittaṃ vāsyate, na ca tasmād anyā sā vāsanā, nāpi tanmātram eva, phaladānaṃ ca prati krameṇa vṛttilābha iti / (f) pratisaṃdhivijñaptiḥ katham anekaprakārātmabhāvanirvartakakarmaparibhāvitaṃ sadvijñānaṃ tathāpy aparisphuṭāyāṃ maraṇāvasthāyāṃ sahasā prabuddhyānyatarakarmavāsanām anyatarasyāṃ gatau pratisaṃdhi badhnānīti / (g) muktavijñaptiḥ katham arhataś cittaṃ paramaṃ niṣprapañcaṃ dharmatāprāptaṃ saṃsārocitasarvaprakārasāśravacaryāṃ samatikrāntam anenākāreṇa vartata iti durvyavasthāpanād asyāḥ sūkṣmatvaṃ veditavyam /

K2 釋幾是所識（缺）K3 釋為何義觀所識

draṣṭādigrahaṇena draṣṭā śrotā ghrātā svā[Ms. 22A]dayitā spraṣṭā vijñātā cety eṣāṃ grahaṇaṃ veditavyam //

I3 所通達（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋所通達義

§ 21C. abhijñeyaṃ ṣaṇṇām abhijñānāṃ viṣaya / (i) gamanaviśeṣaprabhāvitatvād[T. 21A] ṛddhyabhijñāyās tadviṣayasya saṃkrāntito 'bhijñeyatvam / (iii) sarāgādinimittajñānāc caritapraveśāt / (iv) atītajanmaparaṃparāgamanajñānād āgatitaḥ / (v) anāgatotpattigamanajñānāt gatitaḥ / (vi) traidhātukanirmokṣopāyajñānān nisaraṇataḥ /

K2 釋幾是所通達

sarvāṇy abhijñeyāny antyānāṃ tisṛṇāṃ sarvaviṣayatvāt /

K3 釋為何義觀所通達（缺）H3 色等（分六）I1 有色（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有色義

§ 22A[Ch. 706A] tatra (i) rūpīti rūpaṃ tasya dharmasyātmasvabhāvas tasmād asau rūpī, na tu rūpāntareṇa yuktatvāt / yāvad uktaṃ syād rūpasvabhāva iti / (ii) bhūtāśrayato 'pīti rūpāntarayogād api rūpitvam iti darśayati, upādāyarūpasya bhūtarūpeṇa yogād bhaūtarūpāṇāṃ ca parasparam iti / (iii) nāndīsamudaya iti nāndy eva yasya samudayas tad rūpi, na tu yathā vedanādīnāṃ pūrvikā ca nāndī samudayaḥ, pratyutpannaś ca sparśādir iti / (iv) sapradeśataḥ sāvayavatvāt / (v) deśavyāptito dikṣu pratyāsparaṇāt / (vi) [T. 21B] deśopadeśato [Ms. 22B]'muṣyāṃ diśīti vyavadeṣṭuṃ śakyatvāt (vii) deśagocarataḥ kasmiścit pradeśe sthitasyālaṃbanībhāvāt / (viii) dvayasamagocarataḥ sattvadvayasya samam ālaṃbanībhāvān na tv evam arūpiṇo yathātmānubhavaṃ paraiḥ parigrahītum aśakyatvād iti / (ix) saṃbandhataś cakṣurvijñānādīnām api paryāyeṇa rūpitvam, rūpīndriyasaṃbandhāt / (x) anubandhata ārūpyāṇāṃ pṛthagjanānāṃ rūpabījānubandhāt / (xi) prarūpaṇato vitarkavicārāṇām ālaṃbanaprarūpaṇāt / (xii) vyābādhaṃnataḥ pañcānāṃ skandhānāṃ pāṇyādisaṃsparśaiḥ śokādibhiś ca yathāyogaṃ rūpaṇāt bādhanād ity arthaḥ / (xiii) saṃprāpaṇato deśanāyā arthanirūpaṇāt / (xiv) saṃcayavyavasthānataḥ paramāṇor ūrdhvarūpasya sāvayavavyavasthānāt / (xv) bahirmukhataḥ kāmāvacarasya rūpasya kāmaguṇatṛṣṇāsaṃbhūtatvāt / (xvi) antarmukhato rūpāvacarasya rūpasya samāpatticittatṛṣṇāsaṃbhūtatvād ata [T. 22A] evāsya manomayatvaṃ veditavyam / (xvii) āyatataḥ pṛthagjanasya pūrvāntāparāntayoḥ paryantavyavasthānābhāvāt / (xviii) paricchinnataḥ [Ms. 23A] śaikṣasya rūpasya paryantīkṛtasaṃsāratvāt / (xix) tatkālato 'śaikṣarūpasya pratyutatpannabhavamātrāvaśeṣāt / (xx) nidarśanato buddhādirūpasya saṃdarśanamātratvād aniṣpannatām upādāya //

K2 釋幾是有色

tatra sarvāṇi rūpīṇi [Ch. 706B] vyābādhanarūpitvena / yathāyogaṃ śeṣair veditavyam / bahirmukhatādayas tu ṣaḍ rūpibhedā vedanādisādhāraṇā veditavyāḥ /

K3 釋為何義觀有色（缺）I2 無色（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無色義（缺）K2 釋幾是無色（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無色（缺）I3 有見（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有見義

§ 23A. śiṣṭasya rūpivat prabheda iti / iti katham / yathā rūvi tadātmato 'pīti vistareṇa rūpīty uktaṃ tathā sanidarśanatadātmato 'pi sanidarśanaṃ vistareṇa yojayitavyam /

K2 釋幾是有見

tatra sarvāṇi sanidarśanāni sarvanidarśanasaṃbandhādinā 'rūpiṇām api sanidarśanatvāt //

K3 釋為何義觀有見（缺）I4 無見（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無見義（缺）K2 釋幾是無見（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無見（缺）I5 有對（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有對義（分三）L1 第一義（缺）L2 第二義

§ 24A. āvṛṇoty āvriyata iti gamanapratibandhārthena / āvṛṇotīty etāvati vaktavye āvriyate ceti vacanaṃ prabhādirūpasya sapratighatvavyavasthāpanārtham / tad dhy āvriyata eva nāvṛṇotīty eṣā tasya jātir eṣa svabhāva ity arthaḥ / paramāṇor ūrdhvam ity ekasya paramāṇo[T. 22B]r apratighatvāt / yan na samādhivaśavarti rūpam iti samādhivaśena vartamānasyāpratighatvāt samacittakadevatāvata /

L3 第三義

prakopapadasthānaṃ yatrāśraya ālaṃbane vā dveṣa utpadyate /

K2 釋幾是有對

anena ca sapratighārthena sa[Ms. 23B]rvāṇi sapratighāni / yathāyogaṃ veti [Ch. 706C] śeṣaiḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀有對（缺）I6 無對（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無對義（缺）K2 釋幾是無對（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無對（缺）H4 有漏等（分十二）I1 有漏（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有漏義

§ 25A. [Ms. P. 18] (i) āsravatadātmata āsravāṇāṃ sāsravatvam āsravasvabhāvena yuktatvāt / (ii) āsravasaṃbandhatas tatsahabhuvāṃ citacaittānāṃ cakṣurādīnāṃ cāsravasaṃprayuktatvād āsrava[āśraya]tvāc ca yathākramam / (iii) āsravabandhataḥ kuśalasāsravāṇāṃ tadvaśena punarbhavanirvartanāt / (iv) āsravānubandhato 'nyabhūmikānām apy anyabhūmikāsravadauṣṭhulyāśrayatvāt / (v) āsravānukūlyata iti kleśadauṣṭhulyānugatatve 'pi nirvedyabhāgīyānām anāsravatvavyavasthāpanārtham, sarvabhavavaimukhyena tatpratipakṣatvāt / (vi) āsravānvayato 'rhatāṃ skandhānāṃ paurvajānmikakleśasaṃbhūtatvāt //

K2 釋幾是有漏

pañcaskandhāḥ sāsravāḥ / pañcadaśa dhātavo 'ntyāṃs trīn hitvā / daśāyatanāny antye dve hitvāḥ / trayāṇāṃ dhātūnāṃ dvayoś cāyatana[T. 23A]yoḥ pradeśaḥ saparivāram āryamārgam asaṃskṛtaṃ ca hitvā //

K3 釋為何義觀有漏（缺）I2 無漏（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無漏義（缺）K2 釋幾是無漏（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無漏（缺）I3 有諍（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有諍義

§ 26A. śastrādānādiraṇahetavo rāgādayo raṇāḥ /

K2 釋幾是有諍

yāvanti sāṃsravāṇi tāvanti saraṇāṇīty evamādi tadānubaṃdhyārthena veditavyam //

K3 釋為何義觀有諍（缺）I4 無諍（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無諍義（缺）K2 釋幾是無諍（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無諍（缺）I5 有染（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有染義

§ 27A. [Ch. 707A] punarbhavādhyavasānahetavo rāgādaya āmiṣam / kathaṃ dveṣasya punarbhavādhyavasānahetutvam / vyāvadāni[Ms. 24A]kadharmadveṣeṇa punarbhavādhyavasānāt //

K2 釋幾是有染（缺）K3 釋為何義觀有染（缺）I6 無染（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無染義（缺）K2 釋幾是無染（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無染（缺）I7 依耽嗜（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋依耽嗜義

§ 28A. kāmaguṇādhyavasānahetavo rāgādayo gredhaḥ / kīdṛśena dveṣeṇa tadadhyavasānam / naiṣkramyadveṣeṇa //

K2 釋幾是依耽嗜（缺）K3 釋為何義觀依耽嗜（缺）I8 依出離（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋依出離義（缺）K2 釋幾是依出離（缺）K3 釋為何義觀依出離（缺）I9 有為（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有為義（缺）K2 釋幾是有為（缺）K3 釋為何義觀有為（缺）I10 無為（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋無為（分三）L1 釋無為義（缺）L2 釋幾是無為（缺）L3 釋何義觀無為（缺）K2 問答辨有、無為（分二）L1 辨無取五蘊是有無為（分二）M1 問（缺）M2 答

§ 29C. [Ch. 707B, As. P. 19] kāmakāreṇa saṃmukhībhāvo vimukhībhāvaś ca nāsaṃskṛtasya saṃbhavati nityatvāt /

L2 依佛說重辨（分二）M1 問

naivasaṃskṛtanāsaṃskṛtasya dvayāvyatirekād yad uktam--dvayam idaṃ saṃskṛtaṃ cāsaṃskṛtaṃ ceti /

M2 答

tatkathaṃ dvayam evam eva bhavatīti / kāmakārasaṃmukhībhāvārthena saṃskṛtam eveti vaktavyam / karmakleśānabhisaṃskṛtatārthenāsaṃskṛtam eveti / na dvayād vyatiricyate //

I11 世間（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋世間義

§ 30A. tatpratibhāsam iti traidhātukaparyāpannākāram, tathatādipratibhāsasyaikāntenānucitatvena lokottaratvāt /

K2 釋幾是世間

skandhānām ekadeśaṃ samyagjñānasaṃgṛhītaṃ lokottarapratibhāsāṃś ca pṛṣṭhalabdhān sthāpayitvā / tac cāsaṃskṛtaṃ ca sthāpayitvā trayāṇāṃ dhātūnāṃ [T. 23B] dvayoś cāyatanayoḥ pradeśo draṣṭavyaḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀世間（缺）I12 出世（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋出世義（分二）L1 根本智

§ 30B. traidhātukapratipakṣa āryamārgaḥ / sa punaḥ śrāvakapratyekabuddhānāṃ nityādicaturvidhaviparyāsapratipakṣatvād aviparyāsanirvikalpatayā nirvikalpaḥ / bodhisattvānāṃ [Ms. 24B] rūpādisarvadharmaprapañcapratipakṣatvān niṣprapañcanirvikalpatayā nirvikalpaḥ / asaṃskṛtaṃ tu sarvavikalpāpasthānānnirvikalpaḥ /

L2 後得智（缺）K2 釋幾是出世（缺）K3 釋為何義觀出世（缺）H5 已生等（分八）I1 已生（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正解三問（分三）L1 釋已生義（缺）L2 釋幾是已生（缺）L3 釋為何義觀已生（缺）K2 附解二十四種已生

§ 31A. (i) [Ch. 707C, As. P. 20] ādyutpannaṃ pratisaṃdhikāle / (ii) prabandhotpannaṃ tata ūrdhvam / (iii) upacayotpannaṃ caturvidhenopacayena svapnāhārabrahmacaryasamāpattihetukena / (iv) āśrayatvotpannam adhyātmakam indriyam / (v) vikārotpannaṃ sukhādivedanotpattau tadanukūla indriyapariṇāmaḥ / (vi) paripākotpannaṃ jīrṇāvastham / (vii) hānyutpannaṃ sugateś cyutvā durgatāv utpadyamānasya / (viii) viśeṣotpannaṃ viparyayāt / (ix) prabhāsvarotpannaṃ krīḍāpramoṣakāṇāṃ manaḥpradūṣakāṇāṃ nirmāṇaratīnāṃ paranirmitavaśavartināṃ rūpārūpyāvacarāṇāṃ ca devānāṃ pramodabāhulyād bhogeṣu vihāre ca svavaśavarttanād yathāyogam / (x) aprabhāsvarotpannaṃ tadanyat / (xi) saṃkrāntyutpannaṃ gamanāvasthāyām / (xii) sabījo[T. 24 A]tpannam arhataś caramān skandhān varjayitvā / (xiii) abījotpannaṃ caramāḥ skandhāḥ / (xiv) pratibimbavibhutvanidarśanotpannaṃ jñeyaṃ vastusabhāgaṃ vaimo[Ms. 25 A]kṣikaṃ tāthāgataṃ ca rūpaṃ yathākramam /(xv) paraṃparotpannaṃ janmaprabandhe / (xvi) kṣaṇabhaṅgotpannaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ lakṣaṇam / (xvii) saṃyogaviyogotpannaṃ priyāpriyasaṃyogaviyogāvasthāyāṃ cittasya ca sarāgavigatarāgādyavasthāyām / (xviii) avasthāntarotpannaṃ kalalā[Ch. 708A]dyavasthāsu vyādhyādyavasthāsu ca / (xix) cyutopapādotpannaṃ sattvalokaḥ / (xx) saṃvartavivartotpannaṃ bhājanalokaḥ / (xxi) pūrvakālotpannaṃ pūrvakālabhavaḥ / (xxii) maraṇakālotpannaṃ maraṇakālabhavaḥ / (xxiii) antarotpannam antarābhavaḥ / (xxiv) pratisaṃdhikālotpannam upapattibhavaḥ //

I2 非已生（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋非已生義（缺）K2 釋幾是非已生（缺）K3 釋為何義觀非已生（缺）I3 能取（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋能取義（缺）L2 釋幾是能取

§ 32A. rūpasaṃskāraskandhaikadeśa itīndriyalakṣaṇaḥ saṃprayuktalakṣaṇaś ca yathākramam / dharmadhātvāyatanaikadeśaḥ saṃprayuktasvabhāvaḥ /

L3 釋為何義觀能取

bhoktātmā iṣṭāniṣṭānāṃ viṣayāṇām upalaṃbhārthena veditavyaḥ /

K2 明四種能取

(i) aprāptagrāhakaṃ cakṣuḥ śrotraṃ manaś ca / (ii) prāptagrāhakaṃ tadanyadindriyam / (iii) svalakṣaṇasya vartamānasya pratyekaṃ pratiniyatasya viṣayasya grāhakaṃ pañcendriyajam / [T. 24B] (iv) svasāmānyalakṣaṇasya sarvakālasya sarvasya viṣayasya grāhakaṃ ṣaṣṭhendriyajam //

K3 明能取建立

pratyayasāma[Ms. 25 B]gryā vijñānasyotpattim adhikṛtya prajñaptyāṃ grāhakopacāro veditavyaḥ, na tu bhūtārthenavyāpāratvād dharmāṇām iti /

I4 所取（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋所取義

§ 32B. yat tāvad grāhakaṃ grāhyam api tat cakṣurādīnām api manovijñānena grāhyatvāt / grāhakagocara evety avadhāraṇaṃ caitasikavyudāsārtham //

K2 釋幾是所取（缺）K3 釋為何義觀所取（缺）I5 外門（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋外門義

§ 33A. [Ch. 708B] śrutacintāmayatadanudharmapratipattisaṃgṛhītasyābahirmukhatvam, niṣyandadharmahetukatvāt, tadvaśena nirvāṇādyālaṃbanato draṣṭavyam / niṣyandadharmaḥ punar buddhādīnām adhigamānvayā deśanā veditavyā /

K2 釋幾是外門

catvāro dhātavo ghrāṇavijñānadhātur gandhadhātur jihvāvijñānadhātuḥ rasadhātuś ca / dve āyatane gandharasāyatane tadanyeṣām ekadeśaḥ kāmadhātusaṃgṛhītaḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀外門（缺）I6 內門（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋內門義（缺）K2 釋幾是內門（缺）K3 釋為何義觀內門（缺）I7 染污（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋染污義（缺）K2 釋幾是染污

§ 34A. [AS. P. 21] daśānāṃ dhātūnām iti saptānāṃ vijñānadhātūnāṃ rūpaśabdadharmadhātūnāṃ ca / caturṇām āyatanānām iti rūpaśabdamanodharmāyatanānām //

K3 釋為何義觀染污（缺）I8 不染污（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋不染污義（缺）K2 釋幾是不染污（缺）K3 釋為何義觀不染污（缺）H6 過去世等（分十五）I1 過去（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋過去義

§ 35A. hetuphalopayogata ity utpannatv ānniruddhatvāc ca yathākramam / saṃkleśavyavadānakāritrasamatikrāntata iti pratyu[T. 25 A]tpannarāgādiśraddhādivac cittasaṃkleśavyavadānasāmarthyābhāvāt / hetuparigra[Ms. 26A]havināśato vāsanāṃ sthāpayitvā vinaṣṭatvāt / phalasvalakṣaṇabhāvābhāvato vartamāne kāle tadāhitavāsanāsadbhāvāt tadādhāyakadravyābhāvāc ca / smarasaṃkalpādīnāṃ nimittatvam ālaṃbanamātrabhāvād veditavyam /

K2 釋幾是過去

sarveṣām ekadeśo[Ch. 708C]'nāgatapratyutpannāsaṃskṛtavarjaḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀過去（缺）I2 未來（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋未來義

§ 35B. hetau saty anutpannata ity asaṃskṛtād viśeṣaṇārtham, tad dhy anutpannam api san na hetumad iti / ālabdhasvalakṣaṇato 'nirvṛttasvabhāvatvāt / hetuphalānupayogatas tadbījasyākṛtakṛtyatvāt tasya cānutpannatvāt //

K2 釋幾是未來（缺）K3 釋為何義觀未來（缺）I3 現在（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋現在義

§ 35C. hetuphalopayogānupayogataḥ punar anivartyatvād asthitatvāc ca / atītānāgataprabhāvananimittataḥ pratyutpannam adhiṣṭhāyātītānāgataprajñapteḥ / yat tām avasthāṃ prāpsyati tadanāgatam / yat prāptaṃ tad atītam iti / kāritrapratyupasthānataś cakṣurādīnāṃ vijñānāśrayādibhāvāt //

L2 釋幾是現在（缺）L3 釋為何義觀現在（缺）K2 合釋三世為名言事（分二）L1 問（缺）L2 釋

atītanirdeśādhikāreṇedam api jñāpyate--kim artha bhagavatātītādīny eva trīṇi kathāvastūni vyavasthāpitāni na nirvāṇam iti / [T. 25B] nirvā[Ms. 26B]ṇasya pratyātmavedanīyatayā nirabhilāpyatām upādāya kathayitum aśakyatvād ity arthaḥ, dṛṣṭaśrutamatavijñātavyavahārāṇāṃ bhūtabhavyavartamānādhiṣṭhānatvāt /

I4 善（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋善義（缺）L2 釋幾是善

§ 36A [Ch. 709A, AS P. 22] daśānāṃ dhātūnāṃ vijñānadhātūnāṃ rūpaśabdadharmadhātūnāṃ ca / caturṇām āyatanānāṃ rūpaśabdamanodharmāyatanānām /

L3 釋為何義觀善（缺）K2 別釋十三種善

teṣv eveti śraddhādiṣu / prakṛtyāpratisaṃkhyāyeti svarasena, vinā kalyāṇamitrādibalenety arthaḥ / ruciḥ saṃtiṣṭhata iti na kevalaṃ rucir evopapattiprātilambhikā kiṃ tarhi saha taiḥ śraddhādibhir iti / kuśalasya bhāvanā sarve śrutamayādayaḥ kuśalā dharmā veditavyāḥ / svargāḍhyakulopapattiparigrahābhyām abhyudayahetuṃ darśyati / vyavadānānukalyaparigraheṇa prāptihetum iti / vidūṣaṇāpratipakṣādayaḥ parastān nirdekṣyante /

I5 不善（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋不善義（缺）L2 釋幾是不善（缺）L3 釋為何義觀不善（缺）K2 別解十二種不善

§ 36B. [Ch. 709B, T. 26A L. 2, AS. P. 23] tadanyaḥ kleśopakleśo duścaritasamutthāpaka iti sa punar yaḥ kāmā[va]caro 'naiḥsargikaḥ, naiḥsargikas tu yo duścaritasamutthāpakaḥ so 'ku[śa]laḥ / tadanyo nivṛtāvyākṛto veditavyaḥ / hiṃsāpūrvakaṃ caityaṃ pratiṣṭhāpayati yatrorabhramahiṣādayo hanyante / kudṛṣṭipūrvakaṃ yatrānaśanādibhiḥ pu[Ms. 27A]ṇyārthino varārthinaś ca kliśyanta iti / [Ch. 709C] ākṣepakaṃ vā paripūrakaṃ veti durgatim adhikṛtya / sugatau tu paripūrakam eva, yenātropapanno dāridryādikaṃ vyasanaṃ pratyanubhavati / kuśalāntarāyikā dharmā abhīkṣṇaṃ gaṇasaṃnipātādayaḥ //

I6 無記（分二）J1 正釋無記（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 正釋三問（分三）M1 釋無記義（缺）M2 釋幾是無記

§ 36C. aṣṭau dhātavaś cakṣuḥśrotraghrāṇājihvākāyagandharasaspraṣṭavyadhātavaḥ / aṣṭāv āyatanāni tāny eva /

M3 釋為何義觀為記（缺）L2 別解十四種無記

aduṣṭāprasannacitasyeti kuśalākuśalaviparyayaṃ darśa[ya]ti / tair eva parigṛhītā iti tadākāratvena manojalpamukhavṛttatvāt / [As. p. 24] teṣām evābhilāpavāsaneti nāma[T. 26B]kāyādibhiś cittavāsanāyatyām abhilāpapravṛttaye / tatparigṛhīteś cittacaitasikair dharmair yat samutthāpitam ity apraduṣṭāprasannacittasya nāmādyabhilāpākārai[ḥ] / akliṣṭākuśalacetaso yady asya na kliṣṭaṃ nāpi kuśalaṃ ceto bhavati, tata airyāpathikādyavyākṛtaṃ bhavaty anyathā kuśalākuśalaṃ yathāyogam iti / [Ch. 710A] yathāpi tad apratisaṃkhyāyeti kuśalatvād viśepayati, akliṣṭacitta ity akuśalatvāt / pratisaṃkhyāya bhaiṣajyaṃ niṣevate sa[Ms. 27B]rvavyādhipratipakṣeṇārogyārtham / adhigamaniṣyandato 'vyākṛtaṃ nirmāṇacittaṃ sahajām iti yaiś cittacaitasikaiḥ vikrīḍanārthaṃ nirmāṇaṃ nirmemīyate / sattvahitārthaṃ tu kuśalaṃ veditavyam iti //

J2 附釋示現善不善無記法（分二）K1 徵（缺）K2 釋

nidarśanataḥ kuśalādikaṃ yad buddhādayo vineyārthavaśāt saṃdarśayanti / aku[śa]lasya kathaṃ saṃdarśanam / corādi nirmāya tadanyasattvabhīṣaṇārthaṃ kara[T. 27A]caraṇaśiraśchedādisaṃdarśanāt //

I7 欲界繫（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋欲界繫義

§ 37A. avītarāgasyeti pradeśavairāgyeṇāpy ayuktasyāsamādhilābhina ity arthaḥ / itarathā hy anāgamyaṃ kāmapratisaṃyuktaṃ prāpnuyāt / saha samādhilābhāt prahāṇābhirativipakṣabhūtasya dauṣṭhu[lya]sya prahāṇāt pradeśavairāgyam astīti veditavyam / bāhyaṃ tv iha rūpādikam avītarāga karmādhipatyanirvṛttatvāt kāmapratisaṃyuktam / sarvasattvasādhāraṇakarmādhipatyasaṃbhūtavacanam avītarāgakarmaṇā rūpārūpyāvacareṣv api vījino 'stitvāt /

K2 釋幾是欲界繫

[Ch. 710B] catvāro dhātavo gandharasaghrāṇajihvāvijñānadhātavaḥ / dve āyatane gandharasāyatane / tadanyeṣām ekadeśaḥ rūpārūpyāvacarānāsravavarjaḥ /

K3 釋為何義觀欲界繫（缺）I8 色界繫（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋色界繫義（缺）K2 釋幾是色界繫

§ 37B. caturo dhātūn dve cāyatane sthāpayitvā[Ms. 28A]nantaro ktāni / tadanyeṣāṃ skandhadhātvāyatanānām eka[AS. P. 25]deśaḥ kāmarūpyāvacarānāsravavarjyaḥ /

K3 釋為何義觀色界繫（缺）I9 無色界繫（分二）J1 正釋無色界繫（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分三）L1 釋無色界繫義（缺）L2 釋幾無色界繫

§ 37C. caturṇāṃ skandhānāṃ vedanādīnām / trayāṇāṃ dhātūnāṃ manodharmamanovijñānadhātūnām / dvayor āyatanayor manodharmāyatanayoḥ / pradeśaḥ [T. 27B] kāmarūpāvacarānāsravavarjyaḥ /

L3 釋為何義觀無色界繫（缺）J2 附釋五種離欲及十種離欲（分二）K1 釋五種離欲

(i) ekadeśavairāgyaṃ bhūmim adhikṛtya yāvad aṣṭamasya kleśaprakārasya prahāṇāt / (ii) sakalavairāgyaṃ nava[ma]sya prahāṇāt / satkāyavairāgyaṃ vā punar adhikṛtya śaikṣasyaikadeśavairāgyam aśaikṣasya sakalavairāgyaṃ veditavyam / (iii) prativedhavairāgyaṃ darśanamārgeṇa / (iv) upaghātavairāgyaṃ laukikena mārgeṇa / (v) samuddhātavairāgyaṃ lokottareṇeti veditavyam /

K2 釋十種離欲（分二）L1 總標

daśavairāgyāṇīty atra prātikūlyārtho vairāgyārtho veditavyo nā[Ch. 710C]vaśyaṃ prahāṇārthaḥ /

uccataraṃ sthānaṃ prāptavato nihīne sthāne ity uccataraṃ nagaraśraiṣṭhyādisthānaṃ prāptavato grāmamahattarādisthāne nihīne / bālānāṃ nirvāṇa iti tasya śāntatvājñānāt satkāyābhiṣvaṅgāc ca / pratilabdhadarśanamārgasya traidhātuka iti saṃskāraduḥkhatāṃ parijñātavataḥ sarvasāsrava[va]stunirvedāt /

prakṛtyā vairāgyaṃ prakṛtivairāgyaṃ yāvat prahāṇena vairāgyaṃ prahāṇa[Ms. 28B-vairāgyam iti padavigrahajātir veditavyā //

L1 別釋

〔案：對應的梵文位於上方〕

I10 有學（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有學義

§ 38A. mokṣaprayuktasya kuśalaṃ śaikṣam iti saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārāvasthāyāḥ prabhṛtimokṣārthaṃ prayu[T. 28A]ktasya veditavyam / saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārāvasthā punar ādhigāmikamokṣabhāgīyāvasthā veditavyā /

K2 釋幾是有學

daśānāṃ dhātūnāṃ vijñānarūpaśabdadharmadhātūnām / caturṇām āyatanānāṃ rūpaśabdamanodharmāyatanānām /

K3 釋為何義觀有學（缺）I11 無學（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無學義

§ 38B. śikṣāyāṃ niṣṭhāgatasyety adhiśīlam adhicittam adhiprajñaṃ ca śikṣāyāṃ niṣṭhāgatasyārhata ity arthaḥ //

K2 釋幾是無學（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無學（缺）I12 非學非無學（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋非學非無學義

§ 38C. [Ch. 711A] pṛthagjanasya kuśalādikam iti mokṣaprayuktavarjasya / sa hi śikṣāyā[m a]bhiśikṣaṇāc chaikṣa ucyata iti / śaikṣasya kliṣṭāvyākṛtam ity atra kliṣṭam akuśalaṃ nivṛtāvyākṛtaṃ ca yathāsaṃbhavam / avyākṛtaṃ punar anivṛtāvyākṛtaṃ veditavyam /

K2 釋幾是非學非無學（缺）K3 釋為何義觀非學非無學（缺）I13 見所斷（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋見所斷義

§ 39A. [A.S. P. 26] parikalpitā kliṣṭā dṛṣṭirasaddharmaśravaṇapūrvikā pañca daṣṭayaḥ / parikalpitagrahaṇaṃ sahajasatkāyāntagrāhadṛṣṭivyudāsārtham / antagrāhadṛṣṭiḥ kīdṛśī sahajā / ucchedadṛṣṭir yato[Ms. 29A] 'bhisamayaprayuktasyottrāso bhavaty atha kas tarhi me ātmeti / dṛṣṭisthānaṃ dṛṣṭisahabhuvo dharmās tadbījaṃ ca / tathaiva vicikitsāsthānam api veditavyam / ye ca dṛṣṭau vipratipannāḥ kleśopakleśā iti ye dṛṣṭimukhena pravṛttā tadālaṃbanāś ca rāgādayaḥ /

K2 釋幾是見所斷

[T. 28B] sarveṣām ekadeśo bhāvanāprahātavyānāsravavarjaḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀見所斷（缺）I14 修所斷（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋修所斷義

§ 39B. darśanaprahātavyāviparyayeṇa sāsravā iti parikalpitakliṣṭadṛṣṭyādikād anye sāsravā ity arthaḥ / atra punaḥ sāsravagrahaṇena nirvedhabhāgīyānām api grahaṇaṃ veditavyaṃ dauṣṭhulyānubandhārthena /

K2 釋幾是修所斷

sarveṣām ekadeśaḥ darśanaprahātavyānāsravavarjaḥ //

K3 釋為何義觀修所斷（缺）I15 非所斷（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋非所斷義

§ 39C. [Ch. 711B] skandhānām ekadeśo 'prahātavyaḥ, lokottaro mārgas tatpṛṣṭalabdhaś ca /

K2 釋幾是非所斷

daśānāṃ [dhātūnāṃ caturṇāṃ cāyatanānām (ekadeśa) iti] sa cāsaṃskṛtaṃ ca / kīdṛśau rūpaśabdadhātū na prahātavyau / aśaikṣasya kuśalakāyavākkarmasvabhāvau /

K3 釋為何義觀非所斷（缺）H7 諸緣等（分十二）I1 緣生（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋緣生義（缺）L2 釋幾是緣生（缺）L3 釋為何義觀緣生（缺）K2 別解十種緣生義（分十）L1 相故

§ 40A. avidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā ity evamādi / tatra (i) asmin satīdaṃ bhavati nirīhapratyayotpattitām upādāya / sati kevalaṃ pratyaye phalaṃ bhavati, na tu phalotpādanaṃ prati pratyayasya kācid īhety arthaḥ / (ii) asyotpādād idam utpadyate anitya[T. 29A]pratyayotpattitām upādāya, na hy anutpādikāraṇāt kiṃcid utpadyamānaṃ kāryaṃ siddham iti kṛtvā / [Ms. 29B] (iii) avidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā ityevamādi samarthapratyayotpattitām upādāya / nirīhakatvānityatve 'pi sati na yataḥ kutaścit pratyayāt sarvam eva phalam utpadyate, kiṃ tarhi samarthāt / tadyathāvidyātaḥ saṃskārā yāvajjātito jarāmaraṇam iti //

L2 分別支故（缺）L3 略攝支故

§ 40C. yāny avidyādīni dvādaśāṅgāni vibhaktāni tāny eva punaḥ samasya catvāryaṅgāni bhavanty ākṣepāṅgādīni / etāvac ca pravṛttinirdeśe nirdeṣṭavyam yaduta hetukāle yenākṣipyate yac cākṣipyate phalakāle yenābhinirvartyate yac cābhinirvatyate tad etat sarvam ebhir aṅgair nirdiṣṭaṃ veditavyam / tatra (i) ākṣepakāṅgam avidyāsaṃskārā vijñānaṃ ca, anāgatajanmābhinirvṛttaye satyeṣv ajñānapūrvakeṇa karmaṇā cittavāsanārthena / (ii) ākṣiptāṅgaṃ nāmarūpaṃ ṣaḍāyatanaṃ sparśo vedanā ca, tayā cittavāsanayā nāmarūpādīnām āyatyāṃ pūrvotarasaṃniśrayakrameṇābhinirvṛtaye bījapuṣṭita[Ch. 711C]ḥ / (iii) abhinirvartakāṅgaṃ tṛṣṇā upādānaṃ bhavaś ca, aprahīṇakāmāditṛṣṇādivasena kāmādiṣu sucarita[T. 29B]duścaritaprakāraratipūrvakeṇa chandarāgeṇa sopādāne vijñāne sati maraṇāvasthāyāṃ phaladānaṃ prati chandarāgānurūpyāntarakarmavāsanābhimukhībhāvāt / abhinirvṛttyaṅgaṃ jātir jarāmaṇaṃ ca, tena prakāreṇa karmāntaravāsanābhimukhye saty anyatarasmin gatiyonyādibhedabhinne nikāyasabhāge yathākṣipte nāmarūpādinirvṛtteḥ / jātijarāmaraṇavacanaṃ saṃskṛtalakṣaṇatrayādhikāreṇodvejanārtham / jarāmaraṇasyaikāṅgakaraṇaṃ vināpi jarāṃ maraṇa saṃbhavā[Ms. 30A]t / na tv evaṃ jarāyujāyāṃ yonau vinā nāmarūpādibhiḥ ṣaḍāyatanādīnāṃ saṃbhava ity eṣāṃ pṛthagaṅgīkaraṇaṃ veditavyam //

L4 建立支緣故

§ 40D. aṅgapratya[yatvavya]vasthānaṃ caturaḥ pratyayān adhikṛtya / tatra (i) tāvad avidyā saṃskārāṇāṃ pūrvotpannāvāsanato hetupratyayaḥ, tatparibhāvitasaṃtānotpannānāṃ karmaṇāṃ punarbhavābhisaṃskaraṇasāmarthyāt tatkālasamudācāriṇī / (ii) āvedhataḥ samanantarapratyayaḥ, tadākṣepakaviśeṣeṇa saṃskārasrotānupravṛtteḥ / (iii) manaskārata ālaṃbanapratyayaḥ, mūḍhāvasthāyā agratā[T. 30A]dibhir ayoniśomanaskārālaṃbanībhāvāt / (iv) sahabhāvato 'dhipatipratyayaḥ, tadādhipatyena tatsaṃprayuktāyāś cetanāyā viparītālaṃbanābhisaṃskaraṇāt /

L5 建立支業故

§ 40E. (i) avidyā bhave sattvān saṃmohayati, tadāvṛtteḥ pūrvāntāparāntamadhyāntānāṃ yathābhūtāparijñānāt / yata evaṃ vicikitsati--kiṃ nv aham abhūvam ati(te) 'dhvany āhosvin nābhūvam ity evamādi / pratyayaś ca [As. P. 27] bhavati saṃskārāṇām, tadvaśena punarbhavikakarmopacayāt / (ii) saṃskārā gatiṣu sattvāna vibhajanti, karmavaśena sattvānāṃ gatyantaragamanavaicitryāt / pratyayā[Ms. 30B]ś ca bhavanti vijñānasya vāsanāyāḥ, āyatyā nāmarūpābhinirvṛttaye bī[Ch. 712]japoṣaṇāt / (iii) vijñānaṃ karmabandhaṃ dhārayati, saskārāhitavāsanāsahotpatteḥ / pratyayaś ca bhavati nāmarūpasya, mātuḥ kukṣau vijñānāvakrāntyā nāmarūpavivṛddhigamanāt / (iv) nāmarūpam ātmabhāvaṃ sattvān grāhayati tannirvṛttyā sattvānāṃ nikāyasabhāgāntarabhajanāt / nāmarūpā[T. 30B]dīnāṃ ṣaḍāyatanādipratyayabhāvaḥ pūrvāṅgasaṃniśrayeṇottarāṅganirvṛttito draṣṭavyaḥ / (v) ṣaḍāyatanam ātmabhāvaparipūriṃ ca sattvān grāhayati, tannivṛttāv indriyāntarāvaikalyāt / pratyayaś ca bhavati sparśasya / (vi) sparśo viṣayopabhoge sattvān pravartayati, tanmukhena sukhavedanīyāditrividhaviṣayopabhogāt / pratyayaś ca bhavati vedanāyāḥ / (vii) vedanā janmopabhoge ca sattvān pravartayati, tadadhiṣṭhāneneṣṭādikarmavipākopabhogāt / pratyayaś ca bhavati tṛṣṇāyāḥ, tatsaṃprayogādyabhilāṣamukhena tṛṣṇotpatteḥ / (viii) tṛṣṇā janmani sattvān ākarṣati, tadvaśena janmāntarasroto 'nupacchedāt / pratyayaś ca bhavaty upādānasya, āsvādaprārthanāmukhena kāmādiṣu chandarāgapravṛtteḥ / (ix) upādānaṃ puna[Ms. 31A]rbhavādānāya sopādānaṃ ca sattvānāṃ vijñānaṃ karoti, narakādigativiśiṣṭapunarbhavapratisaṃdhaye karmavāsanāniyamāt / pratyayaś ca bhavati bhavasya, tadvaśena saṃskāravāsanayo vṛttilābhāt / (x) bhavaḥ punarbhave sattvān abhimukhīkaroti, anantaragatyantarāvāhanāt pratyayaś ca bhavati jāteḥ, [T. 31A] tato nikāyasabhāgāntaranirvṛtteḥ / (xi) jātir nāmarūpādyānupūrvyā sattvān abhinirvartayati, uttarottarāvasthāntarāvāhanāt / [Ch. 712B] pratyayaś ca bhavati jarāmaraṇasya, jātau satyāṃ tatprabandhasyānyathātvavināśasaṃbhavāt / (xii) jarāmaraṇaṃ punaḥ punar vayaḥpariṇāmena jīvitapariṇāmena ca sattvān yojayati, yauvanāyuṣor vināśena yojanāt //

L6 支雜染攝故

§ 40F. vijñānasya karma[saṃ]kleśasaṃgrahaṇaṃ saṃskāravāsanāprabhāvitatvād vijñānāṅgasya /

L7 義故

§ 40G. (i) niṣkartṛkārtha īśvarādikartṛrahitatvāt / (ii) sahetukārtho 'vidyādihetukatvāt / (iii) niḥsatvārthaḥ svayam anātmatvāt / (iv) paratantrārthaḥ pratyayādhīnatvāt / (v) nirīhakārthaḥ pratyayānāṃ nirvyāpāratvāt / (vi) anityārtho'śāśvatatvāt / (vii) kṣaṇikārtha utpattikālāt pareṇānavasthānāt / (viii) hetuphalapraba[Ms. 31B]ndhānupacchedārthaḥ kāraṇakṣaṇanirodhasamakālaṃ kāryakṣaṇotpādāt / (ix) anurūpahetuphalaparigrahārthaḥ sarvataḥ sarvasyāsaṃbhavāt / (x) vicitrahetuphalārtho 'nekai[T. 31B]kajātīyāt kāraṇād ekānekajātīyakāryotpatteḥ / (xi) pratiniyatahetuphalārthaḥ saṃtānāntarāphalanāt //

L8 甚深故（分三）M1 第一義

§ 40H. (1) punar ebhir evārthaḥ pratītyasamutpādasya pañcavidhaṃ gāmbhīryaṃ veditavyam (i) hetugāmbhīryaṃ viṣamahetvahetuvādapratipakṣena dvābhyām arthābhyām / (ii) lakṣaṇagāmbhīryaṃ nirātmakatayaikārthena / (iii) utpattigāmbhīryaṃ pratyayebhyaḥ phalotpattāv apy atatkṛtatayā dvābhyām arthābhyām / (iv) sthitigāmbhīryam avyavasthitānāṃ sthityābhāsanād dvābhyām arthābhyām / (v) pravṛttigāmbhīryaṃ hetuphalapravṛttidurvijñānatvāc caturbhir arthair iti //

M2 第二義

§ 40H. (2) [Ch. 712C] antareṇa eva kartāraṃ karma kriyā cāsti tatphalopabhogaś cety ayam atra karmaphalāvipraṇāśo veditavyaḥ //

M3 第三義

§ 40H. (3) (i) na svayaṃkṛto dharmo 'nutpannasyābhāvād yenāsau kriyeta / (ii) na parakṛtaḥ pratyayānām akartṛkatvāt / (iii) nobhayakṛta etenaiva kāraṇadvayena / (iv) nāsbvayaṃkārāpa(ra)kārahetusamutpannaḥ hetupratyayānāṃ phalo[Ms. 32A]tpattau sāmarthyāt // aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / (i) na svayaṃkṛtaḥ pratyayāpekṣaṇāt / (ii) na parakṛtaḥ satsv api pratyayeṣu nirvījasyānutpādāt / (iii) nobhayakṛtastadubhayonirīhakatvāt / (iv) nāhetusamutpanno [T. 32A] bījapratyayānāṃ śaktisadbhā[vā]diti / bhavati hy apisvabījatvān na parataḥ na svayaṃ tadapekṣaṇāt / niśceṣṭatvān na ca dvābhyāṃ tacchakter nāpy ahetutaḥ // iti / na svayaṃ na parato dvividhakoṭipratikṣepe 'pi gambhīraḥ pratītyasamutpādaḥ syāt prāg eva yatra catasro 'pi koṭayaḥ pratikṣipyante, tasmād etasya paramagāmbhīryaṃ veditavyam //

L9 差別故

§ 40I. [A.s. P. 28] (i) vijñānotpattiprabhedataś cakṣuḥ pratītyarūpāṇi cotpadyate cakṣurvijñānam ity evamādi / (ii) vyutpattiprabhedataḥ satvaloka madhikṛtya, avidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā ity evamādi / (iii) bāhyavasyotpattiprabhedato bījaṃ pratītyāṅkuraḥ, aṅkuraṃ pratītya kāṇḍaḥ / tathā nāpatrapuṣpaphalāni yojyāni / (iv) saṃvartavivartaprabhedataḥ sarvasattvasādhāraṇakarmādhipatyaṃ pratītya mahāpṛthivyādīnām utpādāt / (v) āhāropastambhaprabhedataś catura āhārān pratītya traidhātuke satvānāma [Ms. 32B] vasthānāt / (vi) iṣṭāniṣṭagativibhāgaprabhedataḥ sucaritaduścarite pratītya sugatidurgatigamanāt / (vii) viśuddhiprabhedato mokṣa[T. 32Bbhāgīyāni pratītya nirvedhabhāgīyotpattito yāvad darśanabhāvanāmārgānupūrvyārhattvaprāptitaḥ, parato vā ghoṣaṃ pratītyādhyātmaṃ ca yoniśo manaskāraṃ samyagdṛṣṭistato yāvat sarvāsravakṣaya iti / (viii) prabhāvaprabhedato 'dhigamaṃ pratītyābhijñādayo vaiśeṣikā [Ch. 713A] guṇā iti / ebhiḥ prabhedair vistareṇa saṃskārāṇāṃ pratītyasamutpādo 'nusartavyaḥ //

L10 順逆故

§ 40J. (i-ii) [saṃ]kleśānulomapratiloma iti pravṛttyānupūrvīm adhikṛtya, avidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā ityevamādy anulomanirdeśaḥ / jarāmaraṇaṃ jarāmara(ṇa)samu dayo [jarāmaraṇanirodho] jarāmaraṇanirodhagāminī pratipad iti satyavyavasthānam adhikṛtya pratilomanirdeśo veditavyaḥ / (iii-iv) [vyavadānānulomapratilomata iti] tadyathāvidyānirodhāt saṃskāranirodha ity evamādi vyavadānānulomanirdeśaḥ / kasminn asati na jarāmaraṇaṃ bhavati kasya nirodhāj jarāmaraṇanirodha iti pratilomanirdeśataḥ //

I2 緣（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋緣義（缺）L2 釋幾是緣（缺）L3 釋為何義觀緣（缺）K2 別解四緣（分四）L1 因緣（分二）M1 以二習氣顯因緣義

§ 41A. (1) hetupratyaya ālayavijñānaṃ kuśalavāsanā ca sāsravānāsravāṇāṃ ca saṃskārāṇāṃ yathākramam / (i) ālayavijñānaṃ punar dvividham--vaipā[Ms. 33A]kikam ābhisaṃskārikaṃ ca / tatra (a) vaipākikam[T. 33A] upapattiprātilambhikānāṃ hetupratyayaḥ / (b) ābhisaṃskārikaṃ prāyogikānām āyatyāṃ cālayavijñānāntarasya hetupratyayo draṣṭavyaḥ / ābhisaṃskārikaṃ punar ālayavijñānaṃ tajjānmikapravṛttivijñānasamudācāravāsitaṃ veditavyam / (ii) kuśalavāsanā mokṣabhāgīyānāṃ vāsanā draṣṭavyā / teṣāṃ lokottarābhyupagamaniṣyandadharmanaimittikatas tadvāsanāyā lokottaradharmahetutvaṃ veditavyam //

M2 以七種相顯因緣義（分二）N1 總標

§ 41A. (2) api khalu svabhāvato 'pīty evamādinā ṣaḍḍhetavo hetupratyaya iti darśayati / tatra svabhāvataḥ prabhedataś ca kāraṇahetor vyavasthānam / śeṣaiḥ padaiḥ yathākramaṃ sahabhūsaṃprayuktasabhāgasarvatragavipākahetūnāṃ vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam /

N2 別釋（分七）O1 自性

(i) hetusvabhāvam adhikṛtya kāraṇahetuvyavasthānāt sarvahetavaḥ kāraṇahetāv antarbhūtā veditavyāḥ / sahāyādiviśeṣaprabhāvanārtha tu pṛthagvyavasthānam /

O2 差別（分二）P1 總標數（缺）P2 別釋相

(ii) [Ch. 713B] kāraṇahetuprabhede vijñānasāmagryādikaṃ yan nirdiṣṭam udāharaṇamātraṃ taddraṣṭavyam, tayā diśānyasyāpi tajjātīyasyābhyūhanārtham / tatra (a) utpattikāraṇaṃ tataḥ kāryasyābhūtvā [Ms. 33B] prādurbhāvāt / (b) sthitikāraṇam utpannasya prabandhānupacchedāt / (c) dhṛtikā-[T. 33B]raṇaṃ pātapratibandhāt / (d) prakāśanakāraṇam āvṛtasyābhivyañjanāt / (e) vikārakāraṇaṃ tatsaṃtānasyānyathātvāpādanāt / (f) viyogakāraṇaṃ saṃbandhasya dvaidhīkaraṇāt / (g) pariṇatikāraṇaṃ tadavayavānāṃ deśāntarasaṃcaraṇāt / (h) saṃpratyayakāraṇaṃ tena viparokṣānumānāt / (i) saṃpratyāyanakāraṇaṃ tena samyaṅniścayāt / (j) prāpaṇakāraṇaṃ tenādhigamāt / (k) vyavahārakāraṇaṃ yathānāmadheyaṃ nimittodgrahaṇenābhiniviśyānuvyavaharaṇāt / (l) apekṣākāraṇam anyatrecchotpattinimittatvāt / (m) ākṣepakāraṇaṃ tadanvayāvasthāntaraparāparabhāvina āvedhakatvāt / (n) ābhinirvṛttikāraṇam anantarabhāvino janakatvāt / (o) parigrahakāraṇaṃ svabījotpādina upodbalatvāt / (p) āvāhanakāraṇaṃ tadānukūlyenākarṣaṇāt / (q) pratiniyamakāraṇaṃ bhinnasvabhāvatayānyonyaphalatvāt / (r) sahakārikāraṇaṃ svakāryanirvartane kāraṇāntarāpekṣaṇāt / [As. P. 29] (s) virodhikāraṇaṃ vighnakaraṇāt / (t) avirodhikāraṇaṃ tadviparyayeṇa veditavyam //

O3 助伴

(iii) [Ch. 713C] tadyathā bhūtāni bhautikaṃ ceti yathāsaṃbhavaṃ na tv avaśyaṃ sarvatra saṃghāte [Ms. 34A, T. 34A] catvāri mahābhūtāni bhavanti rūpādikaṃ vā bhautikam / ity ato yad yatrāsti tat tena sahotpadyate nānyonyaṃ vineti //

O4 等行

(iv) sahāyanaiyamyena sahabhūhetur vyavasthāpitaḥ / bhūtāni bhautikaṃ cety udāharaṇamātram etad veditavyam, cittacaitasikānām anyonyam avinābhāvaniyamāt / yady evaṃ saṃprayuktahetoḥ pṛthagvyavasthānaṃ na prāpnoti, cittacaitasikānāṃ sahabhūhetāv antarbhāvāt / yady apy etad evaṃ tathāpy anyenārthena / ye dharmāḥ sahabhāvenālaṃbanaṃ pratipadyante nānyatamavaikalyena te saṃpratipattitaḥ saṃprayuktakahetur vyavasthāpyate, na sahabhāvamātreṇa, tadyathā cittaṃ caitasikāś ca //

O5 增益

(v) pūrvabhāvitānām iti pūrvābhyastānāṃ pūrvaṃ samudācaritānām ity arthaḥ / yā aparānte uttarottarā puṣṭataratamā pravṛttir iti taiḥ paripoṣitabījānāṃ tadanvayānām anāgate kāle viśiṣṭotpattito draṣṭavyā / evam ayaṃ sabhāgahetuḥ sadṛśānāṃ puṣṭinimittatvena vyavasthāpitaḥ //

O6 障礙

(vi) sarvatragahetur na kevalaṃ sadṛśasyaiva puṣṭaye kiṃ tarhi yasya kasyacid rāgādeḥ kleśasyābhyāsena sarveṣāṃ dveṣādīnāṃ prabandhapuṣṭyā [T. 34B] dṛḍhīkāro bhavaty ato bandhanagāḍhī[Ms. 34B]karaṇān mokṣaprāptiparipanthārthenāsya vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam //

O7 攝受

(vii) vipākahetuḥ punar āyatyām ekāntavisadṛśasyaivānivṛttāvyākṛtasyātmabhāvasaṃgrahītavyavipākasyākṣepakatvāt parigrahārthena vyavasthāpitaḥ / kuśalasāsravagrahaṇam anāsravāṇāṃ janmavirodhitvenānākṣepakatvāt //

L2 等無間緣

§ 41B (1) (i) [Ch. 714] nairantaryasamanantarato 'pīti nāvaśyaṃ kṣaṇanairantarya kiṃ tarhi cittāntaranairantaryam apy atra nairantaryaṃ draṣṭavyam / itarathā hy acittikasamāpattau vyutthānacittasya samāpatticittaṃ na samanantarapratyayaḥ syāt / bhavati ca / tasmād ekasmin saṃtāne paścimasya cittasya pūrvakaṃ cittaṃ cittāntareṇānantaritaṃ samanantarapratyayaḥ / yathā cittam evaṃ caitasikā api veditavyāḥ / (ii) sabhāgavisabhāgacittacaittotpattisama(na)ntarato 'pīti kuśalāḥ cittacettāḥ kuśalānāṃ sabhāgānām akuśalāvyākṛtānāṃ ca visabhāgānām anantarotpannānāṃ samanantarapratyayaḥ / evaṃ kuśalāvyākṛtāḥ svānyaprakārāṇāṃ yojayitavyāḥ / tadyathā kāmāvacarā kāmāvacarāṇāṃ rūpārūpyāvacarānāsravāṇāṃ cānantarotpannānāṃ [T. 35A] samanantarapratyayaḥ / [Ms. 35A] evaṃ rūpāvacarādayo 'pi pṛthagpṛthagrūpāvacarādonāṃ kāmāvacarādīnāṃ cā(na)ntarotpannānām iti yojayitavyam //

§ 41B. (2) kiṃ khalu sarvasya cintasyānantaraṃ sarvaṃ cittam utpadyate, ahosvid asti pratiniyamaḥ / astīty ucyate / atraitasya cittasyānantaram idaṃ cedaṃ ca cittam utpadyata ity ucyamāne bahu vaktavyaṃ jāyate / tasmāt sāmānyena cittotpattau lakṣaṇamātraṃ vyavasthāpyate / tadyathā daśabhir balaiś cittasyotpādo veditavyaḥ--paricayabalena chandabalena prayogabalena samāpatti[Ch. 714B]balena 'vedhabalena hetubalena viṣayabalena smṛtibalena manaskārabalena pratisaṃdhibalena ca /

(i) paricayabalaṃ punas trividham--mṛdu madhyam adhimātraṃ ca / (a) samāpattisthitivyutthānanimittānām anupalakṣitatvān mṛdu / (b) upalakṣitānāṃ svaparicittatvān madhyam / (c) suparicita-topalakṣitatvād adhimātram / tatra mṛdunā paricayabalena dhyānārūpyāṇām (ānu)pūrvyasamāpattir veditavyā / madhyena vyutkrāntakasamāpattir ekāntarikayogena / adhimātreṇa yatheṣṭaṃ sarvāṇi vā vyutkrāmyānulomaṃ pratilomaṃ ca samāpattir veditavyā /

(ii) chandabalena dvitīyadhyāna[T. 35B]lābhī prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpanno [Ms. 35B] yady ākāṃkṣati dvitīyadhyānabhūmikaṃ vyutthānacittamāmukhīkaroty atha nākāṃkṣati kāmāvacaraṃ kuśalam anivṛtāvyākṛtaṃ vā / evam anyatrāpi vistareṇa yojyam /

(iii) prayogabalena kāmāvacarasya kuśalasyaivānantaraṃ tatprathamato rūpāvacaraṃ cittam utpadyate / anāgamyasya kuśalasyānantaraṃ maulam / maulasya kuśalasyānantaraṃ dvitīyadhyānasamāpannakam ity evamādi vistareṇa yāvad bhavāgrāt veditavyam /

(iv) samāpattibalena śuddhakaṃ samāpannasya kadācic chuddhakam evotpadyate kadācit kliṣṭam /

(v) āvedhabalena samādher vyutthāya caratas tāvat samāhitabhūmikaṃ cittam (a)samāhitakṣaṇānantaravyatibhinnam anuvartate yāvat tadvirodhikleśasamudācārāt parihīṇa iti / tadvirodhikleśasaṃprayuktasya punaś cittasya hetvādibhiś caturbhir balaiḥ samudācāro veditavyaḥ--tatra (vi) tāvad dhetubalena yady avaśyaṃ bhūmiparihāṇisaṃvartanīyam āvaraṇaṃ pūrvam upacitaṃ bhavati, (vii) viṣayabalena yadi rāgādyutpatyanukūlaḥ śubhādinimittaḥ prabhāvotkaṭaviṣaya ābhāsasamāgato bhavati; (viii) smṛtiba[Ms. 36A]lena yadi smaraṇasaṃkalpai[T. 36A]r atītān viṣayān prapañcayati; (ix) manaskārabalena yadi mīmāṃsāmanaskāreṇānyatarānyatarac chubhanimittaṃ manasikarotīti /

(x) pratisaṃdhibalena nava maraṇacittāny ātmabhāvatṛṣṇāsaṃprayuktāni triṣu dhātuṣu pratyekaṃ kāmarūpārūpyāvacarāṇi / tatra kāmadhātoś cyutvā kāmadhātāv eva pratisaṃdhiṃ badhnataḥ kāmāvacaram ātmabhāvatṛṣṇāsaṃprayuktaṃ maraṇa[Ch. 714C]cittaṃ veditavyam / rūpārūpyadhātvoḥ pratisaṃdhiṃ badhnato rūpārūpyāvacaram / tathā rūpārūpyadhātubhyāṃ cyutvā tatra vānyatra votpadyamānasya ṣaṭ-cittāni yojayitavyāni / sā punar ātmabhāvatṛṣṇā sahajānirūpitālaṃbanā- nivṛtāvyākṛtā ca / ātmabhāvajātiś cāsyāḥ prakārāparicchedenālaṃbanaṃ veditavyam / tadvaśenā(na)ntaraṃ pṛthagjanānām antarābhavapratisaṃdhiḥ / āryāṇām apy avītarāgāṇāṃ maraṇakāle yāvad aspaṣṭasaṃjñāvasthāṃ na gacchati tāvad asau tṛṣṇā samudācarati / te tv enāṃ paricchidya pratipakṣeṇābhinigṛhṇanti / vītarāgāṇāṃ tv āryāṇāṃ pratipakṣasya balīyastvān naivāsau samudācaraty aprahīṇāpi satī / tadanu[Ms. 36B]śayavaśena tu teṣāṃ pratisaṃdhiḥ / antarā[T. 36B]bhavapratisaṃdhikṣaṇaḥ punar nityam anivṛtāvyākṛta eva vipākatvāt / tata ūrdhvaṃ kuśalo 'py akuśalo 'py avyākṛto 'pi yathāsaṃbhavam, cyuticittaṃ sthāpayitvā / antarābhavacyuticittaṃ tu nityaṃ kliṣṭaṃ maraṇabhavavat / upapattipratisaṃdhiḥ punar nityam anivṛtāvyākṛta eveti veditavyam / bodhisattvānāṃ tu praṇidhānabalenopapadyamānānāṃ maraṇacittādikam ekāntena sarvaṃ kuśalaṃ veditavyam / samāptaḥ samanantarapratyayaprasaṅgaḥ //

L3 所緣緣（分二）M1 問（缺）M2 答列十二種所緣緣義

§ 41C (1) (i) paricchinnaviṣayālaṃbanataḥ pañcānāṃ vijñānakāyānām ālaṃbanam, pratiniyataviṣayatvāt pañcānāṃ vijñānakāyānām / (ii) aparicchinnaviṣayālaṃbanataḥ manovijñānasyālaṃbanam, sarvadharmaviṣayatvān manovijñānasya /

(iii) acitrīkāraviṣayālaṃbanato 'vyutpannasaṃjñānāṃ manovijñānasyālaṃbanam, nāmato 'kṣarīkartum aśakyatvāt / (iv) citrīkāraviṣayālaṃbanatas tadviparya[yā]dveditavyam /

(v) savastukaviṣayālaṃbanato dṛṣṭim asmimānaṃ tatsaṃprayuktāṃś ca dharmān sthāpayitvā tadanyeṣām ālaṃbanam / (vi) avastukaviṣayālaṃbanataḥ sthāpitānām ālaṃbanam, [Ch. 715A.] ātmādhiṣṭhānatvāt / (vii) vastvā[Ms. 37A., T. 37A]laṃbanato 'nāsravālaṃbanān visabhāgadhātubhūmisarvatragān anivāritavastukāṃś cātītānāgatālaṃbanān sthāpayitvā tadanyeṣām ālaṃbanam / (viii) parikalpālaṃbanataḥ sthāpitānām ālaṃbanam, svaparikalpamātrālaṃbanāt / (ix) viparyastālaṃbanaṃ nityādyākārāṇām / (x) aviparyastālaṃbanam anityādyākārāṇām / (xi) savyāghātālaṃbanam aprahīṇajñeyāvaraṇānām / (xii) avyāghātālaṃbanaṃ prahīṇajñeyāvaraṇānām iti // § 41C (2) ālaṃbanapratyaye viniścayaḥ--lakṣaṇato 'pi prabhedato 'pi sthitito 'pi parijñānato 'pi prahāṇato 'py ālabanavyavasthānaṃ veditavyam // (i) kathaṃ lakṣaṇataḥ / yo 'rthas tatpratibhāsānāṃ cittacaitasikānāṃ dharmāṇāmutpattinimittama, te cotpannās tadarthābhiniveśavyavahārapratyātmāvagamāya bhavanti tad ālaṃbanalakṣaṇam //

(ii) kathaṃ prabhedataḥ / (a) asadālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā viparyastānāṃ cittacaitasikānām atītānāgatasvapnapratibiṃbamāyādyālaṃbanaṃ ca / (b) sadālaṃbanaṃ [T. 37B] tadanyeṣām / (c) anālaṃbanam ālaṃbanaṃ rūpaṃ cittaviprayuktā asaṃskṛtaṃ ca / (d) sālaṃbanam ālaṃbanaṃ cittacaitasikā dharmāḥ / (e) samyaktvālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā kuśalam / (f) mithyātvā[Ms. 37B]laṃbanaṃ tadyathā kliṣṭam / (g) naivasamyaktvanamithyātvālaṃbanaṃ tadyathānivṛtāvyākṛtam / (h) yoniśa ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā kuśalānāṃ cittacaitasikānām / (i) ayoniśa ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā kliṣṭānām / (j) naivayoniśonāyoniśas tadvinirmuktānām / (k) sabhāgam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā kuśalādīnāṃ kuśalādīni svabhūmikānāṃ ca svabhūmikaṃ sāsravāṇāṃ ca sāsravam anāsravāṇāṃ cānāsravam / (l) visabhāgam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā kuśalādīnām akuśalādīny anyabhūmikānāṃ cānyabhūmikaṃ sāsravānāsravayoś cānāsravasāsravam / (m) nānātvam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā savitarkavicārāṇāṃ cittacaitasikānām / (n) ekatvam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathāvitarkāvicārāṇām / (o) [T.38A] vibhūtyālaṃbanaṃ tadyathāsaṃjñikaprāyogikānāṃ cittacaitasikānām ākāśavijñānānantyāyatanikānāṃ ca / (p) abhisaṃkṣiptaṃ sūkṣmam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathākiṃcanyāyatanikānām / (q) paryantikaṃ sūkṣmam ālaṃ[Ch. 715B]banaṃ tadyathā naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanikānām / (r) kleśa ālaṃbanaṃ tenālaṃbyata iti kṛtvā / (s) dharma ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathāryāṇāṃ nāmakāyapadakāyavyañjanakāyāḥ / (t) artha ā[Ms. 38A]laṃbanaṃ tadāśrito 'rthaḥ / (u) parottamālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā śrāvakayānam / (v) vipulam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā mahāyānam / (w) nimittam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā śamathapragrahopekṣānimittāni / (x) animittam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā nirvāṇaṃ bhavāgrayaṃ ca / (y) tattvam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā tathatā ṣoḍaśānāṃ cākārāṇāṃ satyāni / (z) vaihārikam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā nirodhasamāpattiḥ / (z1) vaśavartyālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā vimokṣādīnāṃ sarvākārajña[T. 38B]tāvasānānāṃ guṇānām / (z2) kṣaṇikam ālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā śaikṣāṇāṃ tajjanmikam eva / (z3) anuvartyālaṃbanaṃ tadyathā buddhabodhisattvānām //

(iii) kathaṃ sthititaḥ / ālaṃbanasyāpariniṣpattitas tathā vyavasthāpanāt / caturbhiś ca kāraṇair apariniṣpannam ālaṃbanaṃ veditavyam--viruddhavijñānanimittatayā, a[n]ālaṃbanavijñānopalabdhyā, yatnam antareṇāviparyāsaprasaṅgatayā, trividhajñānānuvartanatayā ca / tataś ca grāhakasyāpy apariniṣpattiḥ / trividhaṃ jñānaṃ vaśitājñānaṃ vipaśyanājñānaṃ nirvikalpajñānaṃ ca / tatra caturṇāṃ kāraṇānām udāharaṇāni / pretatiryagmanuṣyāṇāṃ devānāṃ ca yathārha[Ms. 38B]taḥ / tulyavastumanobhedād arthāniṣpattir iṣyate // 1 // atītādau tathā svapne pratibiṃbadvaye 'pi ca / asannālaṃbanatvāc ca tadālaṃbanayogataḥ // 2 // arthasyārthatvaniṣpattau jñānaṃ na syād akalpakam / tadabhāvāc ca buddhatvaprāptir naivopapadyate // 3 // bodhisattve vaśiprāpte 'dhimuktivaśād yataḥ / tathābhāvaḥ pṛthivyādau dhyāyināṃ copalabhyate // 4 // niṣpannavicayasyeha dhīmataḥ samādhilābhinaḥ / sarvadharmamanaskāre tathārthakhyānato 'pi ca // 5 // jñānacāre 'vikalpe hi [T. 39A] sarvārthākhyānato 'pi ca / [Ch. 715C] arthābhāvopagantavyo vijñaptes tadabhāvataḥ // 6 //

(iv) kathaṃ parijñānataḥ / lakṣaṇaprabhedasthitīnāṃ yathābhūtajñānataḥ //

(v) kathaṃ prahāṇataḥ / śrāvakayānamahāyānābhyām āśrayaparivṛttitaḥ / śrāvakayānāśrayaparivṛttyā skandhadhātvāyatanālaṃbanebhyo vimokṣo na tu teṣu vibhutvalābhaḥ / mahāyānāśrayaparivṛttyā tūbhayam iti / samāpta ālaṃbanapratyaye yathāgranthaṃ viniścayaḥ //

L4 增上緣（分二）M1 問（缺）M2 答列九種增上緣義

§ 41D. (i) pratiṣṭhādhipatitaḥ vāyumaṇḍalādīny ammaṇḍalādīnām, bhājanalokaḥ sattvalokasya, bhūtāni bhautikānām, indriyāṇi vijñānānā[Ms. 39A]m ityevamādi / (ii) āvedhādhipatitaḥ sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ karma bhājanalokasya, paurāṇaṃ sāsravakarma vipākasyety evamādi / (iii) sahabhāvādhipatitaḥ cittaṃ caitasānām, manaskāraḥ cittasya, sparśo vedanāyā ity evamādi / ataḥ paraṃ dvāviṃśatim indriyāṇy adhikṛtyādhipativyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / tatra (iv) [T. 39B] viṣayādhipatitaḥ cakṣuḥśrotraghrāṇajihvākāyamanaindriyānām, tadādhipatyena rūpādyabhinirvṛtteḥ / (v) prasavādhipatitaḥ strīpuruṣendriyayoḥ, tadādhipatyena garbhāvakramaṇāt / (vi) sthānādhipatito jīvitendriyasya, tadvaśena nikāyasabhāgasthānāt / (vii) phalopabhogādhipatitaḥ sukhaduḥkhasaumanasyopekṣendriyāṇām, tadadhiṣṭhāneneṣṭāniṣṭavipākapratisaṃvedanāt / (viii) laukikaviśudhyadhipatitaḥ śraddhāvīryasmṛtisamādhiprajñendriyāṇām, taiḥ kleśaviṣkambhaṇāt / (ix) lokottaraviśudhyadhipatito 'nājñātamājñāsyāmīndriyasyājñendriyasyājñātāvīndriyasya ca vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam, tair anuśayasamudghātād iti //

I3 同分彼同分（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋同分彼同分義

§ 42. vijñānāvirahitatatsādṛśyendriyaviṣayapraba[Ms. 39B]ndhotpattitaḥ sabhāgaṃ veditavyam, vijñānasahitasya vijñānasādṛśyenendriyasya viṣayeṣu prabandhenotpatteḥ vijñānavṛttisādṛśyārthena tadindriyaṃ [Ch. 716A] sabhāgam ity ucyate / vijñānavirahitasvasādṛśyaprabandhotpattitas tatsabhāgam, vijñānena [T. 40A] viprayuktasyendriyasya svātmasādṛśyena prabandhotpattir indriyalakṣaṇasādṛśyārthena tatsabhāgaṃ veditavyam /

K2 釋幾是同分彼同分

rūpaskandhaikadeśaś cakṣurādipañcendriyalakṣaṇaḥ / pañca rūpīṇi dhātvāyatanāni cakṣurādīnīty eva /

K3 釋為何義觀同分彼同分（缺）I4 執受（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋執受義

§ 43. vedanotpattyāśrayarūpata iti yadrūpam āśritya vedanotpadyate tadupāttam ity ucyate /

K2 釋幾是執受

rūpaskandhaikadeśaḥ sādhiṣṭhānendriyasaṃgahītaḥ / pañca rūpīṇi dhātvāyatanāni cakṣurādīni / caturṇāṃ caikadeśaḥ rūpagandharasaspraṣṭavyānām indriyāvinirbhāgī //

K3 釋為何義觀執受（缺）I5 根（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋根義

§ 44. [As. P. 30] viṣayagrahaṇādhipatitaś cakṣurādīnāṃ ṣaṇṇām, tadādhipatyena rūpādyālaṃbane cittacaittapravṛtteḥ / kulaprabandhādhipatitaḥ strīpuruṣendriyayoḥ, tataḥ putrapautrādyanvayapravṛtteḥ / śeṣaṃ yathādhipatipratyaye nirdiṣṭaṃ tathānugantavyam /

K2 釋幾是根

rūpaskandhaikadeśaś cakṣuḥśrotraghrāṇajihvākāyastrīpuru[Ms. 40A]ṣendriyalakṣaṇaḥ / saṃskāraskandhaikadeśo jīvitaśraddhāvīryasmṛtisamādhiprajñendriyalakṣaṇaḥ / dvādaśa dhātava indriyavijñānadhātavaḥ / ṣaḍāyatanāny ādhyātmikāni / dharmadhātvāya[T. 40B]tanaikadeśaś ca jīvitendriyaṃ sukhādīni śraddhādāni pañca //

K3 釋為何義觀根（缺）I6 苦苦性（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋苦苦性義

§ 45A. duḥkhā vedanā duḥkhātmikā satī svenaiva lakṣaṇena duḥkhaduḥkhatāḥ / [Ch. 716B] tadutpattinimittabhūtās tv indriyārthās tatsaṃprayuktāś ca duḥkhavedanīyatvād duḥkhaduḥkhatā draṣṭavyā //

K2 釋幾是苦苦性（缺）K3 釋為何義觀苦苦性（缺）I7 壞苦性（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋壞苦性義

§ 45B. sukhāyā vedanāyās tadvedanīyānāṃ ca dharmāṇāṃ vipariṇāmena daurmanasyotpādāt tadvipariṇatir vipariṇāmaduḥkhatā / tatra cānunayena cittasya vipariṇamanaṃ vipariṇāmaduḥkhatā veditavyā / yathoktam "avadīrṇo vipariṇatena cittene"ti //

K2 釋幾是壞苦性（缺）K3 釋為何義觀壞苦性受（缺）I8 行苦性（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋行苦性義

§ 45C. aduḥkhāsukhā vedanālayavijñānasaṃprayuktā tadvedanīyāś ca saṃskārā duḥkhavipariṇāmaduḥkhatayor dauṣṭhulyenānugatatvāt tena duḥkhatādvayenāvinirmuktatvād ekadā duḥkhāvasthāṃ bhajante ekadā sukhāvasthāṃ, na nityakālam aduḥkhāsukhāvasthā eva bhavanti / tasmād anityatānubandhārthenāyogakṣematvāt saṃskāraduḥkhatā veditavyā /

K2 釋幾是行苦性

[Ms. 40B] skandhānām / trayāṇāṃ dhātūnāṃ manodharmamanovijñānadhātūnām / dvayoś cāyatanayor manodharmāyatanayoḥ / ekadeśaṃ sthāpayitvā[T. 41A]nāsravalakṣaṇam, tadanyāni sarvāṇīti //

K3 釋為何義觀行苦性（缺）I9 有異熟（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋有異熟義

§ 46. akuśalasya kuśalasāsravasya cāyatyā sasaṃprayogam ālayavijñānaṃ vipākaḥ / atas tena vipākena tadubhayaṃ savipākam ity ucyate /

L2 釋幾是有異熟

skandhānām / daśānāṃ dhātūnāṃ vijñānarūpaśabdadharma[Ch. 716C]dhātūnām / caturṇāṃ cāyatanānāṃ rūpaśabdamanodharmāyatanānām / ekadeśo 'vyākṛtānāsravavarjaḥ /

L3 釋為何義觀有異熟（缺）K2 釋異熟與異熟生別

ālayavijñānāttad anyat tu cakṣurādikaṃ ca sukhaduḥkhādikaṃ ca tadvipākrajam ity ākhyāṃ labhate tato jātam iti kṛtvā /

I10 食（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 正釋三問（分三）L1 釋食義

§ 47 (1). (i) pariṇatitaḥ pāriṇāmikaḥ kavaḍīkāra āhāraḥ, pariṇāmakāle indriyamahābhūtapoṣaṇāt / (ii) viṣayato vaiṣayikaḥ sparśāhāraḥ, iṣṭaviṣayādhiṣṭhānena sparśenāśrayānugrahaṇāt / (iii) āśāta āśikaḥ manaḥsaṃcetanāhāraḥ, abhipretavastupratibaddhāśāvaśenāśrayānugrahaṇāt / (iv) upādānata aupādānikaḥ vijñānam āhāraḥ, ālayavijñānopādānavaśenātmabhā[Ms. 41A]vopasthānāt / tathāhi tadviyukta āśrayaḥ pūtībhavatīti /

L2 釋幾是食（缺）L3 釋為何義觀食（缺）K2 別釋四種食差別建立

§ 47 (2) punaś catvāro 'py āhārāḥ samasya caturbhiḥ prabhedair vyavasthāpyante / tadyathā (i) aśuddhāśraya[T. 41B]sthitikaḥ kāmāvacarāṇāṃ pṛthagjanānām, sakalabandhanatvāt / (ii) śuddhāśuddhāśrayasthitikaḥ śaikṣāṇāṃ rūpārūpyāvacarāṇāṃ ca pṛthagjanānām, sāvaśeṣavandhanatvāt / (iii) śuddhāśrayasthitiko 'rhatām, sarvabandhanavinirmuktatvāt / (iv) sthitisāṃdarśiko buddhānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ ca mahāprabhāvaprāptānām, āhāravaśena sthitir iti saṃdarśanamātratvāt //

I11 有上（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋有上義

§ 48A. [As. P. 31] asaṃskṛtaikadeśaḥ niṣpannasvabhāvaḥ sottaram iti

K2 釋幾是有上

nirvāṇaṃ muktvā, tasya sarvadharmāgratvādi śuddhāyāś ca tathatāyās tallakṣaṇatvāt //

K3 釋為何義觀有上（缺）I12 無上（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 釋無上義（缺）K2 釋幾是無上（缺）K3 釋為何義觀無上（缺）G3 總結（缺）D2 以三性辨釋三科（分二）E1 總標三種差別（缺）E2 別釋三種差別（分三）F1 徧計所執相差別

§ 49 (1) [Ch. 717A] samāsataḥ prabhedas trividhaḥ, trividhaṃ svabhāvam adhikṛtya pudgalanairātmyanayena veditavyaḥ / tatra (i) parikalpitaḥ svabhāvaḥ skandhādīny adhiṣṭhāyāvidyamāna ātmādisvabhāvo yaḥ parikalpitaḥ /

F2 所分別相差別

(ii) paratantraḥ svabhāvas tāny eva skandhādīni yatrāsāv ātm[ā]dyabhūtavikalpaḥ pravṛttaḥ /

F3 法性相差別

(iii) pariniṣpannaḥ svabhāvo bhāvābhāvaviyuktalakṣaṇā hi tathatā, skandhādiṣv ātmādyabhāvanairātmyāstitā[Ms. 41B]lakṣaṇatvāt //

D3 以相等四門辨釋三科（分三）E1 總標四種差別（缺）E2 別釋四種差別（分四）F1 相差別

[T. 42A] (ii) prakāra[pra]bhedo viśeṣam adhikṛtya, dravyasantaḥ prajñaptisanta ity evamādi /

F2 分別差別

[T. 42A] (ii) prakāra[pra]bhedo viśeṣam adhikṛtya, dravyasantaḥ prajñaptisanta ity evamādi /

F3 依止差別

(iii) āśrayaprabhedaḥ pratyātmabhāvaṃ skandhādīnāṃ nānātvam adhikṛtya /

F4 相續差別

(iv) saṃtatiprabheda ekasminn apy ātmabhāve skandhādīnāṃ pratilakṣaṇam anyathātvam adhikṛtya //

E3 問答四種何所了知（分四）F1 破我執（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（缺）F2 破聚想（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（缺）F3 破不作而得雖作而失想（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（缺）F4 破安住想（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（缺）D4 以外門等六義辨釋三科（分二）E1 總標六義差別名（缺）E2 別釋其義（分六）F1 外門差別

§ 49 (3) bahirmukhaprabhedo yadbhūyasā kāmāvacara iti bhūyograhaṇaṃ [Ch. 717B] niṣpandadharmahetukaśrutacintāmayavyudāsārtham // samāptaḥ prabhedaḥ //

F2 內門差別（缺）F3 長時差別（缺）F4 分限差別（缺）F5 暫時差別（缺）F6 顯示差別（缺）C2 攝品（分二）D1 明攝（分二）E1 總舉攝數（缺）E2 隨別解（分五）F1 體用相似攝（分三）G1 相攝

[I (2)] § 50 (1)[As. P. 32] (i) lakṣaṇasaṃgraheṇa rūpaskandho rūpaskandhenaiva saṃgṛhīto vistareṇa yāvad dharmāyatanaṃ dharmāyata[ne]naiva /

G2 界攝

(ii) dhātusaṃgraheṇa sarvāṇi skandhadhātvāyatanāny ālayavijñānena saṃgṛhītāni, sarveṣāṃ tatra bījato 'stitvāt /

G3 種類攝

(iii) jātisaṃgraheṇa skandhaiḥ rāśyādyarthayuktā rūpādayaḥ sarve saṃgṛhītā vilakṣaṇā apy anyonyaṃ svalakṣaṇenaikajātīyatvāt / evaṃ dhātubhiś cāyatanaiś copabhogadhāraṇārthayuktā āyadvārārthayuktāś cakṣurādayaḥ saṃgṛhītā veditavyāḥ /

F2 相從隨順攝（分二）G1 分位攝

(iv) avasthāsaṃgraheṇa skandhā ekajātīyā api sukhādyavasthāṃ niyamayya sukhāvasthāḥ sukhāvasthair eva saṃgṛhītā na duḥkhādyavasthaiḥ / [Ms. 42A] evaṃ [T. 42B] duḥkhāvasthāduḥkhāsukhāvasthāś ca tadavasthai[re]va saṃgṛhītāḥ / yathā skandhā evaṃ dhātava āyatanāni ca /

G2 伴攝

(v) sahāyasaṃgraheṇa rūpaskandhaḥ saha tadāśritair vedanādibhiḥ sahāyair gṛhyamāṇaḥ pañcabhiḥ skandhaiḥ saṃgṛhītaḥ / evaṃ vedanādo 'pi pratyekaṃ saparivārā gṛhyamāṇāḥ pañcabhiḥ skandhaiḥ saṃgṛhītā bhavanti / tathā dhātava āyatanāni ca saparivārāṇi pratyekaṃ sarvair dhātubhir āyatanaiś ca saṃgṛhītāni veditavyāni /

F3 依假辨體攝（分二）G1 方攝（缺）G2 時攝（缺）F4 全半體用攝（分二）G1 一分攝

(iii) [Ch. 717C] ekadeśasaṃgraheṇa śīlaskandho rūpaskandhaikadeśena saṃgṛhītaḥ / samādhiprajñāskandhau saṃskāraskandhaikadeśena / kāmavyāpādahiṃsādhātavo dharmadhātvekadeśena saṃgṛhītāḥ / ākāśānantyāyatanādīni manodharmāyatanaikadeśena saṃgṛhītāni / evaṃ kṛtvā yāvanto dharmāḥ skandhadhātvāyatanaiḥ saṃgṛhītāḥ sūtrāntareṣu teṣām anyatamasaṃgraha ekadeśasaṃgraho veditavyaḥ /

G2 具分攝

(ix) sakalasaṃgraheṇa duḥkhaskandhaḥ pañcabhir upādānaskandhaiḥ saṃgṛhītaḥ, kāmadhātur aṣṭādaśabhir dhātubhiḥ, asaṃjñisattvāyatanaṃ daśabhir āyatanair gandharasāyatanavarjaiḥ saṃgṛhītam / [Ms. 42B] evaṃ kṛtvā yāvanto dharmāḥ skandha[T. 43A]dhātvāyatanaiḥ saṃgṛhītāḥ sūtrāntareṣu teṣām aśeṣataḥ saṃgrahaḥ sakalasaṃgraho veditavyaḥ /

F5 世俗勝義攝（分二）G1 更互攝（分二）H1 釋蘊、界、處相攝（分三）I1 蘊（缺）I2 界（缺）I3 處（缺）H2 釋諸餘法與三法相攝

(x) itaretarasaṃgraheṇa skandhāḥ pratyekaṃ dhātubhir āyatanaiś ca saṃgṛhītāḥ, yathāyogam evaṃ dhātavaḥ skandhāyatanair āyatanāni skandhadhātubhiḥ saṃgṛhītāni [iti] vistareṇāvagantavyam //

G2 勝義攝

§ 50 (2) [As. P. 33] saṃgrahalakṣaṇaṃ punar lokaprasiddhasaṃgrahānusāreṇa [Ch. 718A] ṣaḍidvadhaṃ draṣṭavyam / tat punaḥ katamat / (i) padasthānasaṃgraho yathā jambūdvīpasaṃgṛhītā manuṣyāḥ, araṇyasaṃgṛhītā mṛgā iti loke ucyate tathehāpi cakṣurādibhiḥ cakṣurvijñānādīnāṃ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ / (ii) nibandhasaṃgraho yathā rajjvādinā kāṣṭhabhārādikasya tathā kāyena cakṣurādīnām indriyāṇām / (iii) tulyārthasaṃgraho yathā samānasarvaprayojanānāṃ visrambhiṇāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ parasparaṃ tathaikālaṃbanapravṛttānāṃ saṃprayuktānām ānyonyam / (iv) upādānasaṃgraho yathā svāminā ātmīyataḥ parigrahītādīnāṃ dāsādīnāṃ tathālayavijñānenātmabhāvasya / (v) avisārasaṃgraho yathā ghaṭenodakasya tathā samādhinā tadanyeṣāṃ cittacaitasikānām / (vi) abhisaṃkṣepa[saṃ]graho yathā [Ma. 43A] samudreṇa nadīnāṃ tathā rūpa[T. 43B]skandhena cakṣurādīnām iti / tad atrābhisaṃkṣepasaṃgraham adhikṛtyaikādaśavidhaḥ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ //

D2 明攝利（分二）E1 問（缺）E2 答（缺）C3 相應品（分二）D1 釋相應（分二）E1 標列六種相應（缺）E2 隨釋（分三）F1 辨色聚相應（分三）G1 不相離相應

[I (3)] § 51. (i) paramāṇudeśe sarveṣāṃ deśinām ity ekaparamāṇuparyāpannānāṃ rūpādīnām avinirbhāgaḥ samānadeśatvena veditavyaḥ /

G2 和合相應

(ii) [As. P.34] paramāṇor ūrdhvaṃ sarveṣāṃ deśināṃ miśrībhāvaḥ tadyathā kaluṣe pānīye appṛthivīparamāṇūnāṃ paramparam /

G3 聚集相應

(iii) deśinām eva samudāyinām anyonyaṃ samavadhānaṃ tadyathā bhittau mṛtpiṇḍena mṛtpiṇḍāntarasya /

F2 辨五蘊相應（分二）G1 俱有相應

(iv) sahabhāvasaṃ[pra]yoga ekātmabhāve kṣaṇikānāṃ skandhādīnām /

G2 作事相應

(v) kṛtyānuṣṭhānasaṃprayoga ekasmin prayojane prayuktānām anyonyam /

F3 辨心心所聚相應（即同行相應）（分二）G1 同行相應體（缺）G2 別釋同行相應有十四種義（分二）H1 釋通相同行相應（分四）I1 他性相應

(vi) saṃpratipattisaṃprayogaḥ [Ch. 718B] parabhāvena na svabhāvena tadyathā cittaṃ cittāntareṇa na saṃprayujyate, vedanā vedanāntareṇety aevamādi /

I2 不相違相應

na viruddhayos tadyathā rāgadveṣayoḥ kuśalākuśalayor vety evamādi /

I3 同時相應

na visadṛśakālayos tadyathā vartamānānāgatayor atītavartamānayor vā /

I4 同分界地相應

na visabhāgadhātubhūmikayos tadyathā kāmāvacararūpāvacarayoḥ prathamadvitīyadhyānabhūmika[Ms. 43B]yor vety evamādi /

H2 釋隨增義說同行相應（分五）I1 定不定相應（分三）J1 一切徧行同行相應

sarvatragaḥ saṃpratipattisaṃprayogaḥ vedanādīnāṃ ṣaṇṇāṃ sarvāsv avasthāsv eṣāṃ vinānyonya[T. 44A]m abhāvāt /

J2 染污徧行同行相應（缺）J3 非一切時同行相應（缺）I2 三受相應（缺）I3 依位相應（分二）J1 無間同行相應（缺）J2 有間同行相應（缺）I4 依界相應（分二）J1 外門同行相應（缺）J2 內門同行相應（缺）I5 依曾未曾習相應（分二）J1 曾習同行相應

ucitas tadekatyānāṃ ca śaikṣāśaikṣāṇām ity ekāntalaukikānāṃ kuśalānām akuśalāvyākṛtānāṃ ca yathāsaṃbhavam /

J2 未曾習同行相應

ādyataduttarāṇām ity apūrvajātīyatvena prathamakṣaṇotpannānāṃ dvitīyādikṣaṇotpannānāṃ ca lokottarāṇām anucitatvajñāpanārtham //

D2 解勝利（分二）E1 問（缺）E2 答（缺）C4 成就品（分四）D1 明得非得（分二）E1 標（分二）F1 指前相

[I (4)] § 52 (1). [Ch. 718C, As. P. 35] samanvāgamo lakṣaṇataḥ pūrvavattadyathā kuśalādīnāṃ dharmāṇām ācayāpacaye prāptiḥ pratilambhaḥ samanvāgama iti prajñaptiḥ /

F2 列差別（缺）E2 釋（分三）F1 種子成就（分二）G1 約三界繫說成不成（分三）H1 欲界

bījasamanvāgama iti kāmadhātau jātau bhūtastraidhātukaiḥ kleśopakleśaiḥ samanvāgata ity avītarāgaṃ pṛthagjanamadhikṛtyaitadveditavyam / vītarāgastu tatrordhvaṃ vā jāto yato bhūmervītarāgas tadbhūmikair asamanvāgataḥ samanvāgataś ca, pratipakṣeṇopahatatvādasamuddhātitatvāccānuśayato yathākramam / upapattiprātilambhikaiś ca kuśalar iti yatra jātas tadbhūmikair eva /

H2 色界（缺）H3 無色界（缺）G2 約對治道說成不成

traidhātukapratipakṣalābhīti lokottaramārgalābhī / yasya yasya prakārasya pratipakṣa utpanna iti bhāva[Ms. 44A]nāprahātavyasyādhimātrādeḥ kleśasya / tasya tasya bījasamanvāgamenāsamanvāgato 'nuśayataḥ samuddhātitatvāt /

F2 自在成就

(ii) vaśitāsamanvāgamaḥ [T. 44B] prāyogikānāṃ kuśalānām iti śrutamayādīnāṃ saty api bīje tadabhyāsakṛtāṃ tajjanmikīṃ bījapuṣṭimantareṇa [Ch. 719A] saṃmukhīkartumaśakyatvāt / tad ekatyānāṃ cāvyākṛtānāṃ śaṃlpasthānikanairmāṇikacittaprabhṛtīnām //

F3 現行成就（缺）D2 釋善根斷非得（缺）D3 釋闕解脫因非得

§ 52 (2). mokṣahetuvaikalyādātyantika eṣāṃ hetvasamanvāgama iti / mokṣaprāptihetvasamanvāgama ity arthaḥ / kaḥ punar mokṣaprāptihetuḥ / yasyaivaṃ tathatāyāṃ kleśadauṣṭhulyaṃ saṃniviṣṭaṃ bhavati tatsati pratipakṣānukūlapratyayalābhe śakyate samuddhātayitum, sa bhavyatārthena hetur ity ucyate / viparyayāddhetuvaikalyaṃ veditavyam //

D4 辨勝利（分二）E1 問（缺）

E2 答（缺）

II

satyaviniścayo nāma dvitīyaḥ samuccayaḥ

B2 決擇分（分二）C1 彰此分總有四品（缺）C2 隨標廣釋（分四）D1 諦品（分三）E1 總標諦決擇有四（缺）E2 隨標釋（分四）F1 苦諦（分二）G1 出苦諦體性（分二）H1 略唯顯體性（分二）I1 解苦諦相（分二）J1 總標

§ 53. [As. P. 36] tat sattvajanmato janmā[Ms. 44B]dhiṣṭhānataś ceti yaś ca jāyate sattvalokaḥ, yatra ca jāyate bhājanaloke, tadubhayaṃ duḥkham ity uktaṃ bhavati /

J2 別釋（分三）K1 解有情生（分二）L1 總標生趣（缺）L2 別釋人天（分二）M1 人（缺）M2 天（分三）N1 欲界天（缺）N2 色界天（缺）N3 無色界天（缺）K2 解生所依處（分二）L1 釋三千大千世界處別（缺）L2 釋其成壞（缺）K3 釋二世間所由生起

[Ch. 719C, As. P. 37] yaś ca sattvaloko yaś ca bhājanalokaḥ karmakleśajanitaḥ karmakleśādhipateya ity ābhyāṃ tayoḥ sattvabhājanalokayor duḥkhatvakāraṇaṃ jñāpayati //

I2 解非苦諦攝淨土相（缺）H2 廣顯諸經所說苦相差別（分二）I1 明八苦（分四）J1 總標

§ 54. api khalu jātir duḥkham ity evamādi pūrvaṃ samasya duḥkhasatyalakṣaṇaṃ vyutpādyādhunā duḥkhasatyam ārabhya sūtroktasya nirdeśasyārthaṃ vibhaktum ārabhate //

J2 別釋（分八）K1 生苦

§ 54A. jātir duḥkhaṃ saṃvādaduḥkhatāṃ tadanyadukhasvāśrayatāṃ copādāyeti mātuḥ kukṣāv āmapakvāśayayo[T. 45A]r antarāle āsīnasya niṣkrāmato vā kukṣer vividhāśucidravyāsaṃpīḍāṅgasaṃmardaduḥkhānubhavanārthena, jātau satyāṃ jarādiduḥkhābhyanuṣaṅgārthena ca yathākramam //。

K2 老苦（缺）K3 病苦（缺）K4 死苦（缺）K5 怨憎會苦（缺）K6 愛別離苦（缺）K7 求不得苦（缺）K8 略攝一切五取蘊苦（缺）J3 明八苦與六苦相攝

§ 54B. [As. P. 38] ṣaṭ samānāny aṣṭau bhavanti vipariṇatidukhaṃ tridhā kṛtvā //

J4 明八苦與三苦相攝（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分三）L1 前五苦能顯苦苦

§ 54C. (i) jātyādibhir duḥkhaduḥkhatāparidīpanavacanaṃ duḥkhavedanīyadharmasvalakṣaṇārthena /

L2 次二苦能顯壞苦

(ii) priyavināmābādinā vipariṇāmaduḥkhatāparidīpanavacanaṃ prāptāprāptasukhavedanīyadharmavipariṇatisvalakṣaṇārthena /。

L3 後一苦能顯行苦

(iii) pañcopādānaskandhā duḥkham ity ane[Ms. 45A]na saṃskāraduḥkhatāparidīpanavacanaṃ dvayāvinirmokṣānityetā nubandhayogakṣemārthena //

I2 明二苦（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 世俗諦苦

§ 54D. (i) jātir duḥkham ity evamādi saṃvṛtisatyena duḥkham, laukikajñāna- viṣayatvāt /

K2 勝義諦苦

[Ch. 720A] (ii) pañcopādānaskandhā duḥkham iti paramārthasatyena duḥkham, saṃniveśatathatāmukhena lokottarajñānaviṣayatvāt //

G2 辨苦諦四行（分二）H1 解四共相（分二）I1 標

§ 55. duḥkhasāmānyalakṣaṇe yair ākārairyogine duḥkhasatyaṃ vyavacārayanti, tadyathānityato duḥkhataḥ śūnyato 'nātmataśca //

I2 釋（分四）J1 釋無常相（分二）K1 略標十二種無常

§ 55A. tatra dvādaśavidhena lakṣaṇe[T. 45B]nānityaṃ duḥkhasatyaṃ veditavyam /

K2 別釋（分三）L1 初七種通內外（分二）M1 觀所無

tat punar (i) asallakṣaṇaṃ yathā nāsti sarvadā duḥkhasatyam ā[tmā]tmīyasvabhāvam iti yo 'rthaḥ so 'rtho 'nityaṃ duḥkhasatyam iti / akārasya pratiṣedhārthatvāt nityaśabdasya ca sarvakālārthatvād iti /

M2 觀所有（分三）N1 觀微細無常（分二）O1 壞滅相

(ii) vināśalakṣaṇaṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ bhūtvābhāvaḥ /

O2 變異相

(iii) vipariṇatilakṣaṇaṃ prabandhāsādṛśyena pravṛttiḥ /

N2 觀外麤無常

(iv) viyogalakṣaṇaṃ tadavastheṣv eva vastuṣu svabhāvavaśitvabhraṃśaḥ kvacit paraiḥ svīkaraṇam api veditavyam /

N3 觀世無常（分三）O1 現前相

(v) saṃnihitalakṣaṇaṃ yat tadānīm evānubhūyamānānityatā /

O2 法爾相

(vi) dharmatālakṣaṇaṃ yām avaśyam anubhaviṣyati /

O3 剎那相

(vii) kṣaṇalakṣaṇam [Ms. 45B] ātmalābhānantaram avaśyavināśitā /

L2 次三種唯內（分三）M1 相續相

(viii) prabandhalakṣaṇam anādimati saṃsāre ājavaṃjavībhāvena vṛttiḥ /

M2 病等相

(ix) vyādhi jarāmaraṇalakṣaṇaṃ dhātuvaiṣamyaṃ khalityādikaṃ sthitikālāvedhopayogaś ca / [As. P. 39]

M3 種種心行轉相

(x) cittacittākāravṛttilakṣaṇaṃ vipakṣapratipakṣāvasthānāvasthitatvam /

L3 後二種唯外（分二）M1 資產興衰相

(xi) bhogasaṃpattilakṣaṇaṃ sarvalaukikasamṛddhīnām anātyantikatayā durantatvam /

M2 器世成壞相（分三）N1 所成壞

(xii) bhājanasaṃvartavivartalakṣaṇaṃ [Ch. 720B] mahāpṛthivyādinām agnyādibhiḥ punaḥ punar vināśa[ta] utpādataś ca, agnyambuvāyusaṃvartanībhir dahanakleda[T. 46A]naśoṣaṇātmikābhir yathākramam /

N2 明災頂（分二）O1 由外災成壞處所

prathamadvitīyatṛtīyadhyānasthānāvasāne lokasaṃniveśe saṃvṛtte tadūrdhvaṃ yāny avaśiṣyante dvitīyatṛtīyacaturthadhyānasyānāntarāṇi tāni tāsāṃ śīrṣāṇi veditavyāni /

O2 不由外災成壞處所

caturthadhyānabhūmikānāṃ tarhi vimānānāṃ kena saṃvartavivartaḥ / na kenacid bāhyena, tair eva tu sarvair jāyamānaiḥ saha tāni vimānāni nirvartante cyavamānaiḥ saha tāni nirudhyanta iti / sa eva teṣāṃ saṃvartavivarto veditavyaḥ /

N3 明小中大劫（分二）O1 正釋小中大劫（分三）P1 明小三災

yaiḥ kalpasya niryāṇaṃ bhavatīti parisamāptir bhavatīty arthaḥ /

P2 明中劫（分二）Q1 明人壽增減

[Ms. 46A] eko 'ntarakalpo 'pakarṣaḥ vivartakāle ekānnaviṃśati[ta]maḥ / aṣṭādaśa utkarṣāpakarṣāḥ / tata ūrdhvam eka utkarṣaḥ paścimaḥ /

Q2 明世界成壞（缺）P3 明大劫（缺）O2 兼顯色無色諸天壽量（分二）P1 正明由劫顯壽（缺）P2 附釋三種死沒（分二）Q1 引經（缺）Q2 釋義（分三）R1 壽盡

āyukṣayān maraṇaṃ kālacyutim adhikṛtya yāvad ākṣepam āyuṣaḥ parisamāptatvāt /

R2 福盡

puṇyakṣayād akālacyuti[m adhikṛtya] samāpattyāsvādanatayā tadāyurākṣepakakarmabhāvanopaghātāt /

R3 業盡

karmakṣayāt prabandhacyutim adhikṛtya, tasminn āyatane upapadyāparaparyāyavedanīyakarmaṇa upayuktatvād abhāvād vā tatra bhūyo 'nutpattito veditavyam //

J2 釋苦相（分二）K1 辨別指前（缺）K2 釋經意（分二）L1 引經（缺）L2 以三復次釋（分三）M1 初以三無常釋（分二）N1 釋（分三）O1 生分無常

§ 55B. aṣṭākāraṃ vā duḥkham iti saṃbādhaduḥkhatādi / [Ch. 720C, As. P. 40] (i) utpādāṃ[T. 46B]śikī anityatā abhūtvā bhāvaḥ, sa ca duḥkhapakṣyāṇāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ bādhanātmakaḥ / iti tām anityatāṃ pratītya duḥkhaduḥkhatā prajñāyate /

O2 滅分無常

(ii) vyayāṃśikī bhūtvābhāvaḥ, sa ca sukhapakṣyāṇāṃ saṃskārāṇām anabhipretaḥ / iti tāṃ pratītya vipariṇāmaduḥkhatā prajñāyate /

O3 俱分無常

(iii) sadauṣṭhulyānāṃ saṃskārāṇāṃ prabandhenodayo 'py anabhipretaḥ, vyayo 'pīti tadubhayāṃśikīm anityatāṃ pratītya saṃskāraduḥkhatā prajñāyate /

N2 引證成前

saṃskārāni[Ms. 46B]tyatāṃ saṃskāravipariṇāmatāṃ ca saṃdhāyoktam--mayā yat kiṃcid veditam idam atra duḥkhasyety ayam aduḥkhāsukhasya sukhasya ca veditasya duḥkhavacane 'bhisaṃdhir veditavyaḥ / duḥkhasya tu veditasya duḥkhatvena prasiddhatvāl loke na tatra punar abhisaṃdhir ucyata iti /

M2 第二復次（缺）M3 第三復次

yeṣu cānityeṣu saṃskāreṣu jātyādikaṃ prajñāyate [teṣām] anityatvāt duḥkham ity abhisaṃdhir veditavyaḥ / anyathā mārgo 'py anityatvād duḥkhaṃ syād iti //

J3 釋空相（分二）K1 正明空性（分二）L1 總明空有（缺）L2 別釋空有（分三）M1 別明空（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答（缺）M2 別明有（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答

§ 55C. śūnyatālakṣaṇaṃ nityādilakṣaṇasyātmanaḥ saṃskārebhyo 'rthāntarabhūtasya teṣv abhāvaḥ / teṣāṃ ca saṃskārāṇāṃ nityakālaṃ tadrahitaprakṛtikalakṣaṇasya nairātmyasya bhāvas tadubhayaṃ śūnyatety ucyate /

K2 別明三種空性（分二）L1 標列（缺）L2 別釋

(i) svabhāvaśūnyatā parikalpitaṃ svabhāvam u[pā]dāya, tasya sva[T. 47A]lakṣaṇenaivābhāvāt / (ii) tathābhāvaśūnyatā paratantraṃ svabhāvam upādāya, tasya yena yena prakāreṇa parikalpyate tena tena prakāreṇābhāvāt / prakṛtiśūnyatā pari[Ch. 721A]niṣpannaṃ sbabhāvam upādāya tasya [Ms. 47A] śūnyatāprakṛtikatvāt //

J4 釋無我相（分二）K1 正釋無我相

§ 55D. anātmalakṣaṇaṃ punas teṣām eva saṃskārāṇām ātmavādibhiḥ parikalpitenātmalakṣaṇenānātmalakṣaṇatā //

K2 引經證成（分二）L1 證無我（缺）L2 證非我相（分三）M1 總觀義（缺）M2 別釋經（缺）M3 結成（缺）H2 重逐難釋（分二）I1 廣前無常（分二）J1 逐難釋外器無常（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 總標（缺）L2 別以八故釋色等念念滅

§ 56. [As. p. 41] vināśādilakṣaṇānityatā prasiddhā, kṣaṇikalakṣaṇā tu na prasiddhā sarvasaṃskārāṇāmataḥ sā prasādhayitavyā / tatra cittacaitasikānāṃ kṣaṇikatvaṃ loke prasiddham ataḥ tenāprasiddhaṃ rūpasya kṣaṇikatvaṃ prasādhyate / (i) katham iti / cittopāttatām upādāya, kṣaṇikena hi cittena kāya upātta / (ii) kenārthena / cittaikayogakṣematām upādāya, tathāhi kāyaḥ savijñānaka eva samudāgacchati vijñānāpakrāntyā ca pūtībhavati / tasmāc cittenaikayogakṣematvāt tadivāsya kṣaṇikatvaṃ veditavyam / (iii) kiṃ ca cittāśrayatām upādāya, cittasya hi [vi]kāreṇa kāyasya vikāro dṛśyate sukhaduḥkharāgadveṣādyavasthāsu / ataḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ vikāriṇaś cetaso 'nuvidhānāt kāyasya kṣaṇikatvaṃ siddham / (iv) cittādhipatyasaṃbhūtatām upādāya, cittasya hi sendriyaḥ kāya [T. 47B] āśrayaḥ prasiddhaḥ, yasya ca ya utpattyāśrayo [Ms. 47B] nāsau svavināśam antareṇa tasyāśrayībhavan dṛṣṭaḥ / tadyathāgnyaṃkurādīnām indhanabījādikaḥ / tasmāt pratikṣaṇaṃ cittasyāśrayabhāvāt pratikṣaṇam eva vinaśyatīti siddham / (v) cittasyādhipatyasaṃbhūtatām upādāya, sarvaṃ hy ādhyātmikabāhyaṃ rūpaṃ cittasyādhipatyena saṃbhavati / ataḥ kāraṇasya kṣaṇikatvāt kāryasya kṣaṇi[Ch. 721B]katvaṃ veditavyam, ye hetavo ye pratyayāḥ rūpasyotpādāya te 'py anityāḥ, anityān khalu hetupratyayān pratītyotpannaṃ rūpaṃ kuto nityaṃ bhaviṣyatīti sūtrapadānusāreṇa / (iv) cittavaśavarttitāṃ copādāya, prabhāvaviśiṣṭasya ca cittasya rūpaṃ vaśe vartate, tena yatheṣṭaṃ pariṇāmāt / ataḥ pratikṣaṇamanyathādhimokṣe satyanyathotpādātkṣaṇikatvasiddhiḥ / api khalu (vii) ante vikāropalabdhitām upādāya, na hi pratikṣaṇaprakṛtivikāritāmantareṇākasmiko rūpasyānte vikāro yuktaḥ, sa copalabhyate / tasmāt svāsāṃtānikapratikṣaṇavikārābhivṛddhihetukatvādantyasya rūpavikārasya kṣaṇikaṃ rūpamiti siddham / (iii) utpannasya cānapekṣya pratya[Ms. 48A]yaṃ svarasavināśitām upādāya, sarvasyotpannasya vināśaḥ pratyayamanapekṣya svarasenaiva bhavati / ataḥ pratyayāntaranirapekṣo 'vaśyaṃbhāvī vināśa utpannamātrasyaiva bhāvasya na bhavati paścādbha[T. 48A]tīti [na] kiṃcid viśeṣaṇam asti / tasmāt sarveṇa vināśinotpannamātreṇa vinaṣṭam iti siddhaṃ kṣaṇikatvam //

J2 釋麤細色（分二）K1 釋大造（分二）L1 問（缺）L2 答（分二）M1 總答

§ 57A. ekapradeśāśrayibhāvārtha upādāyārthaḥ, bhūtadeśanirapekṣasya pṛthak svatantravṛttitāsāmārthyābhāvāt /

M2 別答（分二）N1 正解大種多少（分二）O1 正解相（缺）O2 解多少

asti samudāya ekabhautikastadyathā śuṣko mṛtpiṇḍaḥ / asti dvibhūtikaḥ sa evārdraḥ / asti tribhūtikaḥ sa evoṣṇaḥ / asti sarvabhūtikaḥ sa evārdra uṣṇaśca mṛtpiṇḍo gamanāvasthāyām iti /

N2 正解所造多少（分二）O1 正解相（缺）O2 解多少

asti samudāya ekopādāyarūpikastadyathā prabhā / dvyupādāyarūpikastadyathā śabdagandho vāyuḥ / tryupādāyarūpikastadyathā dhūmaḥ, tasya rūpagandhaspraṣṭavyaviśeṣaprabhāvitatvāt / spraṣṭavyaviśeṣaḥ punar atra laghutvaṃ veditavyam / caturupādāyarūpikastadyathā guḍapiṇḍaḥ / pañcopādāyarūpikastadyathā sa eva saśabdaḥ / ity a[nya]trāpi yadyatropalabhyate bhūtaṃ bhautikaṃ vā [Ch. 721C] tatra tadastīti veditavyaṃ nānyatra /

K2 解極微（分二）L1 釋唯假立

§ 57B. niḥśarīraḥ [As. p. 42] paramāṇu[T. 48B]riti niḥsvabhāvo vyavasthānamātram ity arthaḥ, apakarṣamaryādābhāvāt /

L2 辨建立因（分二）M1 第一因

buddhyā paryantabhedatastu paramāṇuvyavasthānaṃ buddhyā yāvānavayapāpakarṣaparyantaḥ śakyate prabhettuṃ tāvatā paramāṇuvyavasthānaṃ kriyate / kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇaṃ yad evaṃ niḥśarīro 'pi paramāṇurvyavasthāpyate / piṇḍasaṃjñāvibhā[va]natām upādāya, avayavaśo hi buddhyā bhidyamāne rūpe sarvam etad ekaṃ rūpam iti piṇḍasaṃjñā vigacchati, yataḥ pudgalanairātmyapraveśasyānukūlyaṃ bhavatīti /

M2 第二因

rūpadravyāpariniṣpattipraveśatāṃ copādāya, evaṃ hi buddhyā bhidyamānaṃ rūpaṃ na kiṃcid- bhavatīti matvā rūpadravyasyāpariniṣpattiṃ praviśati, yato vijñaptimātrāvatāreṇa dharmanairātmyapraveśasyānukūlyaṃ bhavatīti //

I2 廣前苦（分二）J1 廣內苦（分二）K1 略標八種差別（缺）K2 別釋（分二）L1 依異生（分二）M1 初三欲界（分三）N1 廣大不寂靜苦

§ 58 (i) vipuladuḥkham asaṃlikhitaṃ kāmāvacaram anupacitakuśalamūlānām, sarvaduḥkhatāgatiyoniprabhāvitatvāt kāmadhātor anupacittakuśalamūlatvenānāvṛtaṃ sarvagatigamanatvāc ca yathākramaṃ tadvipulam asaṃlikhitaṃ ca veditavyam

N2 寂靜苦

(ii) saṃlikhitaṃ tad evotpa[Ms. 49A]nnamokṣabhāgīyānām, avaśyaṃ parinirvāṇa[T. 49A]niyamāt /

N3 寂靜不寂靜苦

(iii) saṃlikhitāsaṃlikhitaṃ tad eva kāmāvacaraṃ duḥkhaṃ laukikavairāgyāvaropitakuśalamūlānām, duḥkhaduḥkhatādisamatikramaniyamitatvād anātyantikatvāc ca yathākramam / evaṃ (iv-vii) madhyāsaṃlikhitādīni yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyāni /

M2 上二界（分二）N1 色界（缺）N2 無色界（缺）L2 依聖（分三）M1 有學（缺）M2 無學（缺）M3 菩薩等

[Ch. 722A] (viii) mahāsaṃlekhapratyupasthānam anekasattvasaṃtānikaduḥkhāpanayanapratyupasthānāt //

J2 廣死生苦（分三）K1 明死有（分二）L1 明將死正死（分二）M1 總標三性心死（缺）M2 別釋（分三）N1 善心死（缺）N2 不善心死（缺）N3 無記心死

§ 59. kuśalādicittasya maraṇam ity ātmasnehasaṃprayuktāc cyuticittāpavargāvasthām adhikṛtya veditavyam /

L2 明死相（分二）M1 淨行者死相（缺）M2 不淨行者死相（缺）K2 明中有（分十）L1 現前相（分二）M1 不淨行者中有相（缺）M2 修淨行者中有相（缺）L2 現前處所（缺）L3 別名

[As. P. 43] manomaya upapādukatvena, cittamātrahetukatvāt / gandharvo gandhenārvaṇāt gandhānusāreṇopapattideśa[ga]manād ity arthaḥ /

L4 壽量

paraṃ saptāhaṃ tiṣṭhaty antareṇa ca cyavate yady upapattipratyayān labhate / atha na labhate saptāhāt pareṇa cyutvā punar antarābhava eva nivartate / evaṃ yāva[t] saptakṛtvaḥ tataḥ pareṇa ekadā ca vyāvartate yadi tadavasthāsyādyatropapattipratya[y]ā / balavanta āmukhībhūtā bhavanti caturthadhyānalābhino 'rhattvābhimānino bhikṣos tadbhūmikāntarābhavābhinirvṛttau mokṣāpavādi[Ms. 49B]kamithyādṛṣṭipratilambhān nārakāntarābhavābhi[T. 49B]nirvṛttivat /

L5 造業

tatrasthaś ca karmopacinoti, pūrvāvedhavaśena kuśalādicetanāsamudācārāt /。

L6 觀見同類有情

[Ch. 722B] sabhāgāṃś ca sattvān paśyati yaiḥ saha pūrvaṃ tatkuśalam akuśalaṃ vā caritaṃ bhavati taiḥ saha vartamānam ātmānaṃ svapna iva saṃjānīte /

L7 形似當生處形

yatra cāsāv upapanno tatpūrvakālabhavākṛtir nirvartate /

L8 所趣無礙（缺）L9 終沒結生（缺）L10 起惑資生（缺）K3 明生有

tata ūrdhvam indriyābhinirvṛttir yathā pratītyasamutpāda iti nāmarūpādyānupūrvyā / yathoktam-- kalalaṃ prathamaṃ bhavati kalalāj jāyate 'rvudam / arvudāj jāyate peśī peśīto jāyate ghanam // ghanāt praśākhā jāyante keśalomanakhādayaḥ / indriyāṇi ca rūpīṇi vyañjanādny anupūrvaśaḥ //

F2 集諦（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（分三）H1 總略答（分二）I1 明二法為集

§ 60. samudayasatyaṃ yato duḥkhaṃ samudeti / tat punaḥ katamat / kleśāḥ kleśādhipateyaṃ ca karma iti sāsravam ity arthaḥ /

I2 引經名集由愛最勝（分二）J1 明四種愛

yady evaṃ kim arthaṃ bhagavatā tṛṣṇaiva samudayanirdeśe nirdiṣṭā /

J2 解愛最勝

sarvatragatvena prādhānyāt / (i) tṛṣṇā vastusarvatragā prāptāprāptasarvātmabhāvaviṣayavastuvyāpanāt / prāpte ātmabhāve tṛṣṇā, aprāpte paunarbhavikī / prāpteṣu viṣayeṣu [nandīrāgasahagatā / aprāpteṣu viṣayeṣu] [T. 50A] tatratatrābhinandinī [Ms. 50A] veditavyā / (ii) avasthāsarvatragā duḥkhaduḥkhatāditryavastheṣu saṃskāreṣv anuga[ta]tvāt / tatra duḥkhaduḥkhatāvastheṣu prāpteṣu viyogatṛṣṇā, aprāpteṣv asaṃyogatṛṣṇā / vipariṇāmaduḥkhatāvastheṣu [Ch. 722C] aviyogatṛṣṇā saṃyogatṛṣṇā ca, prāptāprāptabhedāt / saṃskāraduḥkhatāvastheṣu saṃmohatṛṣṇā, kleśadauṣṭhulyaprabhāvitatvād aduḥkhāsukhavedanāprabhāvitatvāc ca / ālayavijñānaṃ viśeṣeṇa saṃskāraduḥkhatāvasthaṃ tatra cātmasaṃmohamukhena tṛṣṇā pravṛttā veditavyā / (iii) adhvasarvatragā triṣv apy adhvasv anugatatvāt / atīte tāvad adhvany apekṣākāreṇānugatā, anāgate abhinandanākāreṇa, pratyutpanne adhyavasānākāreṇa / (iv) dhātusarvatrikā traidhātukaspharaṇāt kāmarūpārūpyatṛṣṇābhiḥ / (v) eṣaṇāsarvatrikā tayā kāmabhavamithyābrahmacaryaiṣaṇāt / kāmaiṣaṇayā kāmadhātor aparimucyamānas tatraiva duḥkhaṃ nirvartayati / tathā bhavaiṣaṇayā rūpārūpyadhātvoḥ duḥkhaṃ nirvartayati / mithyā[T. 50B]brahmacaryaiṣaṇayā saṃsā[Ms. 50B]rād aparimucyamānas tatra saṃsaratīti / (vi) prakārasarvatrikā śāśvatocchedaprakārānugatatvād bhavavibhavatṛṣṇābhyām //

H2 廣分別答（分二）I1 煩惱（分二）J1 總以因觀諸煩惱（缺）J2 別釋（分十）K1 數

§ 61A. dṛṣṭeḥ prañcākāro bhedaḥ--satkāyadṛṣṭir antagrāhadṛṣṭir mithyādṛṣṭiḥ dṛṣṭiparāmarśaḥ śīlavrataparāmarśa iti //

K2 相

§ 61B. apraśāntalakṣaṇatā kleśānāṃ sāmānyalakṣaṇaṃ veditavyam / sā punaḥ ṣaḍākārā tadyathā vikṣepāpraśāntatā viparyāsāpraśāntatā auddhatyāpraśāntatā styānamiddhāpraśāntatā pramādāpraśāntatālajjāpraśāntatā ca //

K3 緣起

§ 61C. kleśānuśayaś cāprahīṇo bhavatīti tatpakṣasya dauṣṭhulyasyāsamudghātitatvāt / kleśasthānīyaś ca dharma ābhāsagato bhavati raṃjanīyādiḥ / tatra cāyo niśomanaskāraḥ pratyavasthito bhavatīti tasmin viṣaye śubhanimittādyudgrāhako rāgādyutpattyanukūlaḥ //

K4 境界（分四）L1 總明緣煩惱及事（缺）L2 明上下相緣（分二）M1 下地緣上

§ 61D. [Ch. 723A, As. p. 44] avidyā dṛṣṭir vicikitsā ūrdhvabhūmyālaṃbanā api santi na punar āsāṃ sā bhūmiḥ sākṣādālaṃbanaṃ veditavyaṃ yathā svabhūmiḥ, tatparikalpamukhapravṛttatvāt tu tadālaṃbanavyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / tatrāvidyā ūrdhvabhūmyālaṃbanā yā dṛṣṭisaṃprayuktā / dṛṣṭiḥ [Ms. 51A] satkāyadṛṣṭi sthāpayitvā, [T. 51A] na hi parabhūmikān saṃskārān aham ity abhiniviśamāno dṛṣṭa iti /

M2 上地緣下

ūrdhvabhūmikasya tu kleśasyādhobhūmir ālaṃbanaṃ na bhavati, tato vītarāgatvāt /

L3 明無漏緣（分二）M1 明不親緣

nirodhamārgālaṃbanasya tau nālaṃbanam, lokottareṇa jñānena tatpṛṣṭhalabdhena vā pratyātmavedanīyatvāt /

M2 釋說所緣

tat parikalpitaṃ tv asyālaṃbanam iti vaktavye tatparikalpas tv asyālaṃbanam iti vacanam, tadavyatirekāt parikalpitasya //

L4 明有無事緣（分二）M1 總標二種（缺）M2 別釋二種（缺）K5 相應（分二）L1 本惑（分六）M1 貪

§ 61E. rāgaḥ pratidhena na saṃ[pra]yujyate, ekāntaviruddhayor ekatra vṛttyayogāt / vicikitsayāpi na saṃ[pra]yujyate, na hi vicikitsāvyavasthitabuddhir adhyavasyatīti / śiṣṭais tv asya mānādibhir aviruddhatvāt saṃprayogo veditavyaḥ //

M2 瞋

pratigho mānena dṛṣṭyā ca na saṃprayujyate, na hi yo yatra vastuni pratihatas tena sa unnatiṃ gacchati tad vā saṃtīrayituṃ śaknotīti, evam anyad api yojayitavyam //

M3 慢（缺）M4 無明（缺）M5 見（缺）M6 疑（缺）L2 隨惑（分三）M1 小十

krodhādaya anyonyaṃ na saṃprayujyanta iti viruddhā viruddhair na saṃ[pra]yujyante / tadyathā rāgāṃśikāḥ pratighāṃsikaiḥ / aviruddhās tu kleśavad eva saṃprayujyanta iti veditavyam /

M2 中二

āhrīkyānapatrāpyaṃ sarvatrākuśale [T. 51B] saṃprayujyate, svaparanirapekṣatām antareṇākuśalasatsamudācārā[Ms. 51B]saṃbhavāt /

M3 大五

evaṃ styānādayaḥ sarvatra kliṣṭe yojayitavyāḥ, aka[Ch. 723B]rmaṇyādikam antareṇa kliṣṭatvā saṃbhavād iti //

K6 差別（分三）L1 總標二十四種煩惱差別（缺）L2 別釋（分二十四）M1 結（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答（分二）O1 總標九結（缺）O2 別釋（分九）P1 愛結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過

§ 61F. (i) yad yena prakāreṇa yasmin vastuni saṃprayojayati tannirdeśena saṃyojananirdeśo veditavyaḥ / kiṃ saṃyojayati / (a) anunayasaṃyojanaṃ tāvat traidhātukarāgasvabhāvaṃ saṃyojayati / kena prakāreṇa saṃyojayati / tadvataḥ traidhātukānudvege saty akuśalasamudācarataḥ kuśalāsamudācarataś ca / kasmin saṃyojayati / āyatyāṃ duḥkhābhinirvṛttau / evaṃ [As. p. 45] (b etc.) pratighasaṃyojanādiṣu yojayitavyaḥ /

P2 恚結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過（缺）P3 慢結（分二）Q1 出體（分二）R1 標七慢名（缺）R2 別釋（分七）S1 慢（缺）S2 過慢（缺）S3 慢過慢（缺）S4 我慢（缺）S5 增上慢（缺）S6 下劣慢（缺）S7 邪慢（缺）Q2 明過（缺）P4 無明結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過

[Ch. 723C] (d) avidyāsaṃyojanena saṃprayukto duḥkhadharmān samudayadharmān nādhyavasyati, phalahetubhūtān sāsravān saṃskārāṃs tadādīnavāparijñānāt /

P5 見結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過

(e) dṛṣṭisaṃyojanena saṃprayukto mithyāniḥsaraṇaṃ paryeṣata ity ahaṃ mokṣo mama mokṣo muktaś ca nityo bhaviṣyāmy ucchetsyāmi veti, na ca bauddhānām asti mokṣa iti /

P6 取結（分二）

Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過

[As. p. 48] (f) parāmarśasaṃyojanena saṃ[pra]yukto mithyāniḥsaraṇopāyaṃ kalpayaty abhiniviśate, āryāṣṭāṅgaṃ mārgaṃ hitvā satkāyadṛṣṭyā tatpūrvakeṇa ca śīlavratena śuddhipratyayanāt //

P7 疑結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過（缺）P8 嫉結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過（缺）P9 慳結（分二）Q1 出體（缺）Q2 明過（缺）M2 縛（分二）N1 釋三種縛（分二）O1 標名（缺）O2 別釋（分三）P1 貪縛（缺）P2 瞋縛（缺）P3 癡縛

(ii) [Ch. 724A] rāgādibandha[T. 52A]nair vipariṇāmaduḥkhatādibandhanavacanaṃ sukhādivedanānuśayitatvāt /

N2 釋縛名

bāhyena hi bandhanena baddho dvayaṃ na labhate-- gantuṃ ca na labhate, āsīno 'pi yatheṣṭam abhipretaceṣṭāyāṃ kāmakāraṃ na labhate / tatsādharmyeṇādhyātmikaṃ rāgādibandhanaṃ veditavyam //

M3 隨眠（分二）N1 標種七名（缺）N2 別釋（分二）O1 別釋七種隨眠（缺）O2 以三求配釋七種隨眠（分三）P1 欲求

(iii) kāmaiṣaṇāyā aviratasya kāmarāgapratighānuśayā[As. P. 47]v anuśayā[Ms. 52A]te, tanmukhena tayoḥ puṣṭigamanāt /

P2 有求（缺）P3 邪梵行求

mithyā mokṣaṃ mokṣopāyaṃ ca santīrayantīti yathākramaṃ tisṛbhir dṛṣṭibhir dvābhyāṃ ca parāmarśābhyāṃ yathā saṃyojaneṣūktam iti //

M4 隨煩惱（分二）N1 通名

(iv) [Ch. 724B] ṣaḍ rāgādīn kleśān sthāpayitvā tadanyaḥ kliṣṭaś caitasikaḥ saṃskāraskandhaḥ krodhādiko veditavyaḥ /

N2 別名（分二）O1 標三名（缺）O2 釋立三所以（分二）P1 釋得名（缺）P2 引經證（缺）M5 纏（分二）N1 出體釋名

(v) kuśalapakṣāntarāyāya yogināṃ punaḥpunarudvegena cittaṃ paryavanahyantīti paryavasthānāni /

N2 釋四時為障

kuśalapakṣaḥ punar yathākālaṃ śamathapragrahopekṣānimittabhāvanā tatsaṃniśrayaś ca brahmacaryādiśuddhisaṃgṛhītaṃ śīlam / tatra śamathakāle styānamiddham antarāyaṃ karoti, ādhyātmaṃ saṃkṣepāvāhanāt / pragrahakāle auddhatyakaukṛtyam, bahirdhā vikṣepāvāhanāt / upekṣākāle īrṣyā[T. 52B]mātsaryam, tadvataḥ parātmasaṃpattyamarśagrahamukhena muhur muhuś cittakaṃpanāt / śīlaviśuddhikāle āhvīkyānapatrāpyam, tadubhayavataḥ sarvathāpattisthāneṣv alajjanād iti //

M6 暴流（分二）N1 出體釋義（分二）O1 出四暴流體（缺）O2 釋暴流義（缺）N2 配釋三求者

(vi, vii) saṃkleśavyavadānaguṇavaiguṇyārthena yathākramam oghayogavyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / āśritāśrayasaṃbandhayo[Ms. 52B]geneti dṛṣṭayaugha āśritaḥ, avidyaugha āśrayaḥ, saṃmohe sati mokṣatadupāyaviparītaṃ saṃtīraṇāt //

M7 軛（分三）N1 出體標四軛名（缺）N2 釋軛義（缺）N3 配三求（缺）M8 取（分二）N1 出體釋義（分二）O1 出體標四取名（缺）O2 釋取義（缺）N2 廣別釋（分二）O1 釋執取諍根（分二）P1 第一取（缺）P2 後三取

(viii) [Ch. 724C, As. p. 48] dṛṣṭiśīlavratopādānābhyāṃ tīrthyā anyonyaṃ vivadanti, tatrānaikamatyāt / ātmavādopādāne[na] tv anyonyaṃ na vivadanti, ātmano 'stitvaṃ prati sarveṣāṃ matasāmyāt / ātmabādopādānena tīrthyā ihadhārmikaiḥ sārddhaṃ vivadanti, eṣāṃ nairātmyavāditvāt //

O2 釋執取後有（缺）M9 繫（分二）N1 出體釋名（分二）O1 出體標四繫名（缺）O2 釋繫名

(ix) abhidhyādayaḥ kāyagranthā iti na rūpakāyasyaite granthā veditavyāḥ kiṃtarhi samāhitacittasvabhāvasya kāyasya parigranthārthena granthāḥ /

N2 別釋四種心亂因

pṛthagdṛṣṭisaṃniśrayeṇedam eva satyaṃ mogham anyad ity abhiniviśya jñeyaṃ saṃtīrayatām ayoniśo jñeyasaṃtīraṇahetoḥ cittaṃ vikṣipyate / kuto vikṣipyate / samāhitacittasya yathābhūtajñānadarśanataḥ //

M10 蓋（分二）N1 出體釋義（分二）O1 出體標五蓋名（缺）O2 釋蓋義

(x) kuśalapakṣasyāsaṃprakhyā[T. 53A]nāya cittaṃ nivṛṇvantīti nivaraṇāni kuśalapravṛtter antarāyaṃ kurvantīty arthaḥ /

N2 別釋於三位為障

[Ch. 725A] kāmacchandaṃ pravrajyābhirater antarāyaṃ karoti, viṣayopabhogābhilāṣamukhena tatra tatrābhiramaṇāt / vyāpādaś codanāyāṃ samyakpratipa[Ms. 53A]tteḥ, sabrahmacāribhiḥ śikṣāsthāneṣu codya mānasya vyāpannacittatayāsamyakśaikṣaṇāt / styānamiddham auddhatyakaukṛtyaṃ ca śamathapragrahayoḥ, pūrvavat saṃkṣepavikṣepāvāhanādibhiḥ / vicikitsā upekṣāyām, niścayam antareṇābhyupekṣitum aśakyatvāt //

M11 株杌（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xi) pratipakṣalāṃgarlair durbhedārthena khilavyavasthānaṃ veditavyam, janmāntarābhyāsena khilībhūtatvāt //

M12 垢（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xii) dauḥśīlyāśucisaṃbhāvanānimittatvān malāḥ //

M13 燒害（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xiii) [As. P. 49] punaḥ punaḥ saṃsāre jātijarāmaraṇayogena nidhnantīti nighāḥ //

M14 箭（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xiv) bhavabhogeṣu ratneṣu ca tṛṣṇāvicikatsāmukhenānupraviśya todanācchalyāḥ //

M15 所有（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xv) bahūpakaraṇaparigraheṇa sakiṃcanaṃ kṛtvā bhayādibhir yojanāt kiṃcanāḥ //

M16 惡行（分二）N1 出體釋名（分二）O1 出體（缺）O2 釋名

(xvi) [Ch. 725B] prāṇātipātādyakuśalacaryāvāhanād duścaritāni / lobhadveṣamohānām evākuśalamūlatvena vyavasthānam, ebhir mukhaiḥ sattvānāṃ duśca[T. 53 B]ritacaraṇāt /

N2 釋依立三不善根（分三）O1 總標（缺）O2 別釋

tatrāmiṣakiṃcitkahetoḥ bhogārthino lobhena duścaritaṃ caranti / apakāranimittaparikalpahetoḥ parāparādhāmarṣiṇo [Ms. 53B] dveṣeṇa, mithyādharmābhiniveśahetoḥ viparītadarśino mohena duścaritaṃ caranti yājñikādaya iti //

O3 結得二名（缺）M17 漏（分二）N1 出體釋名（分二）O1 出體（缺）O2 釋名（缺）N2 釋三漏義

(xvii) cittavisāraṃ srutaṃ kurvantīty āsravāḥ //

M18 匱（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xviii) [As. P. 50] kāyikacaitasikavighātakaratvād vighātāḥ //

M19 熱（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xix) ayoniśonimittam anuvyañjanaṃ ca grāhayitvā kāyaṃ cittaṃ ca paridahantīti paridāhāḥ //

M20 惱（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xx) rūpādike vastuni ratyadhyavasānaṃ kārayitvā tadvipariṇāme śokādibhiḥ sattvān āyāsantīty upāyāsāḥ //

M21 諍（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xxi) raṇayanti śastrādānādibhir iti [Ch. 725C] raṇāḥ //

M22 熾然（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xxii) adharmarāgādimahāparidāhakaratvāt jvarā iva jvarā veditavyāḥ // tatrādharmarāgaḥ yo 'kuśaleṣu karmapatheṣv ānurāgaḥ / viṣamalobho 'nyāyenādharmeṇa viṣayapayaṣṭiḥ / mithyādharmo durākhyāto dharmavinayo veditavyaḥ //

M23 稠林（分二）N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xxiii) jātimūlakasaṃskārataruvanaṃ saṃjānayantīti vanasāḥ //

M24 拘礙（分二）

N1 出體（缺）N2 釋名

(xxiv) kāyasāpekṣāditayā kuśalaprayogavibandhanād vibandhāḥ / kāyasāpekṣatādīni punaḥ pañca cetovinibandhān adhikṛ[Ms. 54A]tya //

L3 結指（缺）K7 邪行（分三）L1 別釋十惑起邪行因（分六）M1 貪瞋

§61G. rāgo viṣaye dṛṣṭau ca vipratipanna iti bhāvanāprahātavyo darśanaprahātavyaś ca yathākramam / śubhatā[Ms. 54A]mātrālaṃbanatvād rāgasya yo 'pi sattveṣu rāgaḥ so 'pi viṣayamukhenaiva vipratipanno veditavyaḥ / evaṃ pratikūlamātrālaṃbanatvāt pratighasya sattveṣv api pravartamāno viṣayamukhenaiva vipratipanno veditavyaḥ /

M2 慢

[As. P. 51] mānaḥ sattveṣu dṛṣṭau ca [vi]pratipannaḥ hīnād asmi śreyān ityevamādy ākārapravṛttatvāt sattveṣu vipratipanno veditavyaḥ /

M3 前三見

satkāyāntagrāhamithyādṛṣṭayo jñeye vipratipannāḥ samāropāpavādamukhena yathāyogam /

M4 後二見

śīlavrataparāmarśādiḥ dṛṣṭau vipratipannaḥ dṛṣṭidoṣeṇaiva śīlavratasya śuddhitaḥ parāmarśanāt /

M5 疑

vicikitsā pratipakṣe vipratipannā satyeṣu buddhidvaidhāpādanāt /

M6 無明（缺）L2 總釋十惑皆迷四諦起諸邪行（分二）M1 迷苦集

[Ch. 726A] te duḥkhasamudayayor daśāpi kleśā nidānaṃ bhavanti / tau ca teṣāṃ padasthānam / atas te tannidānapadasthānato vipratipannā ity ucyante /

M2 迷滅道

nirodhe mārge cottrāsasaṃjananato vipratipannāḥ kleśavaśāt saṃsāre 'bhiratasya vyavadānataḥ prapātasaṃjñātrāsāt / vipa[T. 54B]rītakalpanataś ca nirodhe [Ms. 54B] mārge ca vipratipannā draṣṭavyāḥ, tīrthyair anyathā parikalpya tatra [vi]pratipatteḥ //

K8 界（分三）L1 明界地具惑多少（缺）L2 明界地五受相應（分二）M1 明別相應（分七）N1 貪

§ 61H (i) kāmāvacaro rāgaḥ pañcavijñānakāyikaḥ sukhena saṃprayujyate / manovijñānakāyikaḥ saumanasyena / sarva upekṣayā prabandhoparatikāle / duḥkhadaurmanasyābhyāṃ tu na saṃprayujyate, harṣākārapravṛttatvāt //

N2 瞋

(ii) pratigho duḥkhena saṃprayujyate pañcavijñānakāyikaḥ, ṣaṣṭho daurmanasyena, sarva upekṣayā pūrvavat sukhasaumanasyābhyāṃ na saṃprayujyate, dainyākārapravṛttatvāt //

N3 慢

(iii) mānaḥ kāmadhatau sukhena na saṃprayujyate, pañcavijñānakāyikābhāvāt / prathamadvitīyayos tarhi dhyānayoḥ kathaṃ sukhena saṃprayujyate / manobhūmikena sukhena / kathaṃ tatra manobhūmikaṃ sukham / yat tad ucyate prītisukham iti, yathoktam--"prītiḥ katamā / yā parivṛttāśrayasya parivṛttivijñānāśritā cittatuṣṭiḥ cittaudbilyaṃ cittaharṣaḥ cittakalpatā sātaṃ veditaṃ vedanāgatam / sukhaṃ katamat / yat parivṛttāśrayasyālayavijñānāśrita āśrayānugrahata [T. 55A] āśrayahlādaḥ sātaṃ veditaṃ vedanāgatam iti /" [Ms. 55A] tad etad uktaṃ bhavati / sukhāvedanā prathamadvitīyayor dhyānayor utpadyamānā [Ch. 726B] yena cittacaitakalāpena saṃprayujyate taṃ ca harṣākāreṇa prīṇayati, āśrayaṃ cālayavijñānasvabhāvaṃ prasrabdhisukhena hlādayati / atas tadubhayakṛtyakaratvād ubhayathaivāsyā vyavasthānaṃ veditavyaṃ prītiḥ sukhaṃ ceti / tasmāt tayā saṃprayujyamāno mānaḥ sukhena saumanasyena ca saṃprayujyata ity ucyate /

N4 薩迦耶見邊執見見取戒禁取（缺）N5 邪見

(iv) mithyādṛṣṭiḥ kāmadhātau daurmanasyena saumanasyena ca saṃprayujyate, sukṛtaduṣkṛtakāriṇāṃ tadvaiphalyadarśanenādhṛtiharṣotpādāt / sukhaduḥkhābhyāṃ na saṃprayujyate, manobhūmikatvāt sarvasyā dṛṣṭeḥ //

N6 疑

(v) vicikitsā kāmadhātau saumanasyena na saṃprayujyate, aniścitacittasya nairvṛttyam antareṇa saumanasyābhāvāt / rūpadhātau vicikitsottaradhyāyinām api prītisukhaṃ samādhibalādhānenānuvartata eveti tatra sukhasaumanasyābhyām api saṃprayujyate //

N7 無明

(vi) āveṇikāyā apy avidyāyā eṣa eva nayo draṣṭavyaḥ sukha[T. 55B] saumanasyābhyāṃ saṃprayogāsaṃprayogam ārabhya //

M2 問答一切與捨相應道理（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答

(vii) sarvakleśā upe[Ms. 55B]kṣayā saṃprayujyante audāsīnyam āgamyāstagamanatām upādāyeti kleśaprabandhasya mandataratamatāgamanenoparatavegasyoparamaṇād ante 'vaśyam audāsīnyamukhenopekṣāyāḥ saṃprayogo veditavyaḥ //

L3 煩惱界繫在識差別（分二）M1 明所在識（分二）N1 貪瞋無明

(viii) rūpadhātau caturvijñānakāyikas tatra ghrāṇajihvāvijñānābhāvāt /

N2 慢見疑

mānādayo manovijñānakāyikā eva, paritulanatāmukhapravṛttitvāt /

M2 明緣事轉

mānasyaikadeśapravṛttitvaṃ kenacid evāṃśenonnatigamanāt //

K9 眾（分二）L1 總標（缺）L2 別釋（分二）M1 明見所斷（分二）N1 列四種所斷N2 明見所斷惑數（分二）O1 別明三界見所斷惑數（分三）P1 欲界（分二）Q1 見苦所斷

§ 61 I. [Ch. 726C, As. P. 52] kāmadhatau daśa dukhadarśanaprahātavyā iti ye tatra tannidānapadasthānato vipratipannāḥ / evaṃ samudayādiṣu yathāyogaṃ vipratipannās taddarśanaprahātavyā iti veditavyāḥ / kiṃ khalu ye yadālaṃbanās te tatra vipratipannā iti veditavyāḥ / nāvaśyam, anāsravālaṃbanānāṃ sāsrave vastuny anuśayāditi / rūpadhātau pratidhābhāvān nava eva duḥkhādidarśanaprahātavyā veditavyāḥ / evam ārūpyadhātau /

Q2 例見集滅道所斷（缺）P2 色界（缺）P3 無色界（缺）O2 總明見所斷惑數（缺）M2 明修所斷（分二）N1 別明三界修所斷惑數（分三）O1 欲界

sahajā satkāyadṛṣṭiḥ kā bhāvanāprahātavyā / yām adhiṣṭhāyotpannadarśanamārgasyāpy āryaṃ [T. 56A] śrāvakasyāsmimānaḥ samudācarati / yathoktam-- "nāham āyuṣman dāsakemān pa[Ms. 56A]ñcopādānaskandhān ātmata [ā]tmīyato vā samanupaśyāmy api tv asti me eṣu pañcasūpādānaskandheṣv asmīti māno 'smīti chando 'smīty anuśayo 'prahīṇo 'parijñāto 'nirodhito 'vāntīkṛta iti /" yathā kliṣṭasya dhātrīcailasyoṣādibhiḥ sudhautasya nirmalasyāpi satas tadadhivāsanākṛtaṃ gandhamātram anuvartate yat tatsugandhadravyaparibhāvanayā bhūyo 'py apanetavyaṃ bhavaty evam eva darśanamārgeṇa prahīṇaparikalpitasatkāyadṛṣṭimalasyāpy āryaśrāvakasya pūrvābhiniveśābhyāsakṛtam aparicchinnavastukam ātmadarśanam anuvartate yat tat punar mārgabhāvanayā prahātavyaṃ bhavatīti / antagrāhadṛṣṭiḥ sahajocchedadṛṣṭisaṃgṛhītā veditavyā, yayā nirvāṇāt pratyudāvartate mānasaṃ paritrasanam upādāyātha kas tarhi me ātmeti / rāgādayo bhāvanāprahātavyā dṛṣṭipakṣān muktvā //

O2 色界（缺）O3 無色界（缺）N2 總明修所斷惑數（缺）K10 斷（分二）L1 總標（缺）L2 別釋（分三）M1 如此差別斷（分二）N1 列三義（缺）N2 別釋三（分三）O1 徧智

§ 61. J. (i) (a) tannidānavastuparijñānaṃ kleśānuśayaś cā[Ch. 727A]prahīṇo bhavaty evamādi pūrvavat / svabhāvaparijñānaṃ kleśa eṣa utpannaḥ cittasaṃkleśātmaka iti / ādīnavaparijñānam ātmā[Ms. 56B]vyāvādhāya saṃvartate paravyābādhāyobhaya[T. 56B]vyā[bā]dhāya, dṛṣṭadhārmikam avadyaṃ prasavati sāṃparāyikaṃ dṛṣṭadharmasāṃparāyikam avadyaṃ prasavati tajjaṃ caitasikaṃ duḥkhadaurmanasyaṃ pratisaṃvedayata ity

O2 遠離

evaṃ tribhiḥ prakāraiḥ parijñāyotpannaḥ kleśo (b)'nadhivāsanayogena parivarjyate /

O3 得對治

(c) anutpannasya tv anutpādāya mārgo bhāvyate //

M2 由此作意斷（分二）N1 釋唯總緣作意能斷

(ii) asaṃbhinnālaṃbanena manaskāreṇeti miśrālaṃbanena sarvadharmasāmānyalakṣaṇākāreṇety arthaḥ /

N2 別釋無常等行

yadi sarvadharmā anātmana iti nairātmyajñānenaiva kleśaprahāṇaṃ bhavaty anityādyākārāḥ kim artham upadiśyante / na te kleśaprahāṇārthaṃ kiṃ tarhy anātmākāraparikarmārtham / anityākāraṃ hi niḥsṛty ānātmākāraḥ / yathoktam-- "yad anityaṃ tad dukhaṃ yad dukhaṃ tad anātmeti" / ata evānātmākārasyānuttaryavyavasthānam / ānuttaryāṇy ārabhya trīṇyānuttaryāṇi--jñānānuttaryaṃ pratipadānuttaryaṃ vimuktyānuttaryaṃ ca / tatra (a) jñānānuttaryaṃ nairātmyajñānam, tataḥ pareṇa jñānāntarāparyeṣaṇā[t] / (b) pratipadānuttaryaṃ sukhā kṣiprābhijñā, tasyāḥ sarvapratipadagratvāt / (c) vimuktyānuttaryam[Ms. 57] aśaikṣākopyā ca vimuktiḥ, sarvavimuktiprativiśiṣṭatvāt / [T. 57A] etāni ca trīṇyānuttaryāṇi yathākramaṃ darśanabhāvanāniṣṭhāmārgān adhikṛtya veditavyāni //

M3 從此而得斷（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答（分二）O1 簡非（缺）O2 明是（缺）I2 煩惱增上所生業（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 略標二五業（分二）L1 明二業（缺）L2 標五業（分二）M1 略標

§ 62 [Ch. 727B, As. P. 53] (i) upalabdhikarma cakṣurādīnāṃ rūpadarśanādi / (ii) kāritrakarma pṛthivyādīnāṃ dhāraṇādi yad vā yasya svalakṣaṇakṛtyam / tadyathā rūpaṇā rūpasyetyevamādi / (iii) vyavasāyakarmābhisaṃdhipūrvakaṃ kāyādikarma / (iv) pariṇatikarma suvarṇakārādīnāmalaṃkārādi / (v) prāptikarmāryamārgādīnāṃ nirvāṇādhigamādi //

M2 釋義

asmiṃs tv arthe yadbhūyasyā vyavasā karmābhipretam iti prāptikāritrakarmaṇor api saṃbhavāt //

K2 廣釋初所標（分二）L1 標思業思已業（缺）L2 廣此二業（分三）M1 廣前思已業（分五）N1 正明根本業道（分二）O1 總標善不善業（缺）O2 別釋（分二）P1 不善業（缺）P2 善業

§ 63. kāyādikarma karmapathā iti sūtrānusāreṇa yathāpradhānaṃ nirdeśo veditavyaḥ, tatprayogādīnāpi kāyādikarmāntarbhāvāt / trayaś catvāras trayaś ca karmapathā yathākramaṃ kāyavāṅmanaḥkarmalakṣaṇā veditavyāḥ //

N2 以五門分別業道（分二）O1 總標（缺）O2 別列

prāṇātipātādīnāṃ (a) vastu sattvasaṃkhyātam asattvasaṃkhyātaṃ vā yathāyogaṃ yadadhiṣṭhāya prāṇātipātādayaḥ pravartante / (b) āśayas tatra vastuni tatsaṃjñāśayas tatkarmapathakriyecchāśayaś ca / (c) prayogas tat Ms. 57B]kriyāyai svayaṃ parair vā kāyavāṅmanobhir ārambhaḥ / (d) kleśaḥ lobhadveṣa[T. 57B]mohā yathāyogaṃ samastavyastāḥ / (e) niṣṭhāgamanaṃ tena tena prayogeṇa tasya tasya karmaṇaḥ paripūraṇaṃ tatkālam ūrdhvakālaṃ vā // tatra (i) prāṇātipātasya (a) vastu sattvaḥ / (b) āśayas tatra tatsaṃjñino vadhābhiprāyaḥ / (c) prayogo vadho yatpraharaṇādibhiḥ / (d) kleśo lobhādikaḥ / (e) niṣṭhāgamanaṃ tasya prāṇinas tena prayogeṇānantaraṃ praścād vā maraṇam // (ii-x) adattādānādonāṃ vastu ca niṣṭhāgamanaṃ ca nirdhekṣyāmaḥ / śeṣaṃ yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam / (ii) adattādānasya vastu paraparigṛhītaṃ sattvasaṃkhyātam [Ch. 727C] asattvasaṃkhyātaṃ vā / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ tatsvīkaraṇam / (iii) kāmamithyācārasya vastv agamyā strī gamyā vānaṅgādeśākāleṣv amātrāyuktābhyāṃ ca sarvaś ca pumānn apuṃsakaṃ ca / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ dvayadvayasamāpattiḥ / (iv) mṛṣāvādasya vastu dṛṣṭaṃ śrutaṃ mataṃ vijñātam adṛṣṭam aśrutam amatam avijñātaṃ ca / āśayo 'nyathāvatkukāmatā / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ parṣatprativādivijñāpanam / (v) paiśunyasya vastu samagravyagrāḥ sattvāḥ / āśayas teṣām eva bhedāpratisaṃdhānābhiprāyaḥ / niṣṭhāga[Ms. 58A]manaṃ bhedyavijñāpanam / (vi) pāruṣyasya vastv āghātanimittabhūtāḥ sattvāḥ / [T. 58A] niṣṭhāgamanaṃ pārūṣāṇām / (vii) saṃbhinnapralāpasya vastv anarthopasaṃgṛhītārthaḥ / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ tasya bhāṣaṇam / (viii) abhidhyāyā vastu parakīyaṃ vittopakaraṇam / āśayas tatra tatsaṃjñinas tathāruciḥ / prayogas tatsvīkaraṇasaṃpradhāraṇam / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ tatsvīkaraṇaniścayaḥ / (ix) vyāpādasya vastv āghātanimittabhūtāḥ sattvāḥ / niṣṭhāgamanaṃ prahanananiścayaḥ / (x) mithyādṛṣṭer vastu sann arthaḥ / āśayaḥ satyatatsaṃjñinas tathāruciḥ / niṣṭhāgamanam apavādaniścayaḥ //

N3 明故思業（分二）O1 明五種故思業（分二）P1 引經問（缺）P2 答標五種業名

§ 64 (i) parājñaptisaṃcetanīyatā yathā kaścid anicchann api parair balād ājñāpyamano 'bhisaṃdhāyākuśalam ācarati / (ii) parasaṃjñaptisaṃcetanīyatā yathā kaścid anicchann iva paraiḥ saṃjñāpyamānaḥ samādāpyamāno hitam etad iti grāhyamāṇo 'bhisaṃdhāyākuśalam ācarati / (iii) avijñāya saṃcetanīyatā yathā kaścid guṇadoṣānabhijño'nabhiniviṣṭaḥ yadṛcchayābhisaṃdhāyākuśalam ācarati / (iv) mūlābhiniveśasaṃnīyatā yathā kaścid kuśalamūlaiḥ lobhādibhir abhibhūta āviṣṭacittas tīvreṇābhiniveśenābhisaṃdhāyākuśalam [Ms. 58B] ācarati / (v) viparyāsasaṃcetanīyatā yathā kaścid dharmakāmo viṣamahetudṛṣṭi[Ch. 728A]r āyatyām iṣṭaphalārtham abhisaṃdhāyākuśalam ā[T. 58B]carati /

O2 明受異熟（分二）P1 明二業受異熟

tatra pūrvikābhis tisṛbhiḥ saṃcetanīyatābhiḥ kṛtam api karma naivopacīyate yato 'sya nāvaśyaṃ vipākaḥ pratisaṃvedanīyaḥ / paścimābhyāṃ tu saṃcetanīyābhyāṃ yadi kṛtaṃ bhavaty upacitaṃ cāvaśyam evāsya vipākaḥ pratisaṃvedyate /

P2 釋作及增長

upacayo vāsanāvṛddhir ity ālayavijñāne vipākabījaparipoṣaṇaṃ veditavyam //

N4 明決定業（分二）O1 引經問（缺）O2 答標三種決定

§ 65 (i) [As. P. 54] karmakriyāniyamaḥ pūrvakarmabhir eva niyamya vipākasaṃtatir āviddhā bhavati / yad asmin janmany anenedaṃ karma karaṇīyam iti sa tam avadhim alaṃghayitvā tat karma karoti, yasyākaraṇāya pratibandhaṃ buddhā api bhagavanto na samarthāḥ kartum yathāhetuniyamanaṃ phalasaṃtānapariṇāmād iti / (ii) vipākapratisaṃvedanāniyamaḥ saṃcetanīyasya karmaṇaḥ pūrvavat / (iii) avasthāniyame dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyādibhir avasthāpi niyamitā bhavatīti / yathānena vipākena dṛṣṭe dharme bhavitavyam anenopapadyānenāparasmin paryāya iti //

N5 明異熟（分五）O1 不善業道果（分三）P1 異熟果

§ 66A. aku[Ms. 59A]śalānāṃ karmapathānāṃ mṛdumadhyādhimātrāṇāṃ (i) vipākaphalaṃ tiryakpretanarakeṣu veditavyam /

P2 等流果

(li) niṣyandaphalam apāyebhyaś cyutvā manuṣyeṣūpapannānaṃ pratyekaṃ prāṇātipātādattādānādyānurūpyeṇātmabhāvaparigrahayor vipattiḥ / tadyathālpāyuṣkatā dāridryam ity evamādi yathāyogam /

P3 增上果

(iii) adhipatiphalaṃ pratyekaṃ tadānurūpyeṇaiva bāhyānāṃ [T. 59A] bhāvānāṃ [sa]syādīnāṃ vipattiḥ / tadyathā prāṇātipātasyādhipatyenālpaujaso bhavanty evamādi // [Ms. additional leaf A] yathāsūtram--"sarvair daśabhir akuśalaiḥ karmapathair āsevitair bhāvitair bahulīkṛtair narakeṣūpapadyate / tad eṣāṃ vipākaphalam / sa ced icchatva m āgacchati manuṣyāṇāṃ sabhāgatām, (i) prāṇātipātenālpāyur bhavati / (ii) adattādānena bhogavyasanī bhavati / (iii) kāmamithyācāreṇa sasapatnadāraḥ / (iv) mṛṣāvādenā[Ch. 728B]bhyākhyānabahulaḥ / (v) paiśūnyena mitrabhedo 'sya bhavati / (vi) pāruṣyeṇāmanojñaśabdaśravaṇaṃ bhavati / (vii) saṃbhinnapralāpenānādeyavākyaḥ / (viii) abhidhyayā tīvrarāgaḥ / (ix) vyāpādena tīvradveṣaḥ / (x) mithyādṛṣṭyā tīvramohaḥ, tasyā mohabhūyastvāt / idam eṣāṃ niṣyandaphalam / (i) prāṇātipātenātyāsevitena bāhyā bhāvā alpaujaso bhavanti / (ii) adattā[Ms. additional leaf B]dānenāśanirajobahulāḥ / (iii) kāmamithyācāreṇa rajo 'vakīrṇāḥ / (iv) mṛṣāvādena durgandhāḥ / (v) paiśūnyenotkūlanikūlāḥ / (vi) pārūṣyeṇoṣarajaṅgalāḥ pratikrusṭāḥ pāpabhūmayaḥ / (vii) saṃbhinnapralāpena viṣamartupariṇāmāḥ / (viii) abhidhyayā sūkṣmaphalāḥ / (ix) vyāpādena kaṭukaphalāḥ / (x) mithyādṛṣṭyālpaphalā aphalā vā / idam eṣām adhipatiphalam //"

O2 善業道果（分三）P1 異熟果

§ 66B. daśānāṃ kuśalānāṃ karmapathānāṃ (i) vipākaphalaṃ devamanuṣyeṣu /

P2 等流果

(ii) niṣyandaphalaṃ teṣv eva pratyekam ānurūpyeṇātmabhāvaparigrahasaṃpattiḥ /

P3 增上果

yathākuśalānāṃ karmapathānāṃ vipākaphalādi triphalāvasthānaṃ kṛtam, [Ms. 59A resumed] evaṃ kuśalādīnāṃ karmapathānāṃ sāsravāṇāṃ devamanuṣyeṣu trīṇi phalāni yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyāni //

O3 引滿果（分二）P1 總標（缺）P2 別釋（缺）O4 明一多果業（分四）P1 一業一身

§ 67 (i) ekena karmaṇā ekam ātmabhāvam ākṣipati, ekena karma[kṣa]ṇenaikajanmikasyaiva vipākasya bījapoṣaṇāt /

P2 一業多身

(ii) ekenānekam ākṣipati, tenaivānekajanmikavipākabījapoṣaṇāt /

P3 多業一身

(iii) anekenaikam ākṣipati, bahubhiḥ karmakṣaṇaiḥ tasyaivaikasya punaḥ punaḥ bījapoṣaṇāt /

P4 多業多身

(iv) anekenānekam ākṣipati, bahubhir anyonyāpekṣayā janmaparaṃparābījapoṣaṇād iti //

O5 業受果（分二）P1 問（缺）P2 答（缺）M2 廣思業（分五）N1 標解福等三業（分二）O1 標三業（缺）O2 別釋三業

§ 68. [Ch. 728C] kena kāraṇena rūpārūpyapratisaṃyuktaṃ kuśalam āniṃjyam i[Ms. 59B]ty ucyate / yathā kāmāvacaram anyagatikam api paripūrakaṃ kuśalamūlam anyatra vipākaṃ prayacchati, naivaṃ rūpyārūpyāvacaram, bhūminaiyamyena phaladānāt / ato vipākadānaṃ praty akampanārthenāniṃjyam uktaṃ samāhitabhūmikatvāc cākampanārthe[ne]ti //

N2 解經無明發業差別（分二）O1 問（缺）O2 答（分二）P1 標二種愚（缺）P2 別釋由二愚發諸行

[As. P. 55] phalavipākasaṃmūḍhasyāpuṇyāḥ saṃskārāḥ saṃbhavanti, teṣām e kāntakliṣṭatvenāvidyāsāṃnidhye sati phalavipākābhiṃsaṃpratyayākārāyāḥ samyagdṛṣṭer anavakāśāt / tattvārthasaṃmūḍhasya puṇyāniṃjyā[T. 59B]s tattvārtha ucyate catvāry āryasatyāni / tatra saṃmohaḥ kuśalacittānām apy adṛṣṭasatyānām anuśayato 'nubuddho bhavati yadvaśena te duḥkhatas traidhātukasya yathābhūtam aparijñānāt punarbhavahetubhūtān puṇyāniṃjyasaṃskārān utthāpayanti / na tv evaṃ dṛṣṭasatyās tattvārthasaṃmohābhāvāt / atas te taddhetukā ity ucyante //

N3 解不善業道三根為加行究竟（分四）O1 殺生麤惡語瞋恚業道

§ 69. prāṇātipātasya lobhena prayogo māṃsikādīnām / dveṣeṇaiva vairaniryāta nakāmānām / mohena yājñikādīnām / dveṣeṇaiva niṣṭhā nirghṛṇatām antareṇa para sattvavipādanāsaṃbha[Ms. 60A]vāt / evaṃ pāruṣyādīnāṃ yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam /

O2 不與取欲邪行貪欲業道

abhidhyādīnāṃ kathaṃ lobhādibhiḥ prayogaḥ / tatrābhidhyākarmapathaḥ paravittopakaraṇasvīkaraṇaniścaya ity uktam / tad yadi tenaiva vittopakaraṇenārthī bhava[ti] tatsvīkaraṇāyābhisaṃskaroty ato 'sya lobhena prayogo vyavasthāpyate / atha maivāsya bhūd ity evaṃ dveṣeṇa / atha [Ch. 729A] parasvīkaraṇe na kaścid doṣa iti mohena prayogo veditavyaḥ / evam anyad api yojayitavyam //

O3 虛誑語離間語雜穢語業道（缺）O4 邪見業道（缺）N4 解共不共業等經（分二）O1 引經（缺）O2 問答釋（分二）P1 解共不共（分三）Q1 共業（缺）Q2 不共業（缺）Q3 共不共業

§ 70A. anyonyādhipateyam api karma sādhāraṇaṃ veditavyaṃ yadvaśāt sattvā anyonyaṃ citacai[T. 60A]ttapariṇāmanimittaṃ bhavantīti //

P2 解強劣力業（分二）Q1 解強力業（分二）R1 問（缺）R2 答（分二）S1 釋十種強力業（分十）T1 第一種

§ 70B. vaipakṣikāt karmaṇaḥ prātipakṣikaṃ karma bala[va]d draṣṭavyam, pratipakṣa balenākṣiptasyāpi vipakṣaphalasyānyathātvāpādanāt /

T2 第二種

sarvaṃ ca kuśalaṃ karma saṃcetanīyaṃ pratipakṣabalikasyākuśalād balavad draṣṭavyam /

T3 第三種

pratipakṣabaladurbalasya tv akuśalaṃ kuśalād [As. P. 56] balavat /

T4 第四種

sarvaṃ cāviśeṣeṇa kuśalākuśalaṃ niyatavipākam āryamārgeṇāprahīṇaṃ balavad ity ucyate /

T5 第五種

kāmapratisaṃyuktam akuśalaṃ prakṛtyā balavat, kleśopakleśādibahuparivāratvāt /

T6 第六種

yady api pūrvā[Ms. 60B]bhyastaṃ tad api balavat, saṃtates tena bhāvitatvāt /

T7 第七種

yad api padasthaṃ paripūrṇa[Ch. 729B]vayasām, tīvrābhiniveśaprasādakaraṇāt /

T8 第八種

yad apy asādhyam aparinirvāṇadharmakāṇām, pratipakṣeṇānuddhāryatvāt /

T9 第九種

kṣetrato 'pi mātṛbadhādikam /

T10 第十種

cittābhisaṃskārato 'pi mahābodhipraṇidhānādikaṃ balavat karma veditavyam /

S2 由九因發強力業

punar navabhir ākārair balavat karma veditavyam / tadyathā (i) kṣetrato yadi guṇavaddakṣiṇīyaṃ kṣetraṃ bhavati / (ii) vastuno yadi praṇītaṃ prabhūtaṃ deyavastu bhavati / (iii) svabhāvato dānāc chīlaṃ śīlād bhāvanety evamādiḥ / (iv) āśrayataḥ puṇyānāṃ [T. 60B] kartā yadi vītarāgo bhavati / (v) manaskārato yadi tīvraprasādasahagato manaskāro bhavati / (vi) āśayato yadi nirvāṇāśayo bhavati / (vii) sahāyato yadi tadanyapuṇyakriyāvastuparigṛhītaṃ bhavati / (viii) bahulīkārataḥ yadi paunaḥpunyena kṛtaṃ bhavaty anuvitarkitaṃ vā / (ix) bāhujanyato yadi svayaṃ ca kṛtaṃ bhavaty anyaiś ca kāritam iti //

Q2 解劣力業（缺）N5 解受異熟經（分二）O1 引經起問（缺）O2 釋經密意（分二）P1 遮解

§ 71. ya evaṃ vadet--yathā yathāyaṃ puruṣapudgalaḥ karma karoty upacinoti tathā tathā vipākaṃ pratisaṃvedayata [Ch. 729C] ity evaṃ sati brahmacaryavāso na bhavaty avakā[Ms. 61A]śaś ca na prajñāyate samyagduḥkhakṣayāya duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai / kathaṃ kṛtvā brahmacaryavāso na bhavati / tīvrakleśasya pratisaṃkhyāya sahaduḥkhena sahadaurmanasyena śīlaparipālanāt / yadi tadvipākas tathaiva sahaduḥkhena sahadaurmanasyenānubhūyeta vṛthā tatparipālanaṃ syāt / pāradārikaprabhṛtīnāṃ ca sahasukhena sahasaumanasyena dauḥśīlyakaraṇād yadi tadvipākas tathaivānubhūyeta vṛthā tadviratiḥ syād ity evaṃ kṛtvā brahmacaryavāso na bhavati // katham avakāśaś ca na prajñāyate samyagduḥkhakṣayāya duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai / ata eva tadupaniṣadbhatasya brahmacaryavāsasya duḥkhavipākatvād iti / evaṃ ca [T. 61A] kṛtvā sukhasahagatasya karmaṇaḥ sukhasahagata eva vipāko duḥkhasahagatasya duḥkhasahagato 'duḥkhāsukhasahagatasya tatsahagata eveti niyamaḥ pratiṣiddhaḥ //

P2 開解

atra yas tv evaṃ....yathāvedanīyaṃ yathāvedanīyam ity evamādinā sukhasahagatasya kuśalākuśalasya yathāyogam āyatyāṃ sukhaduḥkhāduḥkhāsukhavedanīyasya sukhādiko vipāko 'nujñātaḥ / evaṃ duḥkhāduḥkhāsukhasahagatasya sukhādive[Ms. 61B]danīyasya sukhādiko vipāko 'nujñāyata iti //

M3 雙解思業思已業（分七）N1 解律儀等三業（分二）O1 標（缺）O2 釋（分三）P1 釋律儀業（分二）Q1 列三（缺）Q2 釋三（分三）R1 別解脫律儀所攝業（分二）S1 列七眾（缺）S2 隨別釋（分二）T1 建立三類所因（分三）U1 出家律儀

§ 72A. (i) [As. P. 57, Ch. 730A] pravrajitasya saṃvaraḥ pañcavidho bhikṣusaṃvaro yāvac chāmaṇerīsaṃvara iti / sa duścaritavivekacaritaṃ kāmavivekacaritaṃ ca pudgalam adhikṛtya vyavasthāpitaḥ / tathāhi sa tādṛśaḥ śaknoti yāvajjīvaṃ prāṇātipātād abrahmacaryāc ca virantum iti /

U2 近事律儀

upāsakopāsikāsaṃvaro duścaritavivekacaritam adhikṛtya no tu kāmavivekacaritam / ataḥ evāsya yāvajjīvaṃ kāmamithyācāraviratir vyavasthāpyate nābrahmacaryaviratir iti /

U3 近住律儀

upavāsasaṃvaro naiva duścaritavivekacaritaṃ na kāmavivekacaritam / ata evāsyāhorātrika upavāsasaṃvaraḥ prajñaptaḥ, [T. 61B] śanais tadubhayābhyasanārtham iti /

T2 問答近事果戒受人寬狹（分二）U1 問答受（分二）V1 問（缺）V2 答（缺）U2 問答人（分二）V1 問（缺）V2 答（分二）W1 明遮不遮

yathā paṇḍapaṇḍakānāṃ bhikṣubhikṣuṇīpakṣopāsanāyogyatvād upāsakatvapratiṣedhaḥ, evam ubhayavyañjanānām api [Ch. 730B] strīpuruṣakleśasamudācāreṇobhayapakṣopāsanāyogyateti na te pṛthag uktāḥ /

W2 別列五種半擇迦（缺）R2 靜慮律儀所攝業

(ii) dhyānasaṃvaro dauḥśīlyasamutthāpakānāṃ lobhādīnāṃ kāmāvacarāṇāṃ kleśopakleśānāṃ viṣkambhaṇapratipakṣeṇa bījopaghāte sati pradeśa[Ms. 62A]vairāgyeṇāpi kāmebhyo vītarāgasya yā tasmād auḥśīlyād viratiḥ / yāvat tṛtīyadhyānavītarāgasya dūrībhāvapratipakṣeṇa teṣāme va dauḥśīlyasamutthāpakānāṃ sutarāṃ bījopaghāto veditavyaḥ / caturthdhyānavītarāgasya tv ārūpyeṣu rūpābhāvāc chilasaṃvarāvyavasthānaṃ veditavyam //

R3 無漏律儀所攝業（缺）P2 釋不律儀業（分二）Q1 釋不律儀業（缺）Q2 釋不律儀者

§ 72B. [As. p. 58] aurabhrikā ye paśūn hatvā tadvikrayeṇa jīvikāṃ kalpayanti / evaṃ kaukkuṭikādayo yathāsaṃbhavaṃ yojayitavyāḥ / nāgabandhakā araṇyāt hastino baddhvā da[ma]yanti / nāgamaṇḍalikā ye sarpān ādāya tatkrīḍanair jīvanti / mūtrakā ye parān paiśunyenopahatva jīvanti / abhijanmato [T. 62A] vā tatkarmasamādānato veti tatkulīnasyānyakulīnasya ca yathākramam / kāyavākprayogapūrvakaḥ tatkarmādhyācāraniścayo 'saṃvara ity ucyate /

P3 釋非律儀非不律儀業

§ 72C. [Ch. 730C] yathoktasaṃvarāsaṃvaravinirmuktasya dānapriyavacanādikaṃ khaṭacapeṭādikaṃ ca karma navasaṃvaronāsaṃvara ity ucyate //

N2 解順三受業（分二）O1 列三（缺）O2 釋三（分三）P1 順樂受業（缺）P2 順苦受業（缺）P3 順不苦不樂受業（缺）N3 解順現受等三業（分二）O1 列名（缺）O2 釋所以（分三）P1 順現法受業（分二）Q1 釋業名（缺）Q2 舉三四類證

§ 73. (i) dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyaṃ karma yatra janmani kṛtaṃ tatraiva yad vipacyate /

P2 順生受業（分二）Q1 釋業名

(ii) upapadyavedanīyaṃ yadanantare janmani, [As. p. 59] tadyathā [Ms. 62B] pañcānantaryāṇi karmāṇi / yasya tāvad ekam evānantaryaṃ tasya tadvipāko 'nantaraṃ yuktaḥ, yasyedānīṃ saṃbahulāni tasya kathaṃ tadvipākapratisaṃvedanā / sarveṣāṃ yugapad vipākaḥ pratisaṃvidyate, tathāhy anekānantaryakāriṇa āśrayaḥ sukumārataro nirvartate, kāraṇāś ca bahutīvravicitrā yadvaśād bhūyasīṃ vedanāṃ pratyanubhavati //

Q2 舉二證（缺）P3 順後受業

ārambhaṃ ca praty etāni dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyādīni vyavasthāpyante, na tanmātravedanīyatām adhikṛtya / yasya tatraiva janmani vipāko vipaktum ārabhate [Ch. 731A] tad dṛṣṭadharmavedanīyam / yasyānantare janmany ārabhate tad upapadyavedanīyam / yasyānantaraṃ janma laghayitvārabhate tad aparaparyāyavedanīyam i[T. 62B]ty evaṃ ca kṛtvā hācittāvadāne--"ānantaryasya karmaṇo narake punaḥ punaś cyutyupapādena vipākapratisaṃvedanam"-- anulomitaṃ bhavatīti //

N4 解黑黑等四業（分二）O1 列名（缺）O2 別釋（分四）P1 黑黑異熟業

§ 74 (i) kṛṣṇaṃ kṛṣṇavipākaṃ karmākuśalam, kliṣṭatvād aniṣṭavipākatvāc ca //

P2 白白異熟業

(ii) viparyayāc chuklaṃ śuklavipākaṃ traidhātukaṃ kuśalam //

P3 黑白黑白異熟業（分二）Q1 正釋

(iii) kṛṣṇaśuklaṃ kṛṣṇaśuklavipākaṃ yat kāmapratisaṃyuktaṃ vipākaṃ vyāmiśraṃ kuśalākuśalam ity arthaḥ / katham ekaṃ kuśalaṃ bhavaty akuśalaṃ ca / nātra [Ms. 63A] pravṛttikṣaṇanaiyamyenocyate tad evobhayam ity api tu sahāśayaprayogeṇaikaṃ karmety ayam atrābhisaṃdhir vedivyaḥ / tayoś ca kṛṣṇaśuklatāṃ praty anyonyāsādṛśye saty ekaṃ karma kṛṣṇaśuklaṃ vyavasthāpyate /

Q2 別以方便意樂釋黑白

tatrāśayataḥ kṛṣṇaṃ prayogataḥ śuklaṃ yathāpi kaścit parān vañcayitukāmas teṣāṃ saṃpratyayananimittaṃ bhāvena dānāni dadāti yāvat pravrajaty api / prayogataḥ kṛṣṇam āśayataḥ śuklaṃ yathāpi kaścit putraṃ vā śiṣyaṃ vāhitān nivārayitukāmo hite ca niyojayitukāmo 'nukampācittaḥ kāyena vācā vā paruṣayā tasmin kāle saṃkliśyate //

P4 非黑白無異熟業

(iv). akṛṣṇaśuklāvipākaṃ karma karmakṣayāya saṃvartate prayogānantarya[T. 63 A]mārgeṣv anāsravaṃ karma prayogamārgānantaryamārgāṇāṃ prahāṇapratipakṣatvāt / tatrākṛṣṇaṃ kleśamalābhāvāt / śuklam ekāntavyavadānatvāt / avipākaṃ saṃsāravirodhitvāt / karmakṣayāya saṃvartate 'syaiva kṛṣṇādikasya trividhasya sāsravasya karmaṇas tenānāsraveṇa karmaṇā vipākadānavāsanāsamudghātāt //

N5 解三染三淨業

aviśeṣeṇa ca sarvasyānāsravasya karmaṇaḥ paripantham ānukūlyaṃ svabhāva[Ms. 63B]m adhikṛtya vaṃkadoṣakaṣāyāṇāṃ śauceyānāṃ mauneyānāṃ ca yathākramaṃ vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam // tatra vaṃka[Ch. 731B]m ṛjukamārgasyāṣṭāṅgasyotpattyāvaraṇabhūtaṃ kāyavāṅmanaḥkarma / doṣo yena kāyādikarmaṇā dūṣite saṃtāne tattādṛśam āvaraṇabhūtaṃ karmotpadyate / kaṣāyāḥ tīrthikadṛṣṭisaṃniśritaṃ kāyādi karma, buddhaśāsanaprasādavipakṣeṇāśraddhyakāluṣyaparigṛhītatvāt / aparaḥ paryāyaḥ--śāśvatocchedānupatitaṃ madhyamāpratipadvirodhārthena vaṃkam / apavādadṛṣṭiparigṛhītaṃ vyavadānavyavasthānapradveṣārthena doṣaḥ / satkāyadṛṣṭiparigṛhītaṃ nairātmyatattvadarśanapratibaddhā[T. 63B]rthena kaṣāya iti // śauceyāni suviśuddhaśīlasaṃgṛhītam ṛjudṛṣṭisaṃgṛhītaṃ ca yatkāyavāṅmanaḥkarma, śīladṛṣṭivipattimalavarjitatvāt / mauneyāni śaikṣāśaikṣāṇāṃ yad anāsravaṃ kāyavāṅmanaḥkarma munīnāṃ tatkarmeti kṛtvā /

N6 解施戒等清淨業（分二）O1 標舉總說（缺）O2 別顯（分二）P1 明施業（分三）Q1 施業（分二）R1 以四因釋施業（缺）R2 別釋（缺）Q2 施圓滿（分二）R1 以三故釋

dānasaṃpadam adhikṛtya dānaṃ dātā bhaviṣyatīty anenābhīkṣṇadānatāṃ darśayati, tacchīlatayā punaḥ punar dānāt / śramaṇebhyo brāhmaṇebhya ity evamādināpakṣapātadānatām, aviśeṣe[Ms. 64A]ṇa sarvārthibhyo dānāt / annapānam ity evamādinecchāparipūraṇadānatām, yathābhiprāyaṃ sarvopakaraṇavastuparityā gāt /

R2 以六故釋

muktatyāgaḥ pratatapāṇir vyavasargarato yāyajūkas tyāgasaṃpanno dānasaṃvibhāgarata ity ebhiḥ padair yathākramam aniśritadānatādayo veditavyāḥ / aniśritadānatā punarbhava bhogāpariṇāmitatvena veditavyā //

Q3 施物圓滿（分二）R1 標五故釋圓滿

[Ch. 731C] deyasaṃpadam adhikṛtyotthānavīryādhigatair ity anenānabhidrugdhadeyavastutāṃ darśayati / abhidrugdhaṃ hy anutthānavīryādhigataṃ bhavati, [T. 64A] svasthāne sthitvā paranikṣepā[pa]lapanena pratilabdhatvāt / bāhubalopārjitair ity anenāparāpahṛtadeyavastutām / parebhyo hy apahṛtaṃ na bāhubalopārjitaṃ bhavati, taiḥ kṛcchreṇa vividhair ūpāyair arjitasyāpaharaṇāt / svedamalāpakṣiptair ity anenākuthitavimaladeyavastutām, svedamalābhyām apakṣiptatvād ujjhitatvād ity arthaḥ / dhārmikai r ity anena kalpikadeyavastutām, śastraviṣamadyādyakalpikavastuvivarjitatvāt / dharmalabdhair ity anena dharmārjitadeyavastutāṃ darśayati, tulākūlādimithyājīva [Ms. 64B] parivarjanenopārjitatvāt //

R2 結上（缺）P2 明戒業（分三）Q1 釋經五文（分二）R1 標六句（缺）R2 別釋三（分五）S1 成就尸羅

§ 75 [As. P. 60] śīlaṃ samādāyākhaṇḍanena tadyogāc chīlavān bhavati /

S2 善能防護別解脫律儀

mokṣaṃ prati yaḥ saṃvaraḥ sa prātimokṣasaṃvaraḥ / sa hi saṃsārān niryāṇāya bhavati /

S3 軌則所行皆悉圓滿

ācārasaṃpannaḥ sadbhir agarhiteryāpathāditvāt / gocarasaṃpannaḥ pañcāgocaraparivarjanāt / pañca bhikṣor agocarāḥ--ghoṣo veśaḥ pānāgāraṃ rājakulaṃ caṇḍālakaṭhinam eva pañcamam /

S4 見微細罪生大怖畏

prajñaptisāvadyeṣv api [Ch. 732A] prakṛtisāvadye[T. 64B]ṣv iva tīvreṇa gauraveṇa śikṣaṇād aṇumātreṣv avadyeṣu bhayadarśī bhavati /

S5 於諸學處善能受學

samantāt paripūrṇaṃ śikṣām ādāya śikṣate śikṣāpadeṣv ity ucyate //

Q2 別釋經中戒義（分二）R1 標（缺）R2 釋（分十四）S1 防護身語

§ 76. ataḥ paraṃ śīlam ārabhya yad bhagavatā sūtrāntareṣu nirdiṣṭaṃ kāyena saṃvṛto bhavatīty evamādi tasyārtha ucyate / tatra kāyena vācā saṃvṛto bhavati saṃprajanyaparigṛhītatayā yathanujñātam abhikramapratikramādiṣu buddhipūrvaṃ samyagvartanāt /

S2 身語具足圓滿

kāyavāksaṃpattyā saṃpannaḥ āpattyanadhyāpannatayā śīlāvipādanāt /

S3 身語清淨現行

pariśuddhakāyavākasamudācāraḥ samādhisaṃniśrayatayā samādhibalena dauḥśīlyamaladūrīkaraṇāt /

S4 身語極善現行

kuśala[kāya]vāksamudā[Ms. 65A]cāraḥ kliṣṭavitarkāvyavakīrṇatayaikāntaśubhatvāt /

S5 身語無罪現行

anavadyakāyavāksamudācāro bhavabhogāpariṇāmitatvena sadbhiḥ praśastatvāt /

S6 身語無害現行

avyābadhyakāyavāksamudācāra ātmotkarṣaṇādibhiḥ pareṣām avajñāduḥkhasaṃvāsenāghaṭṭanāt /

S7 身語隨順現行

ānulomikakāyavāksamudācāro nirvāṇānuprāptyanukūlatayāryamārgāvāhanāt /

S8 身語隨隱顯現行

anucchavikakāyavāksamudācāraḥ sva[T. 65A]doṣaguṇāviṣkambhaṇachādanārtham /

S9 身語親善現行

aupayikakāyavāksamudācāraḥ sabrahmacāryupagrahaṇaśīlatayopagamanārhatvāt /

S10 身語應儀現行

pratirūpakāyavāksamudācāro guruṣu gurusthānīyeṣu ca nihitamānatayā yathārham upacaraṇāt /

S11 身語敬順現行

pradakṣiṇakāyavāksamudācāro 'vavāde pradakṣiṇagrāhitayāsvayaṃdṛṣṭiparāmarśatvāt /

S12 身語無熱現行

ataptakāyavāksamudācāraḥ kaṣṭatapolūhādhimuktivivarjitatayānātmatapatvāt /

S13 身語不惱現行

ananutāpyakāyavāksamudācāraḥ samutsṛṣṭān bhogān karmāntāṃś cārabhyāvipratisāritayā paścāt tāpābhāvāt /

S14 身語無悔現行

avipratisārakāyavāksamudācāraḥ kuśalapakṣam ā[Ms. 65B]rabhyālpamātreṇāsaṃtuṣṭasyā[Ch. 732B]vipratisāritayā yāvac chakyaṃ saṃpādanāt //

N7 解自業等經（分二）O1 列六業（缺）O2 別釋（分六）P1 釋皆由自業

§ 77. [As. P. 61] karma svakameṣāṃ ta ime karmasvakāḥ / kathaṃ punas teṣāṃ karma svakaṃ bhavati / svayaṃkṛtakarmavipākapratisaṃvedanatām upādāya, tad dhi nāma svakam ity ucyate yat parair asādhāraṇam iti /

P2 釋業所乖諍

karmāṇi dāyāya eṣāṃ ta ime karmadāyādāḥ / kathaṃ karmaṇāṃ dāyādatbvam / tasyāṃ svayaṃkṛtavipākapratisaṃvedanāyāṃ kuśalākuśalānāṃ karmaṇām anyonyadāyā[T. 65B]datām upādāya yathāsvam iṣṭāniṣṭaphalasaṃvibhajanāt / te punaḥ svakṛtakarmeṣṭāniṣṭavipākapratisaṃvedinaḥ sattbvāḥ kuta āditaḥ saṃbhūtāḥ kim ahetukā āhosvit prakṛtīśvarādihetukā ity āha karmayonīyāḥ /

P3 釋從業所生

karmaiveṣām ahetuviṣamahetuvarjito yoniḥ sattvānāṃ saṃbhavāyety arthaḥ / evaṃ tāvat pravṛttim ārabhya nivṛttim apy ārabhya karmapratisaraṇāḥ,

P4 釋依業出離

sāsravakarmaprahāṇāyānāsravakarmasaṃśrayaṇāt karmaivaiṣāṃ pratisaraṇaṃ bhavatīti //

P5 釋有情高下（缺）P6 釋有情勝劣（缺）K3 明可思議不可思議等業（分二）L1 解世間（分三）M1 解業異熟異（分二）N1 引經業異熟不可思議

§ 78. yad uktam acintyaḥ sattvānāṃ karmavipāka iti na sarvaiḥ prakāraiḥ [a]-sāv acintyo veditavyaḥ /

N2 釋業異熟有可思議有不可思議（分二）O1 問

kathaṃ tarhi [Ms. 66A] cintyaḥ katham acintyaḥ /

O2 答（分二）P1 釋可思議

kuśalākuśalasyeṣṭāniṣṭo vipākaḥ sugatidurgatyor iti cintyaḥ, śakyatvāt samyagdṛṣṭyādiguṇāvāhanāc ca /

P2 釋不可思議（分二）Q1 異熟

anena karmaṇā sattvānām ātmabhāvasya varṇasaṃsthānādiprakārabhedavaicitryam ity acintyaḥ, aśakyatvāt sarvajñād anyasyonmādādidoṣābāhanāc ca /

Q2 業

[Ch. 732C] tad eva karma sthānādibhir acintyam / [tatra sthānaṃ] yatra pradeśe sthitvā yat karma kṛtvā grāme vā nagare vety ādi / vastu yad adhiṣṭhānaṃ sattva[T. 66A]saṃkhyātam asattvasaṃkhyātaṃ vā / hetuḥ kuśalākuśalādeḥ kuśalākuśalamūlāni yathāyogam / vipākas tad evātmabhāvavaicitryam / bāhyabhāvavaicitryābhinirvartakaṃ karmācintyam, kīdṛśena khalu karmaṇā kaṇṭakādīnāṃ taikṣṇādikaṃ kṛtam iti lokacintānantarbhūtatvāt /

M2 解外增上果（缺）M3 解未尼等世事

maṇimantrauṣadhimuṣṭiyogapratisaṃyuktaṃ karmācintyam / tatra maṇi [prati]saṃyuktaṃ candrakāntādīnām udakakṣaraṇādi / mantrapratisaṃyuktaṃ tadabhimantritānām adāhādi / auṣadhipratisaṃyuktaṃ tayā gṛhītayāntardhātādi / muṣṭiyogapratisaṃyuktaṃ tena tena muṣṭiyogena jvarāpagamādi /

L2 解出世間（分三）M1 明威德業用

sarvaṃ ca yogināṃ prabhāvakarmācintyam / katham / te cittaprabhāvena mahāpṛthivīṃ kampayanty ākāśena votpatantīty evamādi /

M2 明十自在業用

bodhisattvānāṃ vaśitābhir yat kriyate karma tad acintyam / tadyathā (i) āyurvaśitayā bodhisattvā āyuḥsaṃskārān adhiṣṭhā[Ms. 66B]ya yāvad icchanti tiṣṭhanti / (ii) cittavaśitayā yathecchaṃ samādhīn samāpadyante (iii) pariṣkāravaśitayā 'prameyam anardheyam upakaraṇavarṣaṃ sattvānāṃ varṣanti / (iv) karmavaśitayānyadhātubhūmigatiyonyavasthāvedanīyāni karmāṇy anyathā pariṇāmayanti / (v) upapattivaśitayā dhyā[T. 66B]nair api vihṛtyāparihīṇā eva kāmadhātāv upapadyante / (vi) adhimuktivaśitayā pṛthavyādīn abāditvenādhimucyante / (viii) praṇidhānavaśitayā yatheṣṭaṃ sbvaparārthasaṃpattikarāṇy asaṃkhyeyāni mahāpraṇidhānāny abhinirha[ra]nti / (viii) ṛddhivaśitayā sattvānām āvarjanārtham aprameyam ṛddhipratihāryaṃ saṃdarśa[ya]nti / (ix) jñānavaśitayā dharmārthaniruktipratibhānānāṃ prakarṣaparyantaṃ gacchanti / (x) dharmavaśitayā yathārhaṃ yāvat sarvasatvānām anyānyair nāmapadavyaṃjanakāryaḥ sūtrādīn dharmān vyavasthāpya [hCCh. 733A] yugapaccittaparitoṣaṇe samarthā bhavantīti //

M3 明佛所作等業用

buddhānāṃ buddhakṛtyānuṣṭhānakarmācintyam / katham / anābhogapratigatā dharmadhātvekarasatāprāptā sarve buddhā bhagavantaḥ sattvānāṃ yathā yadā yābvat kṛtyam anuṣṭhātavyaṃ tat sarvam anutiṣṭhanti evaṃ buddhānāṃ buddhaviṣayo 'cintyaḥ //

H3 明四行相（分二）I1 標（缺）I2 釋（分四）J1 因相

§ 79. (i) punarbhavasya vāsanāyā āhārakaṃ kāraṇam iti [Ms. 67A] hetuḥ /

J2 集相

(ii) upacitavāsanānāṃ sattvanāṃ devādisatvanikāye tadākṛtiprakṛtisādṛśyena samasyodayasya kāraṇam iti [As. P. 62] samudayam /

J3 生相

(iii) pratyātmaṃ saṃtānanaiyabhyena gatiyonyādisarvaprakāraiḥ prakarṣeṇa yāvad bhavāgragatasyodbhavasya kāraṇam iti prabhavaḥ /

J4 緣相

(iv) apūrva[T. 67A]syānyasyātmabhāvasya prāptau pūrvātmabhāvātyayena kāraṇam iti pratyayaḥ //

F3 滅諦（分二）G1 以六義分別滅諦（分二）H1 總標（缺）H2 別釋（分六）I1 辨體（分三）J1 總出體（缺）J2 引經證（分二）K1 引頌（缺）K2 長行（缺）J3 結成（缺）I2 明深（分三）J1 總顯非四句

§ 80. [Ch. 733B] saṃskārāṇām uparamāt sa nirodho 'nyaḥ syāt tadasaṃbadhyamāno 'rthāntarabhūtaḥ syāt / athānanyaḥ syāt saṃkleśalakṣaṇaḥ syāt / ata eva nobhayo nānubhayaś ca /

J2 釋（缺）J3 引證（分二）K1 引經（缺）K2 釋

prapañcaḥ punar asminn arthe 'yoniśaś cintyety amārgeṇānyāyenānayena cintyety arthaḥ, anyathā cintayitavye 'nyathācintanā[t] / kathaṃ punaś cintyaḥ / śāntaḥ praṇīta ity evamādibhiḥ prakāraiḥ //

I3 假實（分二）J1 世俗（缺）J2 勝義（缺）I4 因果（分二）J1 不圓滿（缺）J2 圓滿（缺）I5 勝劣（分二）J1 無莊嚴

[As. P. 63] niralaṃkāraḥ prajñāviktānāṃ vidyādivaiśeṣikaguṇālaṃkārābhāvāt //

J2 有莊嚴（缺）I6 根本（分四）J1 有餘（缺）J2 無餘（缺）J3 最勝（缺）J4 差別（分二）K1 舉經（缺）K2 別釋（分二）L1 釋標句

paryāyato 'śe[Ch. 733C]ṣaprahāṇam ity uddeśaḥ, śeṣo nirdeśaḥ / ata eva tatpariśiṣṭāni padāny upādāyety ucyate, tais tasya nirdeśāt / kathaṃ kṛtvāśeṣaprahāṇam / paryavasthānānuśayaprahāṇāt /

L2 釋別句（分三）M1 初七依所滅辨名差別（分七）N1 永出

tatra pratiniḥsargaḥ paryavasthānaprahā[Ms. 67 B]ṇam adhikṛtya, utpannasya parivarjanāt /

N2 永吐

vyantībhāvo 'nuśayaprahāṇam, mūlābhāve'tyantam anutpādāt / tat punar darśanabhāvanāmārgapratipakṣabhedād dvidhā vyavasthāpyate--kṣayo virāga iti /

N3 盡

tatra darśanamārgeṇa virāgatām adhikṛtya kṣayaḥ, alpamātrāvaśiṣṭatvāt kleśarāśeḥ /

N4 離欲

bhāvanāmārgeṇa vi[T. 67B]rāgaḥ, tasya bhūmivairāgyagamanapravibhāvitatvāt / tadubhayavisaṃyoge punaḥ saty āyatyāṃ ca duḥkhaṃ nirudhyate,

N5 滅

anutpattidharmatāpādanāt / dṛṣṭe ca dharme daurmanasyaṃ vyupaśāmyati, asamudācārāt /

N6 寂靜

atas tatphalabhūtasya duḥkhasya prahāṇam adhikṛtyāha--nirodho vyupaśama iti /

N7 沒

pūrvakarmakleśasamudāgatānāṃ tu sattvānāṃ svarasenaivoparama[m a]dhikṛtyāha--astaṃgama iti / evaṃ kṛtvāśeṣaprahāṇaṃ nirdiṣṭaṃ veditavyam //

M2 釋自通名（分二十一）N1 無為

§ 81A. asaṃskṛtam utpādavyayasthityanyathātvābhāvāt saṃskṛtaviparyayeṇa /

N2 難見

durdṛśam āryasyaivaikasya prajñācakṣuṣo gocaratvāt /

N3 不轉

[As. P. 64] acalaṃ narakādigatyasaṃcāreṇa sthiratvāt /

N4 不卑屈

anataṃ kāmarūpārūpyatṛṣṇābhāvena bhaveṣv anama[Ms. 68A] nāt /

N5 甘露

amṛtaṃ maraṇāśrayaskandhābhāvāt /

N6 無漏

anāsravam āsravābhāvāt /

N7 舍宅

layanaṃ vimuktiprītisukhasaṃniśrayatvāt /

N8 州渚

dvīpaṃ saṃsāramahārṇave sthalabhūtatvāt /[Ch. 134A]

N9 弘濟

trāṇaṃ tatprāptau jātyādisarvopadravāpagamanāt /

N10 歸依

śaraṇaṃ tatkṛtāśayaprayogayor abandhatvasya padasthānatayāśrayaṇī[ya]tvāt /

N11 勝歸趣

parāyaṇaṃ paramasyāryatvasyāgamanāya padasthānatvād ārhatyatvaprāptyupāyālaṃbanatvād ity arthaḥ /

N12 不死

[T. 68A] acyutam [a]jātatvena bhraṃsāsaṃbhavāt /

N13 無熱惱

nirjvaraṃ sarvecchāvighātasaṃtāpābhāvāt /

N14 無熾然

niṣparidāhaṃ śokādisarvaparidāhapratiprasrabdhyā śītalatvāt /

N15 安隱

kṣemaṃ vyādhijarāmaraṇabhayarahitāryavihārāśrayatvāt /

N16 清涼

śivaṃ sarvakuśaladharmāśrayatvāt /

N17 樂事

sauvarṇakaṃ lokottarasukhavastutvā[t] /

N18 趣吉祥

svastyayanaṃ sukhena prayogeṇa tatpprāptaye ālaṃbanabhavāt /

N19 無病

ārogyaṃ kleśādyāvaraṇarogarahitatvāt /

N20 不動

āniñjyaṃ sarvaviṣayaprapañcavikṣeparahitatvāt /

N21 涅槃

nirvāṇaṃ rūpādisaṃjñāpaga[ma]sya śāntasukhavihārasyālaṃbanatvāt //

M3 對苦諦辨名（分五）N1 無生

§ 81B. punar nirodhasatyam ārabhyājātādayaḥ paryāyāḥ [Ms. 68B] duḥkhalakṣaṇaviparyayārthena veditavyāḥ / dukhaṃ hi tatra tatra sattvanikāye pratisaṃdhibandhena jāyate / [Ch. 734B] tata uttarakālam ātmabhāvaparipūryā vardhate / [As. p. 65]

N2 無起

tac ca duḥkhaṃ pūrvakarmakleśāvedhena kṛtam /

N3 無造

tac ca vartamānaṃ duḥkhaṃ karmakleśānāṃ cānyabhavasaṃskaraṇe padasthānaṃ bhavati /

N4 無作

tato 'vyucchedayogena punarbhavasya saṃtatyutpādo bhavati / atas tadviparyayeṇa duḥkhanirodha āryasatyaṃ yathākramam ajātam abhūtam akṛtam asamutpannaṃ veditavyam /

N5 不生（缺）G2 辨四行相（分二）H1 總標

§ 81C. [T. 68B] api khalu nirodhasatyam adhikṛtya /

H2 別釋（分四）I1 滅相（缺）I2 靜相

(ii) śāntalakṣaṇaṃ saṃskāraduḥkhatayāpraśāntalakṣaṇānām upādānaskandhānāṃ visaṃyogam adhikṛtya /

I3 妙相

(iii) praṇītalakṣaṇaṃ kleśaduḥkhavisaṃyogāt svayaṃ śucisukhasvabhāvatām adhikṛtya /

I4 離相

(iv)niḥsaraṇalakṣaṇaṃ nityahitasvabhāvatāmadhikṛtya, apunarāvartanāt kṣematvāc ca yathākramaṃ hitaṃ kuśalam iti śakyatvāt //

F4 道諦（分三）G1 問（缺）G2 答（分二）H1 略行相作用顯之

§ 82. mārgasatyaṃ yena dukhaṃ parijānīta ity evamādi, satyeṣv asya kṛtyādhikāreṇa lakṣaṇanirdeśo veditavyaḥ /

H2 依位顯體（分二）I1 列五道名

pañcavidho mārga iti prabhedādhikāreṇa / pañcaprabhedaḥ saparivāramārgasatyādhikārād veditavyam //

I2 隨別釋（分五）J1 資糧道

§ 83. [Ms. 69A] tatra saṃbhāramārgaḥ [Ch. 734C] śīlādiko yasya paripūrṇatvād uṣmagatādyānupūrvyā satyadarśanāya tadāvaraṇaprahāṇāya ca saṃtānasya yogyatāṃ pratilabhata iti / yadvā punar anyad aupaniṣadaṃ kuśalam ity avipratisārādikaṃ veditavyam //

J2 加行道（分二）K1 總標（缺）K2 別釋（分四）L1 煖法

§ 84 (i) uṣmagataṃ pratyātmaṃ satyeṣv ālokalabdhaḥ samādhiḥ prajñā sasaṃyoga iti samāhitena cittena satyādhipateyasya sūtrādikasya dharmasya manojalpasya mukhair arthasaṃprakhyāne sati śamathaś ca vipaśyanā coṣmagatam iti veditavyam /

L2 頂法

(ii) tadvṛddhir mūrdhānas taduparivyavasthāpa[T. 69A]nārthena /

L3 順諦忍法

(iii) kṣāntir e[As. p. 66]-kadeśapraviṣṭānusṛtaḥ samādhir iti / katham ekadeśapraviṣṭo bhavati / ekāntena grāhyabhāvalakṣaṇāt / katham ekadeśānumṛtaḥ grāhakābhāvaprativedhānukūlyāvasthānāt /

L4 世第一法

(vi) laukiko 'gradharmo yadantaram ādito lokottaro mārgaḥ //

J3 見道（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分三）L1 明見道體相（分二）M1 明見道體

§ 85A. darśanamārgo laukikāgradharmānantaraṃ nirvikalpaśa[Ch. 735A]mathavipaśyanālakṣaṇo veditavyaḥ /

M2 明見道真相差別（分二）N1 明真見道（分二）O1 總出體

samasamālaṃbyālaṃbanajñānam api tad iti tena grāhyagrāhakābhāvatathatāprativeghāt /

O2 顯差別

pratyātmam apanīta[Ms. 69B]sattvasaṃketadharmasaṃketasarvato 'panītobhayasaṃketālaṃbanadharmajñānam api tad iti / kathaṃ pratyātmam apanītasattvasaṃketālaṃbanadharmajñānam / tena sva[sa]ntāne ātmanimittāvikalpanāt / kathaṃ pratyātmam apanītadharmasaṃketālaṃbanadharmajñānam / tena svasaṃtāna eva rūpādidharmanimittā vikalpanāt / kathaṃ sarvato 'panītobhayasaṃketālaṃbanadharmajñānam / sarvatrāviśeṣeṇātma dharmanimittāvikalpa[nā]d iti //

N2 明相見道（分三）O1 列十六智

§ 85B. prabhedaśaḥ punar darśanamārgaḥ satyeṣu ṣoḍaśadharmānvayakṣāntijñānāni /

O2 別牒解釋（分二）P1 明苦諦四智（分四）Q1 苦法智忍

tatra duḥkhe dharmajñānakṣāntiḥ prayogamārge duḥkhasatyādhikārikasūtrādidharmavicāraṇājñānaṃ yoniśo[T. 69B]manaskārasaṃgṛhītam adhipatiṃ kṛtvā svasaṃtānikaduḥkhasatye tattathatāpratyakṣānubhāvinī lokottarā prajñā samyagdṛṣṭisvabhāvotpadyate yayā duḥkhadarśanaprahātavyāṃs traidhātukān aṣṭāviṃśatim anuśayān prajahāti /

Q2 苦法智

tasmād ucyate duḥkhe dharmajñānakṣāntir iti / tayā kṣāntyā duḥkhadarśanaprahātavyakleśaprahāṇāt parivartita āśraye tadanantaraṃ yena jñānena tām āśrayaparivṛttiṃ [Ms. 70A] pratyanubhavati tad duḥkhe dharmajñānam ity ucyate /

Q3 苦類智忍

[Ch. 735B] etac cobhayam ādyaṃ kṣāntijñānam anvayaḥ sarveṣāṃ śaikṣāśaikṣāṇām āryadharmāṇām, tatas teṣāṃ samudāgamāt / atas tadālaṃbyānvaya eṣa āryadharmāṇām iti pratyātmaṃ pratyakṣānubhāviny anāsravā prajñā duḥkhe anvayajñānakṣāntiḥ /

Q4 苦類智

tām anvayajñānakṣāntiṃ yena jñānena pratyanubhavati tadanvayajñānam ity ucyate / [As. P. 67]

P2 類餘三諦（缺）O3 總料簡（分三）P1 釋法類智差別

lokottarasya hi mārgasya dvayaṃ viṣayaḥ--tathatā samyagjñānaṃ ca / tatra dharmajñānapakṣasya mārgasya tathatā viṣayaḥ / anvayajñānapakṣasya samyagjñānam /

P2 釋名無相觀者

ata idam ucyate--dharmajñānakṣāntijñānair grāhyāvabodhaḥ, anvayakṣāntijñānair grahikāvabodha iti / yo bhagavatā ṣaṣṭho '[ni]mittavihārī pudgala ākhyātaḥ sa eteṣu kṣāntijñāneṣu vartamāno veditavyaḥ, sarvanimittā[T. 70A]nupalaṃbhāt /

P3 顯十六心剎那總名見道（分二）Q1 明十六心剎那名見道

ta ete kṣānti[jñāna]saṃgṛhītāḥ ṣoḍaśa cittakṣaṇā darśanamārgaḥ, tair adṛṣṭapūrvāṇām āryasatyānāṃ pratyekaṃ caturbhir darśanāt /

Q2 別釋心剎那

na cātra bhāvasyābhatvā prādurbhāvamātraṃ cittakṣaṇo veditavyaḥ / kiṃ tarhi yāvatā jñeye [Ms. 70B] jñānotpatteḥ parisamāptir bhavati / tadyathā duḥkhaṃ parijñeyam ity ekaś cittakṣaṇaḥ / evaṃ samudayaḥ prahātavya ity evamādiḥ / yac caitad darśanamārgam ārabhya vistareṇa vipaṃcittaṃ vyavasthānamātraṃ tat sarvaṃ veditavyam, pratyātmam eva vedanīyatvāt lokottarāyā avasthāyāḥ //

L2 明聖輪（分二）M1 標

§ 85C. sarvaṃ hi mārgasatyaṃ caturbhiḥ prakārair anugantavyam--vyavasthāna[Ch. 735C]to vikalpanato 'nubhavataḥ paripūritaś ca /

M2 釋（分四）N1 安立

tatra (i) vyavasthānata, yathāsvam adhigamaniṣṭhāprāptā śrāvakādayas tatpṛṣṭhalabdhena jñānena pareṣāṃ prāpaṇanimittaṃ nāmapadavyañjanakāyaiḥ mārgasatyaṃ vyavasthāpayanti, ity api saty eṣu kṣāntayo jñānānīty evamādi /

N2 思惟

(ii) vikalpanataḥ, abhisamayaprayuktā laukikena yathāvyavasthānaṃ vikalpayato yad abhyasyanti /

N3 證受

(iii) anubhavataḥ, tathābhyasyanto yām ādito darśanamārgākhyāṃ lokottarāṃ niṣprapañcāvasthāṃ pratyātmam anubhavanti

N4 圓滿

(iv) paripūritaḥ tadūrdhvaṃ yām āśrayaparivṛttiṃ [T. 70B] paripūrya [yā][Ms. 71A]vad adhigamaniṣṭhāṃ prāpnuvanti / te punar adhigamaniṣṭhāprāptās tatpṛṣṭhalabdhena jñānena mārgasatyaṃ vyavasthāpayanti / ity evamādi tac ca[tu]rākāraṃ mārgacakraṃ punaḥpunar anyonyāśrayeṇa pravartata iti veditavyam //

L3 釋經說見道處義（分二）M1 釋三句經（分二）N1 總（缺）N2 別釋

§ 85D. yad uktaṃ virajo vigatamalaṃ dharmeṣu dharmacakṣur utpadyata iti tad darśanamārgam adhikṛtyoktam, tatprathamataḥ satyeṣv āryaprajñācakṣuḥsvabhāvatvāt / tatra dharmakṣāntibhir virajaḥ, tābhiḥ kleśarajaḥprahāṇāt / dharmajñānair vigatamalam, teṣāṃ prahāṇatadāvaraṇamalāśrayotpādāt / punar anayor eva kṣāntijñānāvasthayor yathākramaṃ parijñayā prahāṇena ca mārgasya viśuddhatām adhikṛtya virajo vigatamalaṃ veditavyam //

M2 釋九句經（分二）N1 總（缺）N2 別釋（分九）O1 見法

§ 85E. dṛṣṭety evamādy api darśanamārgam evādhikṛtya veditavyam, vineyānāṃ satyābhisamayānantaraṃ vacanāt / tatra dharmakṣāntibhir dṛṣṭadharmāḥ, tābhis tattvaprativedhāt /

O2 得法

dharmajñānaiḥ prāptadharmāḥ, tair āśrayaparivṛttisākṣātkaraṇāt /

O3 極通達法

anvayakṣāntibhir viditadharmāḥ, tābhir āryadharmānvaya eṣa iti tadubhayasaṃvedanāt /

O4 究竟堅法

anvayajñānaiḥ paryavagāḍhadharmāḥ, tair yāvaj jñeyaṃ parisamāpanā[T. 71A]t /

O5 越度一切希望

sarvais tīrṇakāṃkṣaḥ sarvaiḥ kṣāntijñānaiḥ, [Ms. 71B] lokottareṇa mārgeṇa phalādhigame sati dīrgharātram abhikāṃkṣite svādhigame 'saṃdehāt /

O6 越度一切疑惑

tīrṇavicikitsaḥ parādhigame sarvair iti vartate, parādhigame tadavasthasyānyeṣām api viśeṣādhigamaṃ prati vimatyabhāvāt /

O7 不假他緣

aparapratyayo mārgabhāvanāyāṃ paropadeśam antareṇāpi [Ch. 636A] svayaṃkuśalatvāt /

O8 於大師教餘不能引

ananyaneyo 'vetya prasādapratilaṃbhena śāstuḥ śāsane '[As. p. 68]nyatīrthyair janmāntare 'py ahāryatvāt /

O9 於諸法中得無所畏

dharmeṣu vaiśāradyaprāpto 'dhigamam ārabhya paripraśnadharmeṣu pāpecchābhimānikavad avalīnacittatābhāvāt //

J4 修道（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 列（缺）L2 釋（分二）M1 釋前所標顯名類（分二）N1 別解九義分三對（分三）O1 世出世間對（分二）P1 世間道（分二）Q1 列世間八定（缺）Q2 依此八以四種相分別（分二）R1 列

§ 86A. bhāvanāmārgo laukiko mārgaḥ / tatra laukiko mārgo dhyānā[nyā]rūpyāś ca / te punar dhyānārūpyāḥ saṃkleśato vyavadānato vyavasthānato viśuddhitaś ca veditavyāḥ //

R2 釋（分四）S1 雜染（分三）T1 標列四無記根

(i) kathaṃ saṃkleśataḥ / catvāry avyākṛtamūlāni tṛṣṇā dṛṣṭir māno 'vidyā ca, taiḥ saṃkliṣṭacittānāṃ kliṣṭadhyānamukhena rūpārūpyāvacarasarvanivṛtāvyākṛtakleśopakleśā[T. 71B]vartanāt /

T2 別釋

tatra tṛṣṇayāsvādasaṃkleśena saṃkliśyate, prasrabdhisukhāsvādāt / dṛṣṭyā dṛṣṭyuttaradhyāyitayā saṃkliśyate, dhyānaṃ niścitya pūrvāntakalpādidṛṣṭisamutthāpanāt / mānena mānottaradhyāyitayā saṃkliśyate, tena viśeṣādhigamenonnatigamanāt / avidyayā vicikitsottaradhyāyitayā saṃkliśyate, tattvāprativedhena mokṣakāmasya tasmin vi[Ms. 72A]śeṣādhigame mokṣo na mokṣa iti vicikitsotpādanāt //

T3 結染（缺）S2 清白

(ii) kathaṃ vyavadānataḥ / śuddhakā dhyānārūpyā laukikā api kuśalatvāt paryavasthānamalāpagatatvena vyavadātā ity ucyante //

S3 建立（分二）T1 列四種

(iii) kathaṃ vyavasthānataḥ / dhyānānāṃ tāvac caturdhā vyavasthānam, aṅgasamāpattimātrāsaṃjñākaraṇabhedāt / ārūpyāṇāṃ tridhāṅgavarjaiḥ //

T2 隨別釋（分四）U1 支分建立（分二）V1 明支分建立（分二）W1 四靜慮具支多少（分四）X1 初靜慮五支（缺）X2 第二靜慮四支（缺）X3 第三靜慮五支（缺）X4 第四靜慮四支（缺）W2 總解立支所由

(1) [Ch. 736B] kiṃ punar adhikṛtya dhyāneṣu / vitarkādaya evāṅgatvena vyavasthāpitāḥ satsv anyeṣu dharmeṣu / tāvadbhiḥ pratipakṣānuśaṃsatadubhayāśrayāṅgaparisamāpteḥ / prathame tāvad dhyāne vitarko vicāraś ca pratipakṣāṅgam, tābhyāṃ kāmavyāpādavihiṃsāvitarkādiprahāṇāt / prītiḥ sukhaṃ cānuśaṃsāṅgam, vitarkavicārābhyāṃ pratipa[T. 72A]kṣite vipakṣe tadvivekajaprītisukhalābhāt / cittaikāgratā tadubhayaniśrayāṅgam, samādhisaṃniśrayabalena vitarkādipravṛtter iti / tathā dvitīye dhyāne 'dhyātmasaṃprasādaḥ pratipakṣāṅgam, tena vitarkavicārapratipakṣaṇāt / prītisukhe cittaikāgratā ca śeṣe aṅge pūrvavat / tṛtīye dhyā[Ms. 72B]ne upekṣā smṛtiḥ saṃprajanyaś ca pratipakṣāṅgam, taiḥ prītipratipakṣaṇāt / sukhaṃ cittaikāgratā ca śeṣe aṅge yathākramam / caturthe dhyāne upekṣāpariśuddhiḥ smṛtipariśuddhiś ca pratipakṣāṅgam, tābhyāṃ sukhapratipakṣaṇāt / aduḥkhāsukhā vedanānuśaṃsāṅgam / cittaikāgratā tadubhayāṅgam iti //

V2 明無色不立支所以（缺）U2 等至建立（分二）V1 標由七作意入八地（缺）V2 列七種作意名

(2) kathaṃ punaḥ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ samāpadyamānasya sapta manaskārā bhavanti / (a) yena samāhitabhūmikena manaskāreṇa kameṣv ādīnavādidarśanenaudārikalakṣaṇaṃ pratisaṃvedayate / tadabhāvāc ca prathamadhyāne śāntalakṣaṇam / ayam ucyate lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedanīyaṃ manaskāraḥ, [Ch. 736C] sa ca śrutacintāvyavakīrṇo veditavyaḥ / (b) tadūrdhvaṃ śrutaṃ cintāṃ cātikramyaikāntena bhāvanākāreṇa tadaudārikaśāntalakṣaṇanimittālaṃbanāṃ śamathavipaśyanāṃ bhāvayan punaḥpunar yathāparyeṣitā[T. 72B]m audārikaśāntatām adhimucyate ity ayam [ā]dhimokṣikaḥ / (c) tadabhyāsāt tatprathamataḥ prahāṇamārgasahagato manaskāraḥ prāvivekyaḥ, tenādhimātrakleśaprakāraprahāṇāt tatpakṣadauṣṭhulyāpagamāc ca / (d) sa yogī tadūrdhvaṃ pra[Ms. 73A][hā]ṇārāmo bhavati prahāṇe'nuśaṃsadarśī parīttapravivekaprītisukhasaṃspṛṣṭaḥ kālena kālaṃ prasadanīyena manaskāreṇa saṃpraharṣayati yāvad eva styānamiddhauddhatyopaśamāya / ayaṃ ratisaṃgrāhakaḥ / (e) tasyaivaṃ samyakprayuktasya kuśalapakṣaprayogopastabdhatvāt kāmāvacarakleśaparyavasthānāsamudācāre sati tatprahīṇāprahīṇatāvagamārthaṃ tadutpattyanukūlaśubhanimittamanaskāreṇa pratyavekṣaṇaṃ mīmāṃsāmanaskāraḥ / (f) tasyaivaṃ mīmāṃsāpratipakṣaṃ bhāvayataḥ tāvat kālikayogena sarvakāmāvacarakleśavisaṃyogāya prathamadhyānaprayogaparyavasānagataḥ pratipakṣamanaskāraḥ prayoganiṣṭhaḥ / (g) tadanantaraṃ maulaprathamadhyānasahagataḥ prayoganiṣṭhāphala iti / tatra lakṣaṇapratisaṃvedinā prahātavyaṃ prāptavyaṃ ca samyakparijñāya prahāṇāya prāptaye ca cittaṃ praṇighatte / ādhimokṣikena tadarthaṃ samyakprayogam ārabhate / prāvivekyenādhimātrān kleśān jahāti / ratisaṃgrāhakeṇa madhyaṃ kleśa [Ms. 73B]prakāraṃ jahāti / mīmāṃsakena prāptinirabhimānatā[T. 73A]yāṃ cittam avasthāpayati / prayoganiṣṭhena mṛduṃ kleśaprakāraṃ jahāti / prayoganiṣṭhāphalena eṣāṃ manaskārāṇāṃ subhāvitānāṃ bhāvanāphalaṃ pratyanubhavati / yathā prathamadhyānasamāpattaye sapta manaskārā evaṃ yāvan naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanasamāpattaye yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyāḥ / audārikalakṣaṇaṃ punaḥ sarvāsv adhobhūmiṣu yāvad ākiṃcanyāyatanāt samāsena dvividhaṃ veditavyam--duḥkhataravihāritāpraśāntavihāritayā, alpāyuskataratā ca tadviparyayeṇordhvabhūmeḥ śāntalakṣaṇaṃ veditavyam //

U3 品類建立（分二）V1 明三品修因（分二）W1 初靜慮（缺）W2 例餘定（缺）V2 明三品修果（分三）W1 初靜慮（缺）W2 例釋餘靜慮

(3) [Ch. 737A, As. p. 69] mātrāvyavasthānaṃ dhyānānāṃ tāvan mṛdumadhyādhimātraparibhāvitatvāt / pratyekaṃ tridhā dhyānopapattiḥ phalaṃ bhavati / tadyathā brahmakāyikā brahmapurohitā mahābrahmāṇa ity evamādi yathāpūrvam uktam /

W3 別釋四無色（分二）X1 釋不立生果差別

ārūpyeṣu tu vimānasthānāntarasaṃniveśāsaṃbhavād evam upapattibhedo na vyavasthāpyate /

X2 釋有高下勝劣

api tu teṣām apy asti mṛdvādiparibhāvitānām upapattāv uccanīcatā āyurādiviśeṣeṇa, hīna[Ms. 74A]praṇītatā ca kliṣṭākliṣṭatābāhulyaviśeṣeṇeti //

U4 名想建立（分二）V1 明初靜慮所攝定

(4) saṃjñākaraṇavyavasthānaṃ caturthadhyānaprabhedānāṃ samādhīnām asaṃkhyeyāny acintyāni ca nāmāni / tathāhi yāvataḥ prathamadhyānasaṃgṛhītān samādhīn buddhā [T. 73B] bhagavanto bodhisattvāś ca mahāprabhāvaprāptāḥ samāpadyante, teṣāṃ samādhīnāṃ śrāvakāḥ pratyekabuddhāś ca nāmāny api na jānanti / kutaś caiṣāṃ saṃkhyāṃ jñāsyanti samāpatsyante vā / yathā nirdiṣṭaṃ prajñāpāramitāyām--"sādhitaṃ samādhiśatam" / evam anyeṣv api teṣu teṣu mahāyānasūtreṣv iti //

V2 例餘靜慮無色所攝定（缺）S4 清淨

(iv) kathaṃ viśuddhitaḥ / prāntakoṭikā dhyānārūpyā viśuddhir ity ucyate, vaiśeṣikaguṇābhinirhārāya nikāmalā[bhā]dibhiḥ karmaṇyatāprakarṣanayanāt //

P2 出世間道（分三）Q1 明出世間道體

§ 86B. lokottaramārgo bhāvanāmārge 'ṣṭau duḥkhā[didharmā]nvayajñānāni yathā darśanamārge nirdiṣṭāni / tatsaṃprayuktaś ca samādhir

Q2 明此所依（分二）R1 明智及相應所依定地

anāgamyasaṃgṛhītaḥ prathamaṃ dhyānaṃ yāvad ākiṃcanyāyatanam /

R2 明非想非為智依

naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam aparisphuṭaṃ [Ch. 737B] saṃjñāpracāratayā paramapaṭupracārasyāryamārgasyāsaṃniḥśrayatvād ekāntena laukikaṃ veditavyam / [Ms. 74B] ata eva ca tatsaṃjñāmāndyād ālambanānimittīkaraṇārthenānimittam ity ucyate / kutaḥ punar etat jñāyate naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatane āryamārgo nāstīti / yasmād uktaṃ bhagavatā "yāvad eva saṃjñāsamāpattis tāvad ājñāprativedha" iti / nirodhasamā[T. 74A]pattir lokottarā, āryamārgapṛṣṭhalabhyatvāt /

Q3 明滅定亦出世間（分二）R1 標滅定體是出世間（缺）R2 辨地依（分二）S1 明初後起地

manuṣyeṣv abhi[ni]rhriyate utpādyata ādita ity arthaḥ, pūrvotpāditāyāḥ paścāt saṃmukhobhāvo manuṣyeṣu vā tasminn eva janmani rūpadhātau vā upapadya / katham ārūpyalābhino rūpadhātuvītarāgasyāryaśrāvakasya rūpadhātāv upapatiḥ / nāvaśyaṃ rūpadhātuvītarāga evārūpyaṃ samāpadyate / ata evātra catuṣkoṭikaṃ bhavati--yo rūpavītarāgaḥ sarvaḥ sa ārūpyaśāntavimokṣasamāpattā, yo vā ārūpyaśāntavimokṣasamāpattā sarvaḥ sa rūpavītarāga iti / prathamā koṭiḥ-- anāgamyaṃ niśritya rūpavītarāgaḥ / dvitīyā koṭiḥ--caturthadhyānalābhī ārya āryopapattyānarthī prahāṇamārgaṃ nirākṛtya viśeṣamārgaṃ niśrityārūpyaśāntavimokṣasamāpattā / tṛtīyā koṭiḥ--sa eva vairāgyārthī prahāṇamārgaṃ niśrityārūpyaśāntavimokṣasamāpattā / caturthī--etān ākārān sthāpa[Ms. 75A]yitvā /

S2 明不起地

ārūpyeṣūpapannānāṃ kasmān na saṃmukhībhavati / śāntena vihāreṇa vihartukāmā āryā manuṣyeṣv enām abhinirhṛtya saṃmukhīkurvanti / ārūpyeṣu tūpapannāste 'praya[T. 74B]-tnenaiva vaipākikaiḥ paramaśāntaiḥ vimokṣavihārair viharantīty atas tatsaṃmukhīkaraṇārthaṃ na punaḥ prayatnam ārabhanta iti //

O2 三品對（分三）P1 軟道（分二）Q1 列三品道（缺）Q2 捨三品煩惱（缺）P2 中道（分二）Q1 列三品道（缺）Q2 捨三品煩惱（缺）P3 上道（分二）Q1 列三品道（缺）Q2 捨三品煩惱

§ 86C--§ 86E. [Ch. 737C, As. P. 70] mṛdumadhyādhimātro mārgaḥ pratyekaṃ punaḥ mṛdvādibhis tribhiḥ prakārair bhittvā navaprakāro vyavasthāpyate, bhāvanāheyānāṃ krameṇa prahāṇajñāpanārtham / kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇaṃ mṛdumṛdunā mārgeṇādhimātraḥ kleśaḥ prahīyate / sa hy atyarthaḥ vipannahrīvyapannāpyālajjinaḥ saṃtāne samudācarati sūpalakṣaś cāsau suparicchedas tasmād asau sthūlamalavad alpenāpi pratipakṣeṇāpanīyate / yas tv ayaṃ duṣparicchedasamudācāraḥ sūkṣmalīnaḥ saṃtāne mṛdumṛdukleśaḥ sūkṣmamalavan mahatā pratipakṣabale[Ms. 75B]nāpanīyata ity ado vipakṣaprakāraviparyayeṇa pratipakṣaprakāravyavasthānaṃ veditavyam //

O3 四道對（分四）P1 加行道

§ 86F. prayogamārgo yena mārgeṇa bhāvyamānena pratyekam adhimātrādhimātrādikleśaprakārādijātipakṣasya dauṣṭhulyāṅgasyāpagamāt krameṇāśrayaḥ parivartate sa bhāvanāmārge prayogamārge ity ucyate //

P2 無間道

§ 86G. yasya tv anantaraṃ tatprakārakleśajātitatpakṣadauṣṭhulyāvaśeṣāpagamāt tena dauṣṭhulyena nirdauṭhulya āśrayaḥ parivartate sa ānantaryamārgaḥ //

P3 解脫道

§ 86H. vimuktimārgo yena ntām āśrayaparivṛttiṃ pratyātma[m a]nubhavati /

P4 勝進道（分三）Q1 第一解

§ 86I. viśeṣamārgas tadūrdhvāvaśeṣakleśaprahāṇaṃ kurvato ye prayogānantaryavimuktimārgāḥ /

Q2 第二解

[Ch. 738A] aparaḥ paryāya 'viśeṣamārga[T. 75A]s tasya kleśaprahāṇaprayogam adhyupekṣya sūtrādīn dharmāṃś cintayataḥ, pūrvacintitādhigatadharmapratyavekṣaṇāvihāreṇa vā viharataḥ samāpattyantaraṃ vā samāpadyamānasya yo mārgaḥ /

Q3 第三解

punar abhijñādīn vaiśeṣikān guṇān abhinirharatas tair vā viharato yo mārgaḥ //

N2 傍乘義辨修前法（分二）O1 總標四種修

ity evaṃ bhāvanāmārgaṃ vistareṇa nirdiśya tadanuṣaṃgeṇa mārgabhāvanā[Ms. 76A] varṇyate /

O2 別釋（分二）P1 第一解（分四）Q1 得修（缺）Q2 習修（缺）Q3 除去修（缺）Q4 對治修

§ 87. caturvidhā mārgabhāvanā samyak prahāṇān adhikṛtya yathāyogam / tatra (i) pratilambhāya bhāvanā pratilambhabhāvanā, tayālabdhakuśaladharmapratilambhāt / (ii) niṣevaṇam eva bhāvanā niṣevaṇabhāvanā, labdhakuśaladharmābhyasanāt / (iii) nirdhāvanāya bhāvanā nirdhāvanabhāvanā, samudācārāvasthākuśaladharmanirvāsanāt / (iv) pratipakṣasya bhāvanā pratipakṣabhāvanā, anāgatākuśaladharmānutpattidharmatāpādanāt //

P2 第二解（分四）Q1 得修

[As. p. 71] aparaḥ paryāyaḥ--(i) mārga utpadyamānaḥ svāṃ vāsanāṃ sthāpayati [sā] vāsanā pratilambhabhāvanā, tatas tadanvayānām uttaptatarāpatteḥ /

Q2 習修

(ii) asyaiva mārgasya saṃmukhībhāvo 'bhiniṣevaṇabhāvanā /

Q3 除去修

(iii) tena svavipakṣadauṣṭhulyanirodhanān nirdhāvanabhāvanā /

Q4 對治修（分二）R1 釋對治修

(iv) āśrayasya parivṛttatvād āyatyām anutpattidharmatāyām avasthāpanaṃ pratipakṣabhāvanā /

R2 別明四種對治（分二）S1 列名

punaḥ pratipakṣasya vidūṣaṇādikaḥ caturvidhaḥ prabhedo veditavyaḥ /

S2 別釋

[Ch. 738B] tatra (a) [T. 75B] vidūṣaṇāpratipakṣaḥ sāsraveṣu saṃskāreṣv ādīnavadarśanam, tena rogagaṇḍādibhir ākārair upādānaskandhadūṣaṇāt / (b) prahāṇa[Ms. 76B]pratipakṣaḥ prayogānantaryamārgāḥ, taiḥ kleśaprahāṇāt / (c) ādhārapratipakṣo vimuktimārgāḥ, taiḥ prahāṇaprāptisaṃdhāraṇāt / (d) dūrībhāvapratipakṣas taduparimo mārgaḥ, tena pūrvaprahīṇakleśadūrīkaraṇāt //

M2 釋前所標不顯名類（分二）N1 解五類十一道（分二）O1 列略釋（分二）P1 列十一道名

§ 88. punar bodhipakṣyādibhedenaikādaśavidho mārgo vyavasthāpyate /

P2 結屬

tadyathā (i) vastuparīkṣāmārgaḥ smṛtyupasthānāni, āditas tenāśubhādibhir ākāraiḥ kāyavedanācittadharmavastuparīkṣaṇāt / (ii) vyāvasāyiko mārgaḥ samyakprahāṇāni, tathā sarvāṇi vastūni parīkṣyānenāvaraṇaprahāṇāya vīryārambhāt / (iii) samādhiparikarmamārga ṛddhipādāḥ, tathā pariśodhitāvaraṇasyānena chandavīryacittamīmāṃsāmukhaiḥ samādheḥ karmaṇyatāpādanāt / (iv) abhisamayapr[ā]yogiko mārga indriyāṇi, tathākṛtasamādhiparikarmaṇo 'nenāryamārgasamudāgamāyādhipatibhūtoṣmagatordhvaprayogāt / (v) abhisamayaśliṣṭo mārgo balāni, tathādhipatyaprāptasyānenā[na]ntaraṃ satyapra[Ms. 77A]tivedhāy āśraddhā[T. 76A]divipakṣān abhibhūtakṣāntyagradharmaprayogāt / (vi) abhisamayamārgo bodhyaṅgāni, tenāditaḥ pratyātmaṃ tattvābhisaṃbodhāt / (vii) viśuddhinairyāṇiko mārga āryāṣṭāṅgo mārgaḥ, tadūrdhvaṃ tena bhāvanāprahātavyakleśaprahāṇāya viśuddhaye niryāṇād iti / ata evaiṣāṃ bodhipakṣāṇām evānupūrvī veditavyā / (viii) niśrayendriyabhinno mārgaḥ catasraḥ pratipadaḥ / tatra duḥkhā pratipa[Ch. 738C]d anāgamyārūpyaniśritā yathākramaṃ śamathavipaśyanāmāndyāt / sukhā dhyānaniśritā yuganaddhavāhitvāt / dhandhābhijñā dvayor apy anayor duḥkhasukhaniśrayayor mṛdvindriyāṇām / kṣiprābhijñā tayor eva tīkṣṇendriyāṇām iti / (ix) śikṣātrayapariśodhano mārgaḥ catvāri dharmapadāni / tatrānabhidhyāvyāpādam adhiśīlaṃ śikṣāyāḥ pariśodhanam, ananunayāpratighamukhena śikṣāpadākhaṇḍanāt / samyaksmṛtyādhicittaṃ śikṣāyāḥ pariśodhanam, ālaṃbanāsaṃmoṣe sati cittasamādhānāt / samyaksamādhinādhiprajñaṃ śikṣāyāḥ pariśodhanam, samāhitacittasya yathābhūtajñā[Ms. 77B[]nād iti / (x) sarvaguṇā[T. 77B]bhinirhārako yo mārgaḥ śamathavipaśyanā, tataḥ sarvalaukikalokottaraguṇābhiniṣpatteḥ / (xi) mārgasaṃgrahamārgas trīṇīndriyāṇī, tatrānājñātamājñāsyāmīndriyeṇa prayogadarśanamārgayoḥ saṃgrahaḥ, ājñendriyeṇa bhāvanāmārgasya, ājñātāvīndriyeṇa niṣṭhāmārgasyeti //

O2 廣別釋（分五）P1 一切菩提分法（分二）Q1 總標由五門建立

§ 89. punar bodhipakṣyāṇāṃ dharmāṇāṃ pañcabhiḥ prakāraiḥ vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam-- ālambanataḥ svabhāvataḥ sahāyato bhāvanāto bhāvanāphalataś ca //

Q2 別釋（分七）R1 四念住（分五）S1 所緣

§ 90. (i) tatra smṛtyupasthānānām ālaṃbanaṃ yathākramaṃ kāyo vedanā cittaṃ dharmāḥ / kim arthaṃ punar etad evam ālaṃbanaṃ vyavasthāpyate / yasmād viparyastabuddhayo bālāḥ prāyeṇa sendriyaṃ kāyam āśritya sukhādim upabhuñjānā upalabdha[Ch. 739A]lakṣaṇā ātma rāgādibhiḥ śraddhādibhiś ca saṃkliśyante vyavadāyante ceti vikalpayanty ata āditaḥ samyaktadvastulakṣaṇaparīkṣārtham evaṃ caturdhālambanavyavasthānaṃ veditavyam //

S2 自體

(ii) svabhāvataḥ prajñā smṛtiś ca, kāyādyanupaśyanāvacanāt smṛtyupasthānavaca[Ms. 78A]nāc ca yathākramam //

S3 助伴

(iii) sahāyatas tābhyāṃ saṃprayuktāś citacaitasikāḥ //

S4 修習（分二）T1 釋於內等身心法修循身等觀（分二）U1 總標（缺）U2 別釋（分二）V1 釋於內等身修循身觀（分二）W1 釋內等身

(iv) (A) bhāvanādhyātmaṃ bahirdhādhyātmabahirdhā ca kāyādiṣu kāyādyanupaśyanā // tatrādhyātmaṃ kāyaś cakṣuśrotraghrāṇajihvā[T. 77A]kāyendriyāṇi, ādhyātmikāyatanasaṃgṛhītatvāt sattvasaṃkhyātatvāc ca / bahirdhā kāyo bahirdhārūpaśabdagandharasaspraṣṭavyāni, bāhyāyatanasaṃgṛhītatvād asattvasaṃkhyātatvāc ca / adhyātmabahirdhā kāyaś cakṣurādyāyatanasaṃbaddhāni rūpādīny āyatanānīndriyādhiṣṭhānabhūtāni, sattvasaṃkhyātatvād bāhyāyatanasaṃgṛhītatvāc ca / [As. p. 72] pārasaṃtānikāni cādhyātmikāni rūpīṇy āyatanāny adhyātmabahirdhā kāyaḥ, āyatanavyavasthāṃ saṃtānavyavasthāṃ ca pramāṇayitvā //

W2 釋修循身觀

kāye kāyasya sādṛśyena paśyanā kāye kāyānupaśyanā, vikalpapratibimbakāyadarśanānusāreṇa prakṛtibimbakāyāvadhāraṇāt //

V2 釋於內等受心法修循受等觀（分二）W1 釋內等受（分二）X1 釋受

adhyātmaṃ vedanādayo 'dhyātmaṃ kāyam upādāyotpannāḥ cakṣurādyālaṃbanatayā svāśrayotpannanatayā vā / bahirdhā vedanādayo bahirdhā kāyam upā[Ms. 78B]-dāyotpannāḥ, rūpādyālambanatayā parāśrayotpannatayā vā / adhyātmabahirdhā vedanādayodhyātmabahirdhākāyam upādāyotpannāḥ, svasantānikabāhyā[yatanā]lambanatayā pārasaṃtānikādhyātmikāyatanālaṃbanatayā vā //

X2 例心法（缺）W2 例釋循受等觀（缺）T2 釋九種修習差別（分二）U1 總標（缺）U2 別釋（分九）V1 欲（缺）V2 勤（缺）V3 策（缺）V4 勵

(iv) (B) [Ch. 739B] cetaso [T. 77B] līnatvaṃ viśeṣādhigamapratyātmaparibhavamukhaiḥ viṣādaḥ /

V5 勇猛

parisravaparikhedo daṃśamaśakādyupadravotpīḍanāsahanam /

V6 不息

alpamātrasaṃtuṣṭiḥ alaṃ me tāvatā kuśalapakṣeṇeti prativāraṇam /

V7 正念（缺）V8 正知

āpattivipratisāro 'bhikramapratikramādiṣv asaṃprajñānacāriṇaḥ śikṣāvyatikramapūrvaḥ paścāt tāpaḥ /

V9 不放逸

nikṣiptadhuratā pramādadoṣeṇa yathārambhaṃ kuśalapakṣaprayogāntānirvāha iti //

S5 修果

(v) phalaṃ yathākramaṃ smṛtyupasthānānāṃ śucisukhanityātmaviparyāsapraharaṇam, aśu[bha]bhāvanā[taḥ], yat kiṃcit veditam idam atra duḥkhasyeti jñānāt, āśrayālaṃbanādibhedaiḥ pratikṣaṇaṃ vijñānasyānyathāvagamāt, nirvyāpārasaṃkleśavyavadānadharmamātraparīkṣaṇāc ceti // punar eṣāṃ yathākramaṃ catuḥsatyāvatāraḥ phalam / (a) kā[Ms. 79A]yasmṛtyupasthānena duḥkhasatyam avatarati, saṃskāraduḥkhatālakṣaṇena dauṣṭhulyena prabhāvitatvāt kāyasya / tathāhi tatpratipakṣabhūtā prasrabdhiḥ kāya eva viśeṣeṇotpadyata iti / (b) vedanāsmṛtyupasthānena samudayasatyam avatarati, sukhādivedanādhiṣṭhānatvāt saṃyogāditṛṣṇāyāḥ / (c) cittasmṛtyupasthānena nirodhasatyam avatarati, nirātmakaṃ vijñānamātraṃ na [T. 78A] bhaviṣyatīti paśyata ātmocchedāśaṅkāmukhena nirvāṇottrāsābhāvāt / (d) dharmasmṛtyupasthānena mārgasatyam avatarati, vipakṣadharmaprahāṇāya pratipakṣadharmabhāvanād iti / punar eṣāṃ kāyavedanācittadharmavisaṃyogaḥ phalaṃ yathākramaṃ veditavyam, tadbhāvanayā kāyādipakṣadauṣṭhulyāpagamād iti //

R2 四正斷（分五）S1 所緣

§ 91. (i) [Ch. 739C] samyakprahāṇānāṃ prathamasyānutpanno vipakṣa ālaṃbanam, tenānutpannapāpakākuśaladharmānutpādāya chandajananāt / dvitīyasyotpanno vipakṣaḥ / tṛtīyasyānutpannaḥ pratipakṣaḥ / caturthasyotpanna ālaṃbanam iti yathāsūtraṃ yojayitavyam /

S2 自體（缺）S3 助伴（缺）S4 修習（分二）T1 總標（缺）T2 別釋（分二）U1 總說（缺）U2 別說（分二）V1 勤所依止

(iv) chandaṃ janayatīty evamādibhiḥ [Ms. 79B] sāśrayā vīryabhāvanā paridīpitā / atrāśrayaś chandaḥ, tat pūrvakatvād udyogasya /

V2 正勤等三

yadā śamathādinimittamanaskāreṇa nirapekṣālaṃbanaṃ kevalaṃ pratipakṣaṃ bhāvayati tadā vyāyaccjhata ity ucyate / yadā tu layopakleśe utpanne tadapakarṣaṇārthaṃ prasadanīyādimanaskāraiḥ cittam unnāmayati, auddhatyopakleśe cotpanne pratyāsaṃkṣepamukhena cittaṃ dhārayati tadā vīryam ārabhata ity ucyate / ata eva layauddhatyāpakarṣaṇopāyasaṃdarśanārthamanantaram āha [As. p. 73] cittaṃ pragṛhṇāti pradadhātīti /

S5 修果

(v) pha[T. 78B]laṃ prathamadvitīyayoḥ samyakprahāṇayor aśeṣavipakṣahāniḥ, tābhyāṃ yathāyogam utpannānutpannapāpakākuśaladharmaprahāṇāt / tṛtīyasya pratipakṣapratilambhaḥ, tenānutpannakuśaladharmotpādanāt / caturthasya pratipakṣavṛddhiḥ, tenotpannakuśaladharmavipulatāpādanād iti //

R3 四神足（分五）S1 所緣

§ 92 (i) ṛddhipādālaṃbanaṃ niṣpannena samādhinā yat karaṇīyam ṛddhyādikaṃ kṛtyam //

S2 自體（缺）S3 助伴（分二）T1 總標（缺）T2 別釋（分二）U1 第一解（分四）V1 欲

(iii) chandasamādhir yat satkṛtyaprayogam āgamya spṛśati cittasyaikāgratāṃ [Ch. 740A] tīvre[Ms. 80A]ṇa chandena tīvreṇādareṇa prayogaḥ satkṛtyaprayoga iti kṛtvā /

V2 勤

vīryasamādhir yat sātatyaprayogam āgamya spṛśati cittasyaikāgratām / tad vīryam ity ucyate yan nityaṃ prayujyata eva na kadācinna prayujyate /

V3 心

cittasamādhir yat pūrvajanmāntare samādhibhāvanām āgamya tat paripuṣṭabījatvāc cittasya svarasena samādhyanukūlapariṇāme sati spṛśati cittasyaikāgratām /

V4 觀（缺）U2 第二解（分四）V1 欲（缺）V2 勤（缺）V3 心（缺）V4 觀

api khalu ṛddhipādābhinirhārayor nidarśanārtham eva samyakprahāṇabhāvanāyāṃ chandaṃ janayatīty evamādi nirdeśo veditavyaḥ / cittaṃ pradadhāti pragṛhṇātīty eṣā cātra pāṭhānupūrvī veditavyā / tatra cittasamādhir yac citaṃ pradadhat spṛśatīti pratyātmaṃ cittam eva cittaṃ dhārayan śamayann abhisaṃkṣipa[T. 79A]nn adhigacchatīty arthaḥ / mīmāṃsāsamādhir yac citaṃ pragṛhṇann iti dharmavipaśyanāmukhena cittam uttāpayatīty arthaḥ //

S4 修習（分二）T1 釋修八種斷行（分二）U1 總標列名（缺）U2 略攝為四

(iv) bhāvanā chandādīnām aṣṭānāṃ prahāṇasaṃskārāṇām abhyāsaḥ / te punar aṣṭau prahāṇasaṃskārāś caturdhā kriyante / tadyathā (a) vyāvasāyikaś chandavyāyāmaśraddhāḥ // tatra chando [Ms. 80B] vyāyāmasyāśrayaḥ / chandasya punaḥ śraddhā nimittam / tathāhi yo yenārthī bhavati tatprāptyarthaṃ vyāyacchate / arthitvaṃ ca nāntareṇa tad astitvādyabhisaṃpratyam iti / (b) anugrāhikaḥ prasrabdhiḥ, tayā kāyacittānugrahakaraṇāt / (c) aupanibandhikaḥ smṛtisaṃprajanye, ālaṃbanāsaṃpramoṣeṇa cittasyaikāgrāvasthānāt, tatpramāde ca sati paricchedāt yathākramam / (d) prātipakṣikaś cetanopekṣe, cittapragrahapradhānābhisaṃskārābhyām utpannalayauddhatyaparivarjanān nirupakleśaśamathādinimittānukaraṇāc ceti //

T2 釋二種修

[Ch. 740B] saṃkṣepanidānaṃ vipaśyanārahitasya kausīdyamukhena layaḥ / vikṣepanidānam aśubhasaṃjñārahitasyauddhatyamukhena saṃpragrahaḥ / saṃkṣepaḥ styānanimittamukhenāntaḥsaṃkocaḥ / vikṣepaḥ śubhanimittānusāramukhena viṣayeṣu [T. 79B] visāraḥ / ālīnatvānukūlā bhāvanā pratyavekṣaṇānimittaṃ niśritya dharmavipaśyanā / avikṣepānukūlā 'śubhataḥ keśādidravyapratyavekṣā / tadubhayānukūlālokasaṃjñā / etac ca yathākramam adhikṛtyoktaṃ bhagavatā--na ca me chando 'tilīno bhaviṣyati, nātipragṛhītaḥ, nādhyātmaṃ saṃkṣiptaḥ, na bahirdhā vikṣiptaḥ, paścātpūrvasaṃjñī bhaviṣyati ūrdhvamadhaḥsaṃjñī ca, vivṛtena cetasāparyavanaddhena saprabhāsasahagataṃ cittaṃ bhāvayiṣyāmi, [Ms. 81A] na ca me 'ndhakārāyattatvaṃ bhaviṣyati cetasa iti /

S5 修果（分三）T1 第一種果

(v) phalaṃ yatheṣṭam ṛddhyādiguṇaniṣpādanāt //

T2 第二種果（缺）T3 第三種果（缺）R4 五根（分五）S1 所緣

§ 93 (i) [As. p. 74] indriyāṇāṃ catvāry āryasatyāny ālaṃbanam, satyābhi samayaprayogasaṃgṛhītatvena tadākāratvāt //

S2 自體（缺）S3 助伴（缺）S4 修習（分五）T1 信（缺）T2 精進（缺）T3 念（缺）T4 定（缺）T5 慧（缺）S5 修果（分二）T1 第一種果

(v) phalaṃ tadādhipatyād acireṇa kālena darśanamārgasyotpādaḥ

T2 第二種果

tasminn eva ca kāle nirvedhabhāgīyabhajanaṃ ca saṃtānasya //

R5 五力（分二）S1 例同五根（缺）S2 顯差別義

§ 94 (i) balānām ālaṃbanādikam indriyaiḥ [Ch. 740C] samānam // (v) phale tu viśeṣaḥ / tathāhy eṣāṃ tac ca yathoktam--āśraddhyādivipakṣanirlekhaś cādhika ity ata evaiṣāṃ tulyānām ālaṃbanasvabhāvādikānām apy anavamṛdyatārthaviśeṣeṇa bodhipakṣāntara[T. 80A]tvam //

R6 七覺支（分五）S1 所緣

§ 95 (i) bodhyaṅgānām ālaṃbanaṃ caturṇām āryasatyānāṃ yathābhūtateti paramārtho viśuddhyālaṃbanam ity arthaḥ /

S2 自體（分二）T1 總列

(ii) svabhāvaḥ smṛtyādayaḥ sapta dharmāḥ /

T2 別釋（分二）U1 分釋前四覺支

tatra (a) smṛtiḥ saṃniśrayāṅgam, upasthitasmṛteḥ sarvakuśaladharmābhilapanāt / (b) dharmavicayaḥ svabhāvāṅgam, saṃbodhilakṣaṇatvāt / (c) vīryaṃ niryāṇāṅgam, tena yāvad gamyaṃ gamanāt / (d) prītir anuśaṃsāṅgam, tayā saṃtānaprīṇanāt /

U2 合釋後三覺支（分二）V1 釋立支

(eg) prasrabdhiḥ [Ms. 81B] samādhir upekṣā cāsaṃkleśāṅgam /

V2 釋所以

tatra prasrabdhyā na saṃkliśyate, tayā dauṣṭhulyasrāvaṇāt / samādhau na saṃkliśyate, tatra sthitasyāśrayaparivartanāt / upekṣā 'saṃkleśaḥ, abhidhyādaurmanasyāpagatākliṣṭāvasthāsvabhāvatvāt /

S3 助伴（缺）S4 修習（分二）T1 標舉四門修習（缺）T2 以四句屬配四諦

(iv) bhāvanā smṛtisaṃbodhyaṅgaṃ bhāvayati vivekaniśritam ity evamādir ebhiḥ caturbhiḥ padair yathākramaṃ catuḥsatyālaṃbanā bodhyaṅgabhāvanā paridīpitā / tathāhi (a) duḥkhaṃ duḥkhata ālaṃbamānasya tadvivekānveṣaṇād duḥkhālaṃbanaṃ vivekaniśritam ity ucyate / (b) tṛṣṇālakṣaṇaṃ duḥkhasamudayaṃ duḥkhasamudayata ālaṃbamānasya [T. 80B] tadvirāgānveṣaṇāt tadālaṃbanaṃ virāganiśritam / (c) duḥkhanirodhaṃ duḥkhanirodhata ālaṃbamānasya tatsākṣātkaraṇānveṣaṇāt tadālaṃbanaṃ nirodhaniśritam / (d) duḥkhanirodhagāminī pratipad vyavasarga ity ucyate, tayā duḥkhavisarjanāt / tāṃ tathālaṃbamānasya tadbhāvanānveṣaṇāt tadālaṃbanaṃ vyavasargapariṇatam ity ucyate /

S5 修果

(v) phalaṃ darśanaheyānāṃ [Ms 82A] kleśānāṃ prahāṇam, bodhyaṅgānāṃ darśanamārgasvabhāvatvāt //

R7 八聖道支（分五）S1 所緣

§ 96 (i) [Ch. 741A] mārgāṅgānām ālaṃbanaṃ darśanamārgād uttarakālaṃ saiva yathādṛṣṭānāṃ satyānāṃ yathābhūtatā /

S2 自體（分二）T1 標

(ii) svabhāvaḥ samyagdṛṣṭyādayo 'ṣṭau dharmāḥ /

T2 釋（分六）U1 正見

tatra (a) samyagdṛṣṭiḥ paricchedāṅgam, tayā yathānubhavaṃ tattvāvadhāraṇāt /

U2 正思惟

[As. p. 75] (b) samyaksaṃkalpaḥ parasaṃprāpaṇāṅgam, tena yathādhigamaṃ vyavasthāpya vāksamutthāpanāt /

U3 正語正業正命

(c-e) samyagvākkarmāntājīvāḥ parasaṃpratyayāṅgam, tair yathākramam adhigantuḥ parair dṛṣṭyādiviśuddhiniścayanāt / tatra samyagvācādhigamānurūpapraśnavyākaraṇasāṃkathyaviniścayenāsya darśanaviśuddhir vijñāyate / samyakkarmāntenābhikramapratikramādiṣu saṃpannacāritratayā śīlaviśuddhiḥ samyagā[T. 81A]jīvena yathānujñaṃ dharmeṇa cīvarādiparyeṣaṇād ājīvaviśuddhir iti /

U4 正精進

(f) samyagvyāyāmaḥ kleśāvaraṇaviśodhanāṅgam, tenāśeṣasaṃyojanaprahāṇāt /

U5 正念

(g) samyaksmṛtir upakleśāvaraṇaviśodhanāṅgam, tayā samyakśamathādinimittāsaṃpramoṣeṇa layādyupakleśānavakā[Ms. 82B]śāt /

U6 正定

(h) samyaksamādhir vaiśeṣikaguṇāvaraṇaviśodhanāṅgam, tenābhijñādiguṇābhinirharaṇāt /

S3 助伴（缺）S4 修習

(iv) bhāvanā bodhyaṅgavat, tadyathā samyagdṛṣṭiṃ bhāvayati vivekaniśritām iti vistaraḥ / teṣāṃ ca padānām arthaḥ yathānirdiṣṭaṃ purastāt tathānugantavyaḥ //

S5 修果（缺）P2 四種正行（分二）Q1 標（缺）Q2 釋

§ 97-98. pratipadāṃ dharmapadānāṃ ca pūrvavad arthanirdeśo veditavyaḥ / duḥkhā pratipad anāgamyārūpyaniśritā yathākramaṃ śamathavi[Ch. 741B]paśyanāmā ndyāt / (ii) sukhā dhyānaniśritā yuganaddhavāhitvāt (iii) dhandhābhijñā dvayor apy anayor duḥkhasukhaniśrayayor mṛdvindriyāṇām / (iv) kṣiprābhijñā tayor eva tīkṣṇendriyāṇām iti //

P3 四種法跡（分二）Q1 標（缺）Q2 釋（缺）P4 奢摩他毗缽舍那（分三）Q1 明奢摩他九種住心

§ 99. śamathaḥ navakāracittasthitiḥ / tatra (i) bāhyālaṃbanebhyaḥ pratisaṃhṛtyādhyātmam avikṣepāpāditaś cittasyopanibandhaḥ sthāpanā / (ii) tasya cittasyaivam ādita upanibaddhasya calasyaudārikasya tasminn evālaṃbane saṃtatiyogena sūkṣmīkaraṇena cābhisaṃkṣepaḥ saṃsthāpanā / (iii) tasya smṛtisaṃpramoṣād bahirdhā vikṣiptasya punaḥ pratisaṃharaṇam avasthāpanā / (iv) ādita eva tasya cittasya bahiravisārāyopasthitasmṛtitopasthāpanā / (v) pūrvam eva vikṣepanimitteṣu rūpādiṣv ādīnavasaṃjñām adhipatiṃ kṛtvā cittasya prasarādānaṃ damanam / (vi) cetaḥsaṃkṣobhakareṣu vitarkopa kleśe[T. 81B]ṣv ādīnavadarśanena prasarādānaṃ śamanam / (vii) smṛtisaṃpramoṣād vitarkādisamudācāre sati tadanadhivāsanā vyupaśamanam / (viii) abhisaṃskāreṇa [Ms. 83A] niśchidranirantarasamādhipravāhāvasthāpanā ekotīkaraṇam / (ix) svabhyastatvādanabhisaṃskāreṇānābhogena cittasamādhipravāhasyāvikṣepeṇa pravṛttiḥ samādhānam iti //

Q2 明毗缽舍那四種觀行

§ 100. vipaśyanā yathāpi taddharmān vicinotīty evamādiḥ / tatra caritaviśodhanam ālaṃbanaṃ kauśalyālaṃbanaṃ vā kleśaviśodhanaṃ vā yāvadbhāvikatayā vicinoti, yathāvadbhāvikatayā pravicinoti, [Ch. 741C] savikalpena manaskāreṇa prajñāsahagatena nimittīkurvan parivitarkayati, saṃntīrayan parimīmāṃsām āpadyata iti //

Q3 合解（分二）R1 標（缺）R2 釋（分四）S1 第一類（缺）S2 第二類（缺）S3 第三類（缺）S4 第四類

api khalu [śamatha]vipaśyanām āgamya catvāro mārgā iti catvāro mārgopadeśanām adhikṛtya / tatra prathamaḥ śamathasya lābhitvād abhiniṣīdann eva cittaṃ sthāpayati yāvat samādhatte, vipaśyānāyā alābhitvāt tu samādhiṃ niśritya paścāt tathāniṣaṇṇas tān dharmān vicinoti yāvat parimīmāṃsām āpadyate / dvitīyo viparyayeṇa veditavyaḥ / tṛtīyā ubhayasyālābhy ubhayatra yogaṃ karoti / kathaṃ kṛ[Ms. 83B]tvā, śrutodgrahaṇamukhena vivaśyanāyāṃ yogaṃ karoti tatpūrvakaṃ ca śamathe / caturtha ubhayasya lābhāt //

P5 三無漏根（分二）Q1 標（缺）Q2 釋（分三）R1 未知當知根

§ 101 (i) [As. p. 76] ajñātam ājñā[T. 82A]syāmīndriyaṃ prayogamārge nirvedhabhāgīyasaṃgṛhīte pañcadaśasu ca darśanamārgacittakṣaṇeṣu yad indriyam, tadyathā manaindriyam, pañca śraddhādīni, anāgamyādiniśrayabhedena yathāsaṃbhavaṃ sukhasaumanasyadaurmanasyopekṣendriyāṇāṃ cānyatamam / daurmanasyendriyaṃ punaḥ prayogakāle nirvedhabhāgīyapṛṣṭhenottaravimokṣaspṛhāsaṃgṛhītaṃ veditavyam / tad etat saṃbhavato daśavidham indriyam anājñātapūrvasya tattvasyājñāyai pravṛttatvād anājñātam ājñāsyāmīndriyam ity ucyate /

R2 已知根

(ii) etad eva daśavidham indriyaṃ ṣoḍaśād darśanamārgacittakṣaṇād yāvad vajropamaḥ samādhir ity etasmin śaikṣamārge ājñendriyam ity ucyate, apūrvajñeyābhāvāt /

R3 具知根

(iii) etad eva [Ch. 742A] punar navavidham indriyaṃ daurmanasyendriyavarjam aśaikṣamārge ājñātāvīndriyam ity ucyate, ājñātāvino 'rhata indriyam iti kṛtvā //

N2 釋修義（分二）O1 釋依初靜慮道修欲繫善根

§ 102. bhāvanā[Ms. 84A]mārgādhikāreṇedam api vakṣyate /

O2 例釋依一切上地道修下善根

ūrdhvabhūmike mārge saṃmukhībhāvena bhāvyamāne 'saṃmukhībhūtāny apy adhobhūmikāni kuśalamūlakāni bhāvanāṃ gacchanti, teṣu vibhutvalābhāt / vibhutvaṃ punar uttaptasaṃmukhībhāvena vaśitā veditavyā //

J5 究竟道（分二）K1 問

§ 103. niṣṭhāmārgaḥ

K2 答（分二）L1 總標（分二）M1 例諸究竟道法

sarvadauṣṭhulyānāṃ pratiprasrabdher iti vistaraḥ //

M2 別釋十無學法（缺）L2 別解（分八）M1 一切麤重

§ 104. tatra [T. 82B] sarvadauṣṭhulyāni caturviṃtir bhavanti /

tadyathā (i) sarvatragam abhilāpadauṣṭhulyaṃ yā cakṣurādisarvadharmanām ābhiniveśavāsanālayavijñāne saṃniviṣṭānādikālānusṛtā, yāsāv ucyate prapañcavāsaneti, yataś cakṣurādayo dharmāḥ sanāmābhiniveśāḥ punaḥ punaḥ pravartanta iti / (ii) veditadauṣṭhulyaṃ sāsravāṇāṃ vedanānāṃ vāsanā / (iii) kle[Ch. 742B]śadauṣṭhulyaṃ kleśānām anuśayaḥ / (iv) karmadauṣṭhulyaṃ sāsravāṇāṃ karmaṇāṃ vāsanā / (v) vipākadauṣṭhulyaṃ vipākasyākarmaṇyatā / (vi) kleśāvaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ tīvrāyatakleśatā / (vii) karmāvaraṇadauṣṭhalyaṃ mārgāntarāyikānanta[Ms. 84B]ryādikakarmāvṛtatā / (viii) vipākāvaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ satyābhisamayavidhuranārakādyātmabhāvapratilambhaḥ / (ix) nivaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ kuśalapakṣaprayogāntarāyikakāmachandādyabhibhūtatā / (x) vitarkadauṣṭhulyaṃ pravrajyābhirativibandhakāmavitarkādyabhibhūtatā / (xi) āhāradauṣṭhulyam atyalpabahubhojananena prayogāyogyatā / (xii) maithunadauṣṭhulyaṃ dvayadvayasamāpattikṛtā kāyacittavyathā / [T. 83A] (xiii) svapnadauṣṭhulyaṃ middhakṛtamāśrayajāḍyam / (xiv) vyādhidauṣṭhulyaṃ dhātuvaiṣamyakṛtāsvasthatā / (xv) jarādauṣṭhulyaṃ bhūtavipariṇāmakṛtā 'vidheyatā / (xvi) maraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ mriyamāṇasya sarvendriyākulatā / (xvii) pariśramadauṣṭhulyamatigamanādikṛto 'ṅgamardaḥ / (xviii) dṛḍhadauṣṭhulyaṃ yathāsaṃbhavam etad evābhilāpadauṣṭhulyādikam aparinirvāṇavatām / (xix-xxi) audārikamadhyasūkṣmadauṣṭhulyāni yathākramaṃ kāmarūpārūpyāvacarāṇi veditavyāni / (xxii) kleśāvaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ śrāvakapratyekabuddhabodhi[vi]pakṣaḥ / (xxiii) samāpattyāvaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ navā[nu]pūrvasamāpattyabhinirhāra[vi]pakṣaḥ / (xxiv) jñe[Ms. 85A]yāvaraṇadauṣṭhulyaṃ sarvajñatāvipakṣaḥ / ity evam eṣāṃ yathāyogaṃ sarvadauṣṭhulyānāṃ pratiprasrabdher niṣṭhāmārgaḥ / yathoktaṃ--"tasya cetovimukteḥ pāripūryā prajñāvimukteḥ pāripūryā kāyadauṣṭhulyānāṃ pratiprasrabdheḥ / smṛtyā samanvāgamahetor evam asya prathamaṃ dvāraṃ sudāntaṃ bhavati suguptaṃ surakṣitaṃ susaṃvṛtaṃ subhāṣitam, yaduta cakṣurvijñeyeṣu rūpeṣv evaṃ [T. 83B] yāvan mano vijñeyeṣu dharmeṣv" iti //

M2 繫得（缺）M3 離繫得（缺）M4 金剛喻定（分二）N1 出體

§ 105. vajropamaḥ samādhir bhāvanāmārgasyāntyā prahāṇamārgāvasthā veditavyā /

N2 釋（分二）O1 以二道釋（分二）P1 總標（缺）P2 別釋（缺）O2 以四義釋（分二）P1 標

[Ch. 742C] sa ca samādhir nirantaras tatpravāhasya laukikena mārgeṇāntarākhaṇḍanāt / dṛḍhaḥ sarvāvaraṇair acchidraṇāt sarvāvaraṇabheditayā ca sāratvāt / ekarasa iti nirvikalpaikarasatvāt / vyāpī sarvajñeyasāmānyatathatālaṃbanatvāt /

P2 引經證

etad arthapratibimbanārthaṃ [As. p. 77] bhagavatoktam--tadyathā mahāśailaḥ parvato 'khaṇḍo 'cchidro 'śuṣira ekaghanaḥ susaṃvṛta iti //

M5 無間轉依（分二）N1 標

§ 106. nirantarāśrayaparivṛttividhāśaikṣamārgalābhinaḥ /

N2 釋

(i) cittāśrayaparivṛttir dharmatā, cittasya prakṛtiprabhāsvarasyāśeṣāgantukopakleśā[Ms. 85B]pagamādyā parivṛttiḥ, tathatāparivṛttir ity arthaḥ / (ii) mārgāśrayaparivṛttiḥ pūrvaṃ laukiko mārgo 'bhisamayakāle lokottaratvena parivṛtaḥ śaikṣaś cocyate sāvaśeṣakaraṇīyatvāt / yadā tu nirhatāśeṣavipakṣo bhavati traidhātukavairāgyāt tadāsya mārgasvabhāvasyāśrayasya paripūrṇā parivṛttir vyavasthāpyate / (iii) dauṣṭhulyāśrayaparivṛttir ālayavijñānasya sarvakleśānuśayāpagamena parivṛttir veditavyā //

M6 盡智

§ 107. kṣaye sati, viṣaye vā tasmin yaj jñānaṃ kṣayajñānam etad uktaṃ bhavati /[T. 84A] niravaśeṣaṃ prakṣīṇe samudaye yaj jñānaṃ tadavasthasya hetunirodhālaṃbanaṃ vā kṣayajñānam iti //

M7 無生智

§ 108. tathānutpāde sati viṣaye vā tasmin yaj jñānam anutpādajñānam āyatyāṃ sarvasya duḥkhasyātyantam anutpattidharmatāyāṃ satyāṃ yaj jñānam anyasatyālaṃbanam iti / yad vā duḥkhasatyānutpādālaṃbanaṃ tad anutpādajñānam ity arthaḥ //

M8 十無學法

§ 109. daśāśaikṣā dharmā aśaikṣāñ chīlādīn pañca skandhān adhikṛtya / tatra (i) aśaikṣā samyagvākka[Ch. 743A]rmāntājīvā aśaikṣaśīlaskandhaḥ / (ii) samyaksmṛtisamādhiḥ samādhiskandhaḥ / [Ms. 87A] (iii) samyagdṛṣṭisaṃkalpavyāyāmāḥ prajñāskandhaḥ / (iv) samyagvimuktir vimuktiskandhaḥ / (v) samyagjñānaṃ vimuktir jñānadarśanaskandha iti //

G3 辨四行相（分二）H1 總標

§ 110. punar mārgasatyasya catvāra ākārāś catvāri lakṣaṇāni /

H2 別釋（分四）I1 道相

tatra (i) tattvārthaṃ mārgayaty aneti mārgaḥ /

I2 如相

(ii) aya[thā]bhūtānāṃ kleśānāṃ pratipakṣatvāt nyāyaḥ /

I3 行相

(iii) tattvānavabodhadoṣeṇānityādiviparyāsair viparyastasya cittasyāviparyāse tattvāvabodhe pratipādanāt pratipat /

I4 出相

(iv) nitya ātyantike niḥsaraṇapade yānān nairyāṇika iti //

E3 問答分別十六行世出世間有何差別（分二）F1 問答世出世行差別（分二）G1 問（缺）G2 答（分二）H1 標三因（缺）H2 釋（分二）I1 世間行

§ 111. duḥkhādisatyeṣv anityādayaḥ ṣoḍaśākārā laukikā lokottarāś ca santi / tatra (i) laukikā jñeye 'praviṣṭāḥ [T. 84B] sāvaraṇāḥ savikalpāś ca, tathatāyā aprativedhāt kleśānuśayitvād abhilāpamukhena prapañcanāc ca yathākramam /

I2 出世間行

(ii) viparyayeṇa lokottarāḥ supraviṣṭā nirāvaraṇāś ca santo nirvikalpatayā laukikebhyo viśiṣyante /

F2 釋出世行無分別而善悟入（分二）G1 約無常行釋

kathaṃ punar ete 'vikalpayanto jñeyeṣu praviṣṭā bhavanti / [Ms. 86B] yasmād eteṣu vartamāno 'nityārthaṃ paśyati sākṣādanubhavati, na tv anityam iti paśyaty abhilāpaprapañcamukheneti / evaṃ duḥkhādiṣv ākāreṣu yojayitavyam //。

G2 例餘行（缺）

III

[dharmaviniścayo nāma tṛtīyaḥ samuccayaḥ]

D2 法品（分二）E1 問（缺）E2 答（分二）F1 明三乘通法（分三）G1 因前所詮諦理辨能詮教法（分二）H1 明十二分教（分二）I1 總標（缺）I2 別釋（分十二）J1 契經（分二）K1 正釋（缺）K2 因解如來說法十利

§ 112. [As. p. 78, Ch. 743B] dharmaviniścaye dharmo dvādaśāṅgaṃ vacogatam // § 113. tatra sūtraṃ yad abhipretārthasūcanākāreṇa gadyabhāṣitam / kiṃ punaḥ kāraṇaṃ tathāgatas tam abhipretam arthaṃ vivṛtyaiva na deśayatīty āha daśānuśaṃsān saṃpaśyaṃs tathāgataḥ sūcanākāreṇa dharmaṃ deśayati (i) sukhaṃ vyavasthāpayati, daiśikair hi, bahudhā vyavasthāpya prāpaṇīyasyārthasya, saṃkṣipyākṛcchreṇa vyavasthāpanāt / (ii) sukhaṃ deśayati, alpena mahato 'rthavistarasya pratyāyanāt, tadyathā sthāpayati saṃsthāpayatīty evamādi / (iii) śrotāpi sukham udgṛhṇāti / (iv) dharmagauravatayā kṣipraṃ saṃbhārān paripūrayati, bhāvagamyo 'yaṃ dharma ity avagamya jātāsthasya[T.85A] tasmin dharme ādaramukhena śraddhādisaṃbhāraparipūraṇāt / (v) āśu dharmatāṃ pratividhyati, tathādaraprayogiṇaḥ prajñāyāḥ taikṣṇībhāvāt / (vi-viii) ratneṣv ave[Ms. 87A]tya prasādaṃ pratilabhate, deśanāyāḥ suvyavasthitabhāvagamena daiśikādiṣv abhiprasādotpādāt / (ix) paramadṛṣṭadharmasukhavihāraṃ spṛśati, abhiprāyārthaṃ tīvreṇa yogena cintayitvā labdhavataḥ prāmodyaviśeṣādhigamāt / (x) sāṃka[Ch. 743C]thyaviniścayena (a) satāṃ cittam ārādhayati, gūḍhārthavivaraṇāt, ata eva (b) paṇḍitaḥ paṇḍita iti saṃkhyāṃ gacchati, yaśo 'sya samantān niścaratīty arthaḥ / ubhayaṃ caitat paścimam abhisamayaiko 'nuśaṃso draṣṭavyaḥ //

J2 應頌（分二）K1 第一義（缺）K2 第二義（缺）J3 記別（分二）K1 第一義（缺）K2 第二義

§ 114. nītārthaṃ sūtraṃ vyākaraṇam tena vivṛtyābhisaṃdhivyākaraṇāt //

J4 諷誦（缺）J5 自說

§ 115. udānaṃ yad āttamanaskenodāhṛtam tadyathā yadā ime prādurbhavanti dharmā ity evamādi //

J6 緣起（分二）K1 第一義

§ 116. nidānaṃ yat kiṃcid eva pudgalam uddiśya bhāṣitaṃ

K2 第二義

sotpattikaśikṣāprajñaptikabhāṣitaṃ vā, tadyathāsmin nidāne 'smin prakaraṇa iti vistaraḥ //

J7 譬喻

§ 117. avadānaṃ sadṛṣṭāntakaṃ bhāṣitam, tenārthavyavadānād abhivyañjanād ity arthaḥ //

J8 本事（缺）J9 本生（缺）J10 方廣（分二）K1 總出體（缺）K2 釋異名（分二）L1 標三名（缺）L2 問答辨（分三）M1 方廣（缺）M2 廣破（缺）M3 無比

§ 118. [As. p. 79] vaipulyaṃ vaidalyaṃ vaitulyam ity ete mahāyānasya paryāyāḥ, [T. 85B] tad etat saptavidhamahattvayogān mahattvayānam ity ucyate / saptavidhaṃ [Ms. 87B] mahatvam--(i) ālaṃbanamahattvaṃ śatasāhasrikādisūtrāparimitadeśanādharmālaṃbanād bodhisattvamārgasya / (ii) pratipattimahattvaṃ sakalasvaparārtha[Ch. 744A]pratipatteḥ / (iii) jñānamahatvaṃ pudgaladharmanairātmyajñānāt / (iv) vīryamahattvaṃ triṣu mahākalpāsaṃkhyeyeṣv anekaduṣkaraśatasahasraprayogāt / (v) upāyakauśalyamahattvaṃ saṃsāranirvāṇāpratiṣṭhānāt / (vi) prāptimahattvaṃ balavaiśāradyāveṇikabuddhadharmādyaprameyāsaṃkhyeyaguṇādhigamāt / (vii) karmamahattvaṃ yāvatsaṃsāraṃ bodhyādisandarśanena buddhakāryānuṣṭhānād iti //

J11 希法（缺）J12 論議

§ 119. upadeśo yatrāviparītena dharmalakṣaṇena sūtrādīnām arthanirdeśaḥ /

H2 明三藏相攝及建立義（分三）I1 三二藏相攝（分二）J1 明三二藏（缺）J2 明教藏相攝

§ 120 (i) nidānaṃ sotpattikaśikṣāprajñaptibhāṣitasaṃgṛhītaṃ vinayapiṭakam, avadānādikaṃ tasya parivāro veditavyaḥ / (ii) adbhutadharmāṇāṃ bodhisattvasūtrapiṭake saṃgrahaṇam, teṣāṃ viśeṣeṇācintyodāraprabhāvaviśeṣayogāt / (iii) upadeśa ubhayatra śrāvakayāne mahāyāne cābhidharmapiṭakam //

I2 建立三藏所因（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分三）K1 第一釋

§ 121A (i) sūtrapiṭakavyavasthānaṃ vicikitsopakleśapratipakṣeṇa vineyānām utpa[Ms. 88A]nnānutpannasaṃśayacchedādhikāreṇa sūtra[T. 86A]geyādideśanāt / (ii) vinayapiṭakavyavasthānam antadvayānuyogopakleśapratipakṣeṇa, saṃnidhikāraparibhogādipratikṣepāt śatasāhasrakavastrānujñānāc ca / antadvayaṃ punaḥ kāmasukhallikānta ātmaklamathāntaś ca / (iii) [Ch. 774B] abhidharmavyavasthānaṃ svayaṃdṛṣṭiparāmarśopakleśapratipakṣeṇa, tatra vistareṇa dharmalakṣaṇasthāpanāt //

K2 第二釋

§ 121B. (i) punaḥ sūtrapiṭakaṃ niśritya vineyāḥ śikṣātraye vyutpadyante, tatra tasya vistareṇodbhāvitatvāt / (ii) vinayaṃ niśrityādhiśīlam adhicittaṃ śikṣāṃ niṣpādayanti, tatra prātimokṣasaṃvaraśikṣāmārgopadeśaniśrayeṇa śīlapariśodhanāt tatpariśuddhikṛtāvipratisārādyānupūrvyā ca cittasamādhānāt / (iii) abhidharmaniśrityādhiprajñaṃ śikṣāṃ niṣpādayanti, tatra vistareṇa dharmapravicayopāyopadeśād iti ato 'pi piṭakatrayavyavasthānam //

K3 第三釋

§ 121C. (i) punaḥ sūtrapiṭakaṃ niśritya granthārthavyutpattiḥ / (ii) [As. p. 80] vinayaṃ niśritya tadubhayasākṣātkriyā, śikṣāpratipattiprabhāvi[ta]tvād vinayasya / tato [Ms. 88B] dharmārthayoḥ sākṣātkriyāyāḥ padasthānam ity ucyate āśrayārthena / (iii) abhidharmaṃ niśritya parasparaṃ sāṃkathyaviniścayakṛtena dharmasaṃbhogena [T. 86B] sparśavihāro bhavati, tatra bahuprakāraṃ dharmāṇāṃ svalakṣaṇādidharmatāyā vyutpādanāt // § 122. etāny eva trīṇi piṭakāni caturaśītidharmaskandhasahasrāṇi bhavanti, śrāvakayānādhikāreṇa yāni sthavirānandenodgṛhītāni // kiṃ punar ekasya dharmaskandha[sya] parimāṇam / daśaśatasaṃkhyo dharmaskandhaḥ sahasrasaṃkhya ity arthaḥ / yady evaṃ sahasrasaṃkhya ity evaṃ kiṃ nocyate / sāhasrikaikaskandhavyavasthāne prayojanajñāpanārtham / tathāhy ekādivṛddhyā daśasaṃkhyā śatasaṃkhyā sahasrādisaṃkhyāḥ / taddaśaśatasaṃkhyā upaniṣado draṣṭavyāḥ / tadyathā daśa śatāni sahasram, śataṃ sahasrāṇāṃ śatasahasram, śataṃ śatasahasrāṇāṃ koṭir ity evaṃ sarvāsūttarāsu saṃkhyāsv avaśyam anayoḥ daśaśatasaṃkhyayor anyataropaniṣad bhavati / ata ete eva samasya daśaśatāny eko dharmaskandho vyavasthāpyate / anayā ca gaṇanayā caturaśītidharma[Ch. 744C]skandhasaha[Ms. 89A] srāṇy aṣṭau koṭyaḥ catvāriṃśac ca lakṣā bhavanti //

G2 乘前所辨以顯能所緣行法（分二）H1 明資糧位（分三）I1 辨三藏法能緣之體（分二）J1 問

§ 123. sa eṣa piṭakatrayasaṃgṛhīto dharmaḥ kasya gocaraḥ /

J2 答

śrutamayādīnāṃ cittacaitasikānāṃ gocara ālaṃbanam ity arthaḥ /

etat prasaṃgena sālaṃbanādilakṣaṇānāṃ cittacaitasikānāṃ dharmam ārabhyālaṃbanādikaṃ vyavasthāpyate /

I2 辨於法能緣行相事（分二）J1 引經四義（缺）J2 別釋之

tatra (i) dharme [T. 87A] teṣāṃ kim ālaṃbanam / sūtrādi nāmapadavyañjanakāyasaṃgṛhītā sūtrādideśanety arthaḥ / (ii) ākāraḥ, yān skandhādīn arthaprakārān ārabhya sā deśanā, tadākārās te cittacaitasikā veditavyāḥ / (iii) āśrayaḥ paravijñaptismṛtir vāsanā ca / tatra deśanākāle paravijñaptir āśrayo yo 'sāv ucyate parato ghoṣata iti tata uttarakālaṃ smṛtir āśrayo yathāśrutam anusmṛtyābhyasanāt / tata uttarakālaṃ vāsanāśrayas tadanusmṛtim antareṇāpi paścād abhyāsabhāvanābalena pratibhāsanād iti / (iv) saṃprayogaḥ cittacaitasikānām anyonyasahāyabhāvena sūtrādyālaṃbane skandhādipratisaṃyuktārthākāraiḥ saṃpratipattiḥ //

I3 別顯於法所緣差別（分二）J1 問

§ 124. dharme ālaṃbana[Ms. 89B]prabhedo

J2 答（分二）K1 標

vyāpyālaṃbanādikaś caturvidhaḥ //

K2 釋（分二）L1 釋徧滿所緣定止觀體（分三）M1 標列

(i) vyāpyālaṃbanaṃ punaḥ savikalpapratibimbādibhedena caturvidham /

M2 別釋（分四）N1 有分別影像所緣

tatra (a) adhimuktimanaskāra ekāntalaukiko yo manaskāraḥ /

N2 無分別影像所緣

(b) tattvamanaskāro lokottaras tatpṛṣṭhalabdhaś ca /

N3 事邊際所緣（分二）O1 標（缺）O2 釋（分二）P1 盡所有性

(c) yāvadbhāvikatayā dharmāṇām etāvanti sarvadharmavastuni yaj jñeyavyavasthānam tadyathā skandhadhātvāyatanāni /

P2 如所有性

[Ch. 745A] yathāvadbhāvikatayā ebhiḥ prakāraiḥ sujñeyam iti / tadyathā [T. 87B] satyamukhena tāny eva skandhadhātvāyatanāni yathāsaṃbhavaṃ duḥkhato jñeyāni yāvan mārgataḥ / ākāramukhenaikaikaṃ satyaṃ caturbhir ākārair jñeyam, aviśeṣataś ca sarvāṇi tathatākāreṇa / dharmoddānādhikāreṇa vānityataḥ sarvasaṃskārā jñeyā yāvac chāntato nirvāṇam / vimokṣādhi kāreṇa vā śūnyato yāvad animitta[ta] iti //

N4 所作成就所緣

(a) kāryapariniṣpattir āśrayapariniṣpattiḥ, parinivṛttāśrayasyāviparītālaṃbanasaṃprakhyānāt /

M3 明如所有性中十六行與三解脫相攝

yathāvadbhāvikatāyā nirdaśe ṣoḍaśaprakārā uktās trayaś ca vimokṣākārāḥ teṣāṃ cānyonyasaṃgrahaḥ / kathaṃ kṛtvā / ṣo[Ms. 90A]ḍaśānām ākārāṇāṃ dvau śūnyatākārau--śūnyākārānātmākāraś ca / ṣaḍapraṇihitākārāḥ--anityākārā duḥkhākāro hetusamudayaprabhavapratyayākārāś ca, tais traidhātuke 'praṇidhānāt / aṣṭāv animittākārāḥ śeṣāḥ nirodhamārgayor nimittīkartum aśakyatvāt //

L2 釋後三所緣明正修行（分三）M1 淨行所緣初位修

(ii) caritaviśodhanam ālaṃbanaṃ rāgacaritādīnām aśubhādi, tenotsadarāgādyupaśamanāt //

M2 善巧所緣中位修（分二）N1 總標（缺）N2 逐難釋（分二）O1 處非處善巧應云何觀（缺）O2 緣起善巧與處非處善巧差別

(iii) avidyādayo dharmāḥ saṃskārādīn dharmān abhiṣyandayanti, na hy eṣāṃ nirhetuka utpādo nāpīśvarādiviṣamahetuka iti yaj jñānam idaṃ pratī[T. 88A]tyasamutpādakauśalyam / [Ch. 745B] dharmamātrahetukatve 'pi saty anurūpād dhetor anurūpasyaiva phalasyotpattiḥ, tadyathā sucaritasyeṣṭo vipāko duścaritasyāniṣṭa ity evamādi yaj jñānam idaṃ sthānāsthānakauśalyaṃ veditavyam //

M3 淨惑所緣後位修

(iv) kleśaviśodhanam ālaṃbanaṃ laukikamārgādhikāreṇādhaūrdhvabhūmīnām audārikaśāntatā, tena paryavasthānaviṣkambhaṇāt / lokottaramārgādhikāreṇa samāsa[Ms. 90B]tas tathatā, vyāsena catvāry āryasatyāni, tenānuśayasamudghātāt /

H2 明加行位（分三）I1 明加行位方便即四道理（分二）J1 標

§ 125. sūtrādidharmavicārāṇāṃ saṃbnadhena catasro yuktayo varṇyante, tābhis tadvicāraṇāt //

J2 釋（分四）K1 觀待道理

tatra (i) apekṣāyuktir yā saṃskārāṇām utpattau pratyayāpekṣā, tadyathāṅkurasyotpattau bījodakakṣetrāṇy apekṣyante, vijñānasyendriyārthamanaskārā ity evamādi /

K2 作用道理

(ii) kāryakāraṇayuktis tadyathā cakṣurādīnāṃ cakṣurvijñānādyāśrayabhāvaḥ rūpādīnām ālaṃbanabhāvaḥ, cakṣurvijñānādīnāṃ rūpādiprativijñāpanam, suvarṇakārādīnāṃ ca śilpināṃ suvarṇādighaṭanam ity evamādi /

K3 證成道理

(iii) upapattisādhanayuktisvabhāvaviśeṣasaṃgṛhītasya sādhyasyārthasya pratyakṣādi[T. 88B]pramāṇāviruddhaḥ pratijñādyupadeśaḥ /

K4 法爾道理

(iv) dharmatāyuktis tadyathāgninā dāhaḥ, udakena kleda ity evamādikā prasiddhā dharmāṇāṃ dharmatā / yathoktaṃ cakṣuḥ samṛddhaṃ śūnyaṃ nityena yāvad ātmīyena / tat kasya hetoḥ / prakṛtir asyaiṣeti //。

I2 正明四加行（分二）J1 四尋思（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 標（缺）L2 釋（分四）M1 名尋思

§ 126. (i) nāmaparyeṣaṇā [Ch. 745C] nāmakāyādīnāṃ prajñaptisattvād apariniṣpannam eṣāṃ svalakṣaṇam [As. p. 82] iti yā vicāraṇā /

M2 事尋思

(ii) vastuparyeṣa[Ms. 91A]ṇā skandhādīnāṃ tathāpariniṣpattir yathā nāmakāyādibhir abhilapyanta iti yā saṃtīraṇā parīkṣaṇety arthaḥ /

M3 自體假立尋思

(iii) svabhāvaprajñaptiparyeṣaṇā yābhidhānābhidheyasaṃbandhe svabhāvaprajñaptimātrasya vyavahāranimittatvena saṃtīraṇā / abhidhānābhidheyasaṃbandhaḥ / punar anyonyasaṃpratyayanimittatvam / tathāhi vyutpannavyavahārasyābhidhānamātraṃ śrutvā tadabhidheye saṃpratyaya utpadyate smṛtimukhena, abhidheyaṃ vā punar upalabhya tadabhidhāne / ity evaṃvidhe saṃbandhe prasiddhe cakṣur ity evamādisvalakṣaṇaprajñaptimātraṃ tadākhyāmāṃsapiṇḍādivyavahārasya nimittaṃ bhavatīti yā parīkṣeyam ucyate svabhāvaprajñaptiparyeṣaṇā /

M4 差別假立尋思

(vi) viśeṣaprajñaptiparyeṣaṇā yā tathaivābhidhānābhidheyasaṃbandhe nityānityottarānuttararūpyasanidarśanānidarśanatā[T. 89A]diviśeṣalakṣaṇaprajñaptimātrasya vyavahāranimittatā saṃtīraṇā //

J2 四如實智（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 標（缺）L2 釋（分四）M1 名尋思所引如實智（缺）M2 事尋思所引如實智（缺）M3 自體假立尋思所引如實智（缺）M4 差別假立尋思所引如實智

§ 127. catvāri yathābhūtaparijñānāni yathāparyeṣitāni nāmādyanupalabdhijñānāni //

I3 明五瑜伽通前方便根本二加行位能入見道（分二）J1 問

§ 128. [Ch. 746A] samādhiprayuktasya yo[Ms. 91B]gabhūmiḥ

J2 答（分二）K1 標

pañcākārādhārādiḥ /

K2 釋（分五）L1 持

tatra (i) ādhāro yādṛśaṃ bāhuśrutyaṃ śamathavipaśyanayoḥ pratiṣṭhā bhavaty ālaṃbanayogena tad ādhāra ity ucyate / tat punaḥ saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārasya satyābhisamayam adhikṛtyodgṛhītaṃ yat sūtrādikaṃ śrutam /

L2 任（作）

(ii) ādhānaṃ tadālaṃbano yoniśomanaskāraḥ, tena tasmin bāhuśrutye 'viparītārthacittākāreṇa cittākaraṇāt /

L3 鏡

(iii) ādarśas tad bāhuśrutyālaṃbanaḥ sahanimittena samādhiḥ, jñeyavastusabhāgapratibimbākāra ity arthaḥ / ādarśatvaṃ punar asya tena jñeyabimbaparīkṣaṇād veditavyam /

L4 明（分二）M1 正釋

(iv) āloko grāhyagrāhakānupalabdhijñānaṃ darśanamārgasaṃgṛhītaṃ pratyakṣavṛttitvād iti / kathaṃ ca punaḥ bodhisattva ekasyāṃ yaugabhūmau prayukto nopalambhaṃ spṛśati saṃbhṛtapuṇyajñānasaṃbhāro bodhisattvaḥ kalpāsaṃkhyeyaniryātas tathāprativedhānukūlaṃ śrutaṃ yoniśomanasikurvan samādhiṃ niṣpādayati / sa evaṃ samāhite citte yaj jñeyapratibimbaṃ, niśritya dhyāyati tat ta[Ms. 92B]smāt samāhitā[T. 89B]c cittād ananyad iti saṃpaśyaṃs tasmin pratibimbe viṣayasaṃjñāṃ vyāvartya tadākāraṃ svasaṃjñāmātram avadhārayati / tadā cāsau svacittamātrāvasthānād adhyātma sthitacitto bhavan sarvathā grāhyabhāvaṃ prativedayate / tataś ca grāhyābhāvād grāhakam api na pariniṣpannam iti tasyāpy abhāvaṃ parivedayate / tataḥ pratyātmaṃ tadubhayasvabhāvopalambhāpagatam anupalambham adhigacchati /

M2 引經證

etad eva cādhikṛtyoktaṃ bhagavatā pratibimbaṃ manaḥ paśyann iti vistaraḥ /

L5 依

(v) [As. p. 83] āśrayaḥ āśrayaparivṛttiḥ, dauṣṭhulyāpagamāt pariśuddha āśraya ity arthaḥ / sā ceyaṃ yogabhūmir hetutaḥ phalataś ca nirdiṣṭā veditavyā / tatrādhārādibhiś caturbhir hetunirdeśaḥ paścimenaikena phalanirdeśa iti //

G3 合辨文義等善巧（分二）H1 明善巧（分五）I1 問答法善巧

§ 129. [Ch. 746B] yad uktaṃ sthavirānandena--pañcabhir āyuṣmañ chāriputradharmaiḥ samanvāgato bhikṣur laghu ca gṛhṇātīty atra sūtre tair eva pañcabhir dharmair laghugrahaṇādīni catvāri yathāyogaṃ veditavyāni / catvāri kathaṃ kṛtvā / (i) dharmakuśalo laghu gṛhṇāti bāhuśrutyāt prāyeṇa bhinna[Ms. 92B]padavyañjanatayā /

I2 問答義善巧

(ii) arthakuśalo bahu gṛhṇāti, abhidharmādilakṣaṇajñatvāt, skandhadhātvādikathāvastvadhikāreṇa prabhūtagranthasaṃkalanataḥ /

I3 問答文善巧（缺）I4 問答詞善巧

(iii) vyañjanakuśalo (iv) niruktikulaś ca sūdgṛhītaṃ gṛhṇāti, suniruktavyañjana[T. 90A]jñatvād ātmātmeti janapadaniruktim anabhiniviśyānuvyavahārajñatvāc ca granthārthayor aviparītagrahaṇataḥ /

I5 問答前際後際密意善巧

(v) pūrvāntāparāntānusaṃdhikuśala udgṛhītaṃ na nāśayati, pūrvam udgahītān dharmān niśritya paścān niḥsartavyam iti buddhābhisaṃdhijñatvād adhigamena tatsārādānataḥ //

H2 明住法（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答（分二）J1 釋住不住法（分二）K1 不名住法（缺）K2 住法

§ 130. dharmavihārī bhikṣur dharmavihāribhikṣur iti bhadantocyata ity atra sūtre bhagavatā samastena śrutacintābhāvanāvihāreṇa dharmavihārī bhavati, nānyataraprayogamātreṇeti saṃdarśitam /

J2 因釋聞思修（分二）K1 釋聞思

tatra paryāptisvādhyāya[Ch. 746C]deśanābahulā vitarkaṇā bahulāś cety anena kevalaṃ śrutacintāprayuktā na bhāvanāprayuktā yogādiriñcnād ato [na] dharmavihāriṇo vyavasthāpyante /

K2 釋修（分二）L1 總標

yo 'pi kaścic chrutacintām anāgamya kevalaṃ bhāvanāprayuktaḥ syāt so 'pi na dharmavihārī vyavasthāpyate / tata eva tāvad dharma[Ms. 93A]vihāriṇaṃ bhikṣum ārabhya iha tu bhikṣur ddharmaṃ paryāpnoti sūtraṃ geyam iti vistareṇoktvā paścād āha na riñcati yogam ity evamādi, yathā vijñāyeta śrutaṃ cintāṃ bhāvanāṃ cāgamya tadubhayavihāreṇa dharmavihārīti / na riñcati yogam ity evamādinā samādhiprayogāsaṃtuṣṭibhyāṃ bhāvanām ayaṃ saṃdarśitam /

L2 別釋

samādhi[T. 90B]prayogaḥ punar dvividhaḥ saṃdarśitaḥ (i) sātatyasatkṛtyaprayogasaṃgṛhītaś ca na riñcati yogam ity anena, (ii) aviparīta[pra]yogasaṃgṛhītaś ca na riñcati manaskāram ity anena / asaṃtuṣṭir na riñcaty adhyātmacetaḥ śamatham ity anena saṃdarśitā, tadanāsvādanād uttaraśamathaprayogāc cāsyāriñcanaṃ veditavyam //

F2 明菩薩別法（分六）G1 明名體（分二）H1 明方廣體（分二）I1 問方廣為波羅蜜多藏（缺）I2 答方廣說波羅蜜多九義

§ 131. kena kāraṇena vaipulyaṃ sūtrāntare bodhisattvapāramitāpiṭakam ity ucyate / tatra pāramitānāṃ saṃkhyānirdeśādyāvadanyonyaviniścayanāc ca // § 131A. tatra saṃkhyā dvividhā, gaṇanāsaṃkhyā tanmātrasaṃkhyā ca / (i) ṣaṭ pāramitā iti gaṇanāsaṃkhyā / (ii) sarvākārayor bodhisattvābhyudaya[Ms. 93B]niḥśreyasamārgayos tisṛbhis tisṛbhiś ca saṃgrahāt ṣaḍ eva pāramitā na bhūyasyo nālpīyasya itīyaṃ tanmātrasaṃkhyā // trividho 'bhyudayo mahābhogatā mahātmatā mahāpakṣatā ca / tatra (i) dānapāramitāyā mahābhogatā phalam / (ii) śīlapāramitāyā mahātmatā phalam, śīlena sugatātmabhāvasaṃpattipratilambhāt / [Ch. 747A] (iii) kṣāntipāramitāyā mahāpakṣatā phalam, kṣāntyā sarvajanābhigamanīyatāpratilambhād iti // trividho niḥśreyasamārgaḥ--kleśam abhibhūya kuśalapakṣaprayogopāyaḥ, [T. 91A] sattvaparipācanopāyaḥ, buddhadharmasamudānayanopāyaś ca, eṣāman yatareṇāpi vinā bodhisattvasya niḥśreyasānupapatteḥ / tatra sattvaparipācanopāyo dhyānapāramitā, tatsaṃniśrayeṇābhijñābhiḥ sattvaparipācanāt // punar apratiṣṭhitanirvāṇopāyataḥ ṣaḍ eva pāramitāḥ / bodhisattvena hi nirvāṇapratiṣṭhāviparyayeṇa saṃsāre 'bhyudayaḥ parigrahītavyaḥ / saṃsārapratiṣṭhāviparyayeṇa tasminn asaṃkleṣṭavyam / atas tisro 'bhyudayalābhopāyās tisras tadasaṃkleśopā[Ms. 94A]yā yathāyogaṃ pūrvānusāreṇaiva veditavyāḥ / asaṃkleśopāye tu vīryeṇa pratipakṣa bhāvanā, dhyānena kleśaviṣkambhaṇam, prajñayā kleśānuśayasamudghāta iti // sarvānugrahatāṃ kleśapratipakṣatāṃ copā[dā]yety aparaḥ paryāyaḥ / tatra dānena bodhisattvaḥ sattvān upakaraṇopasaṃhārānugraheṇānugṛhṇāti / śīlena vighātotpīḍāviheṭhākaraṇenānugṛhṇāti, yathākramaṃ bhogakāyacittopaghātānupasaṃhārāt / kṣāntyā vighātotpīḍāviheṭhāmarṣaṇenānugṛhṇāti, parebhya [T. 91B] ātmano bhogādyupaghātasahanāt / ābhis tisṛbhir anugṛhṇāti // vīryeṇāviṣkambhitakleśo 'pi kuśalapakṣe prayujyate / dhyānena kleśaṃ viṣkambhayati / prajñayānuśayaṃ samudghātayati / imās tisraḥ kleśapratipakṣā veditavyā // § 131B. tatra pāramitālakṣaṇam / bodhisattvasya dānapāramitā katamā / yad bodhisattvasya bodhisattvadharmatāyāṃ vyavasthitasya bodhicittaṃ niśritya karuṇāpuraḥsareṇa cetasā sarvāstiparityāge kā[Ms. 94B]yavāṅmanaskarma / evaṃ ca kṛtvā dānapāramitāyāḥ lakṣaṇaṃ gotrataḥ praṇidhānata āśayato vastutaḥ svabhāvataś ca nirdiṣṭaṃ veditavyam / tadyathā bodhisattvadharmatā gotram, bodhicittaṃ praṇidhānam, karuṇāpuraḥsaraṃ ceta āśayaḥ, sarvāstiparityāgo vastu, kāyavāṅmanaskarma svabhāva ity evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitā vistareṇa veditavyāḥ / ayaṃ tu viśeṣaḥ / [Ch. 747B] śaīlakṣāntivīryapāramitāsu yathākramaṃ sarvasaṃvarasamādānānurakṣāyāṃ sarvāpakāraduḥkhamarṣaṇādhivāsanāyāṃ sarvakuśaladharmasamudānayanatāyāṃ yatkāyavāṅmanaskarmeti veditavyam / dhyānapāramitāyāṃ sarvākārakāyavāṅmanaska[T. 92A]rmavibhutve sarvākārā cetasaḥ sthitir iti / prajñāpāramitā[yāṃ] sarvākārakāyavāṅmanaskarmavibhutve yaḥ sarvākāro dharmapravicaya iti vaktavyam / śeṣaṃ dānavadeva sarvaṃ veditavyam // punar yad dānaṃ sarvajñatām ārabhya sarvajñatāyai saṃvartate sarvajñatāṃ parigṛhṇāti sa[Ms. 95A]rvajñatākṛtyaṃ ca karoti tad dānapārimitety ucyate / etāni punaś catvāri padāni yathākramam ārambhato vāsanātaḥ kāyato nisyandataś ca veditavyāni / (i) tatrārambhataḥ sarvajñatām ārabhyotpannotpannasya tatra pariṇāmanāt / (ii) tad eva punar dānaṃ saṃtatiṃ vāsayate, yata āyatyāṃ sarvajñatāyai saṃvartate / (iii) tad eva yadā paripūrṇaṃ bhavati tadā dharmakāyapariniṣpādanayogena sarvajñatāṃ parigṛhṇāti / (iv) tata uttarakālaṃ sāṃbhogikarnarmāṇikakāyanisyandamukhena sarvajñatākṛtyaṃ karoti / evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitā veditavyāḥ //

§ 131C. anukramaḥ / uttarottarasaṃniśrayatām upādāya dānapāramitayādhyātmikabāhyasarvavastuparityāgābhyāsāt kāyajīvitanirapekṣo bodhisattvo mahāntam api bhogaskandhaṃ prahāya śīlasamādānaṃ karoti / śīlānurakṣī--ākruṣṭena mayā na pratyākroṣṭavyam--[T. 92B] ity evamādibhiḥ prakāraiḥ [Ch. 747C] kṣamo bhavati / kṣamaḥ śītādīnām, tannidānaṃ prayogāsraṃsanād ārabdhavīryo bhavati / ārabdhavīryaḥ [Ms. 95B] prayoganiṣṭhāphalādhigamād adhyānaṃ saṃpādayati / saṃpannadhyānaś ca samāhitacitto yathābhūtajñānāl lokottarāṃ prajñāṃ pratilabhata iti // punar uttarottarādhārataḥ, śīlaṃ dānasyādhāra evaṃ yāvat prajñā dhyānasya / tathāhi śīlavato dānaṃ viśuddhaṃ bhavati, dānenānugṛhītasya śīlena paghātākaraṇataḥ / evam asya pratigrāhakasya bodhisattvena viheṭhāvirahitopakaraṇasukhopasaṃhārācchīlabalena dānapāramitā viśuddhir veditavyā / evaṃ kṣamiṇaḥ śīlaviśuddhiḥ, parāpakāraiḥ śikṣāpadākhaṇḍanāt / ārabdhavīryasya kṣāntiviśuddhiḥ, utsāhabalenotpatya saṃsāram abhyupagatavato 'kṛcchreṇa sattvavipratipattiduḥkhasa[ha]nāt / dhyāyinī vīryaviśuddhiḥ, saha sukhena saumanasyena sarvakuśaladharmaprayogāt / prajñāvato dhyānaviśuddhiḥ, bahuprakārān dharmān vipaśyaty adhyātmaṃ śamathataḥ samādhyabhivṛddheḥ, nāsti dhyānam aprajñasyeti gāthāyāṃ [Ms. 96A] vacanād iti // [T. 93A] yathaudārikaś cāparo 'nukramo veditavyaḥ / sarvaudārikaṃ hi dānam ataḥ prathamato vyavasthāpyate / tadanantaraṃ kṣāntyādibhyaḥ śīlam audārikam evaṃ yāvat prajñāyā dhyānam audārikam / sarvasūkṣmā tu prajñā, ataḥ sarvapaścād vyavasthāpyata iti //

§ 131D. nirvacanam / kena kāraṇena dānaṃ dānapāramitety ucyate / mahad dānaṃ nirdoṣaṃ nirmalaṃ dānapāramitety ucyate / tatra mahad dānaṃ sarvaprakārādhyātmikabāhyavastudānato dīrghakāladānataś ca / nirdoṣaṃ viṣamaparyeṣṭyādivivarjitatvāt nirmalaṃ mātsaryavipakṣaprahāṇāt / yathoktaṃ dānapāramitām ārabhyāryākṣayamatinirdeśasūtre-- [T. 93B. 1.8] nirmalaṃ savāsanavipakṣaprahāṇāt / tad anayā trividhayā paramatayā dānapārami[T. 94A]tety abhidyotitaṃ bhavati / trividhā paramatā--svabhāvaparamatā sahaparicayena, upāyaparamatā, phalaparamatā ca / paricayaḥ punar dīrghakāladānato veditavyaḥ / evaṃ yāva[Ch. 748A]t prajñāpāramitā veditavyā / śīlādīnāṃ punar nirdoṣatvam ā[Ms. 96B]tmasamāropavarjitatvādibhir yathāyogam, tad akṣayamatisūtreṣu draṣṭavyam // punar dvādaśavidhena paramatvena yogāt pāramitety ucyate / dvādaśavidhaṃ punaḥ paramatvam-- (i) audāryaparamatvaṃ sarvalokasampattyanarthitvād utkṛ[ṣṭa]tvāc ca / (ii) āyatatvaparamatvaṃ trikalpāsaṃkhyeyaparibhāvanāt / (iii) adhikāraparamatvaṃ sarvasattvārthakriyādhikārapravṛttatvāt / (iv) akṣayatvaparamatvaṃ mahābodhipariṇāmanayātyantam aparyādānāt / (v) nairantaryaparamatvam ātmaparasamatādhimokṣāt sarvasattvadānādibhiḥ pāramitāparipūraṇāt / (vi) akṛcchratvaparamatvam anumodanāmātreṇa paradānādīnāṃ pāramitāparipūraṇāt / (vii) vibhutvaparamatvaṃ gaganagañjasamādhyādibhir dānādiparipūraṇāt / (viii) parigrahaparamatvaṃ nirvikalpajñānaparigṛhītatvāt / (ix) ārambhaparamatvam adhimukticaryābhūmāv adhimātrāyāṃ kṣāntau / (x) pratilambhaparamatvaṃ prathamāyāṃ bhūmau / [T. 95B] (xi) nisyandaparamatvaṃ tadanyāsv aṣṭāsu / (xii) niṣpattiparamatvaṃ daśamyāṃ bhūmau tāthāgatyāṃ ca bo[Ms. 97A]dhisattvapariniṣpattyā buddhapariniṣpattyā ceti // punaḥ paramair īhitā itāś ceti pāramitāḥ, buddhabodhisattvaiś ceṣṭitā gatāś cety arthaḥ // punar jñeyapāraṃgatāḥ pāramitāḥ, buddhatve pratiṣṭhitā ity arthaḥ / punaḥ parān ātmānaṃ ca paramāmītiṃ tārayantīti pāramitāḥ, parān ātmānaṃ ca duḥkhārṇavam atikrāmantīty arthaḥ // idaṃ tāvat sādhāraṇaṃ nirvacanam // pratyekaṃ (i) punar dāyakadāridryāpanayanād dānam, dāhāpanayanād vā pratigrāhakānām // (ii) śāntendriyālambhanāc chubhagatilīyanāc chaityālayāc ca śīlaṃ yathākramam indriyeṣu guptadvāratāvāhanāt sugatigamanahetubhāvanād avipratisārādyānupūrvyā yāvan nirvāṇāśrayatvād iti / (iii) krodhakṣāratiraskaraṇāt kṣaticittāgatitiraskaraṇāt kṣemāviṣkaraṇāc ca kṣatināṃ[Ch. 748B] kṣāntiḥ / kṣaticittaṃ punar yenāpakāriṇāṃ pratyapakāraḥ kriyate tasyāgatasyānayā vilopanaṃ tiraskaraṇaṃ veditavyam / kṣatam eṣāṃ vairaṃ vidyata iti kṣatinas teṣām abhayaprakāśanaṃ kṣemasyāviṣkaraṇaṃ ve[Ms. 97B]ditavyam / (iv) vadhavṛddhīhāyogād vīryam / tatra vadhāyehā[T. 95A]kuśaladharmavigamāya dvābhyāṃ samyakprahāṇābhyām, vṛddhaye īhā kuśaladharmasamudāgamāya dvābhyāṃ samyakprahāṇābhyāṃ ca / (v) dhāraṇayamanasaṃyamanavinayananayanād dhyānam / tatra dhāraṇām ālaṃbane cittasya, yamanaṃ vikṣepataḥ, saṃyamanaṃ cittasya, vinayanaṃ paryavasthānānāṃ viṣkambhaṇam, nayanaṃ vibhutvasya prāpaṇaṃ veditavyam / (vi) parapraṇītajñānāt pratyātmajñānāt prakārajñānāt śamaprāptiguṇaprakarṣajñānāc ca prajñā / tatra parapraṇītajñānaṃ parato ghoṣānvayā yoniśomanaskārasaṃprayuktā prajñā, pratyātmajñānaṃ lokottarā, prakārajñānaṃ lokottarapṛṣṭhalabdhā, śamaprāptaye jñānaṃ bhāvanāmārge kleśapratipakṣabhūtā, guṇaprakarṣāya jñānaṃ vaiśeṣikaguṇābhinirhārāya prajñā veditavyā //

§ 131E. bhāvanā pañcavidhā, upadhisaṃniśritā yāvad vibhutvasaṃniśritā //

(i) tatropadhisaṃniśritā [T. 95B] caturākārā / (a) hetusaṃniśritā yo gotrabalena pāramitāsu pratipattyabhyāsaḥ / (b) vipākasaṃniśritā ya ātmabhāva[Ms. 98A]saṃpattibalena / (c) prāṇidhāna[Ch. 748C]saṃniśritā yaḥ pūrvapraṇidhānabalena / (d) pratisaṃkhyānabalasaṃniśritā yaḥ prajñābalena pāramitāsu pratipattyabhyāsaḥ //

(ii) manaskārasaṃniśritā pāramitābhāvanā caturākārā / (a) adhimuktimanaskāreṇa sarvapāramitāpratisaṃyuktaṃ sūtrān tam adhimucyamānasya / (b) āsvādanāmanaskāreṇa labdhāḥ pāramitāḥ, āsvādayato guṇadarśanayogena / (c) anumodanāmanaskāreṇa sarvalokadhātuṣu sarvasattvānāṃ dānādikam anumodamānasya / (d) abhinandanāmanaskāreṇātmanaḥ sattvānāṃ cānāgataṃ pāramitāviśeṣam abhinandamānasya //

(iii) āśayasaṃniśritā pāramitābhāvanā ṣaḍākārā--atṛptāśayena vaipulyāśayena muditāśayenopakarāśayena nirlepāśayena kalyāṇāśayena ca / tatra (a) bodhisattvasya dāne 'tṛptāśayo yad bodhisattvasyaikakṣaṇe gaṅgānadīvālikāsamān lokadhātūn saptaratnaparipūrṇān pratipādayato gaṅgānadīvālikāsamāṃś cātmabhāvan evaṃ pratikṣaṇaṃ ga[Ms. 98B]ṅgānadī[T. 96A]vālikāsamān kalpān pratipādayataḥ / yathā caikasattvasyaivaṃ yāvān sattvadhātur anuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau paripācitavyaḥ / tam anena paryāyeṇa pratipādayed atṛpta eva bodhisattvasya dānāśaya iti / ya evaṃrūpaṃ āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dāne 'tṛptāśayaḥ / (b) na ca bodhisattva evaṃrūpāṃ dānaparaṃparāṃ kṣaṇamātram api hāpayatiṃ vicchinatty ā bodhimaṇḍaniṣadanād iti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dāne vipulāśayaḥ / (c) muditataraś ca原書注標 13 錯誤，修正為10。 bodhisattvo bhavati tān sattvāṃs tathā dānenānugṛhṇan, na ca te sattvās tena dānenānugṛhyamāṇā iti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dāne muditāśayaḥ / (d) upakaratarāṃś ca bodhisattvas tān sattvān ātmanaḥ samanupaśyati yeṣāṃ tathā dānenopakaroti nātmānam, [Ch. 749A] teṣām anuttarasamyaksaṃbodhyupastambhatām upā[dā]ya iti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dāne upakarāśayaḥ / (e) na ca bodhisattvaḥ sattveṣu tathā vipulam api dānamayaṃ puṇyam abhi[Ms. 99A]saṃskṛtya pratikāreṇa vārthī bhavati vipākena veti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dānapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ [T. 96B] nirlepāśayaḥ / (f) yad bodhisattvas tathā vipulasyāpi dānaskandhasya vipākaṃ sattveṣv evābhinandati nātmanaḥ, sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ ca kṛtvānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayatīti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya dānapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ kalyāṇāśayaḥ / tatra (a) bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāyām atṛptāśayaḥ, yad bodhisattvo gaṅgānadīvālikāsameṣv ātmabhāveṣu gaṅgānadīvālikāsamakalpāyuḥpramāṇeṣu sarvopakaraṇanirantaravighātī trisāhasramahāsāhasre lokadhātāv āgniparipūrṇe caturvidham īryāpathaṃ kalpayann ekaṃ śīlapāramitākṣaṇaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitākṣaṇaṃ bhāvayet, etena paryāyeṇa yāvac chīlaskandho yāvat prajñāskandho yenānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyate, śīlaskandhaṃ yāvat prajñāskandhaṃ [Ms. 99B] bhāvayet, atṛpta evaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitābhāvanāyām āśayo yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanā[yā]m āśaya iti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattva[sya] śīlapāramitābhāvanāyām atṛptāśayo [T. 97A] yāvat prajñāpāramitāyāṃ bhāvanāyām / (b) yad bodhisattvas tāṃ śīlapāramitābhāvanāparaṃparāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāparaṃpar[ā]m ā bodhimaṇḍaniṣadanān na bhraṃśayati na vicchinattīti / ya evaṃrūpa āśāyo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāyāṃ vipulāśayaḥ / (c) muditataraś ca bodhisattvo bhavati tayā śīlapāramitābhāvanayā yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanayā sattvān anugṛhṇan, na tv eva te sattvā anugṛhyamāṇā iti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ yāvat prajñā[Ch. 749B]pāramitābhāvanāyāṃ muditāśayaḥ / (d) upakaratarāṃś ca sa bodhisattvas tān sattvān ātmanaḥ samanupaśyati yeṣāṃ tathā śīlapāramitābhāvanayā yāvat prajñāpā[Ms. 100A]ramitābhāvanayā upakaroti nātmānam, teṣām anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhyupastambhatām upādāyeti / ya evarūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitābhāvanāyāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāyām upakarāśayaḥ / (e) na ca bodhisattvas tathā vipulam api śīlapāramitāmayaṃ yāvat prajñāpāra[T. 97B]mitāmayaṃ puṇyam abhisaṃskṛtya tasya pratikāreṇa vārthī bhavati vipākena veti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitāyāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitāyāṃ nirlepāśayaḥ / (f) tatra yadbodhisattva evaṃ śīlapāramitābhāvanāmayasya yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāmayasya puṇyaskandhasya vipākaṃ sattveṣv evābhinandati nātmanaḥ, sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ ca kṛtvānuttarāyāṃ samyaksaṃbodhau pariṇāmayatīti / ya evaṃrūpa āśayo 'yaṃ bodhisattvasya śīlapāramitāyāṃ bhāvanāyāṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitābhāvanāyāṃ kalyāṇāśayaḥ //

§(iv) upāyasaṃniśritā pāramitābhāvanā trayākārā nirvikalpena jñānena trimaṇḍalapariśuddhipratya[Ms. 100B]vekṣaṇatām upādāya / tathāhi sa [u]pāyaḥ sarvamanaskārāṇām abhiniṣpattaye // (v) vibhutvasaṃniśritā pāramitābhāvanā trayākārā kāyavibhutvataḥ, caryāvibhutvataḥ deśanāvibhutvaś ca / (a) tatra kāyavibhutvaṃ tāthāgatau dvau kāyau draṣṭavyau-- svābhāvikaḥ sāṃbhogikaś ca / (b) tatra caryāvibhutvaṃ nairmāṇikaḥ kāyo draṣṭavyo yena sarvākārāṃ sarvasattvānāṃ sahadhārmikacaryāṃ [T. 98A] darśayati / (c) deśanāvibhutvaṃ ṣaṭpāramitāsarvākāradeśanāyām avyāghātataḥ // § 131F. prabhedato 'ṣṭādaśabhir upastambhaiḥ ṣaṇṇāṃ pāramitānāṃ prabhedo veditavyaḥ / aṣṭādaśopastambhāḥ--(i) kāyopastambhaḥ, (ii) cittopastambhaḥ, (iii) kuśalopastambhaḥ, (iv) sugatyupastambhaḥ, (v) bodhyupastambhaḥ, (vi) karuṇopastambhaḥ, (vi) sattvāparityāgopastambhaḥ, (viii) hīnacittaparityāgopastambhaḥ / (ix) anutpattikadharmakṣāntyupastambhaḥ (x) kuśalamūlaprayogopastambhaḥ, (xi) kuśalamūlasamudāgamopastambhaḥ, (xii) kuśalamūlākṣayatopastambhaḥ, (xiii) aparikhedopastambhaḥ, (xiv) sarvacinti[Ch. 749C]tārthasamṛddhayupastambhaḥ, (xv) gaṇaparikarṣaṇopastambhaḥ, (xvi) [Ms. 101A] bhūmipraveśopastambhaḥ, (xvii) buddhadharmasamudānayanopastambhaḥ, (xviii) buddhakṛtyānuṣṭhānopastambhaś ca // pratyekaṃ dānādīnāṃ traivighyāt tribhis tribhir upastambhair yathākramaṃ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ / tatra trividhaṃ dānam--abhayadānaṃ dharmadānam āmiṣadānaṃ ca / trividhaṃ śīlam--saṃvaraśīlaṃ kuśaladharmasaṃgrāhakaṃ śīlaṃ sattvārthakriyāśīlaṃ ca / trividhā kṣāntiḥ--apakāramarṣaṇakṣāntir duḥkhādhivāsanākṣāntir dharmanidhyānakṣāntiś ca / trividhaṃ vīryam--saṃnāhavīryaṃ prayogavīryaṃ sattvā[T. 98B]rthakriyāvīryaṃ ca / trividhaṃ dhyānam--dṛṣṭadharmasukhāvihārāya dhyānamabhijñānirhārāya dhyānaṃ sattvārthakriyāyai ca dhyānam / trividhā prajñā--saṃvṛtyālaṃbanā paramārthālaṃbanā sattvārthālambanā ca // tatrāmiṣadānaṃ kāyopastambhaḥ, annapānādyupakaraṇaiḥ pratigrāhakāśrayānugrahaṇāt / abhayadānaṃ cittopastambhaḥ daurmanasyaviśeṣā[pa]gamāya cetasa āśvāsāya saṃhārāt / ity evam anyad api yojyam // hīnacittaṃ punar bodhisattvasya saṃsāraduḥkhaparikheditayā śrāva[Ms. 101B]kapratyekabuddhacittam, tatparityāgopastambho duḥkhādhivāsanakṣāntir veditavyā // kuśalamūlākṣayatā sarvasattveṣu kriyārthādhikāritayā yāvatsāraṃ nirupadhiśeṣe 'pi nirvāṇadhātāv aparityāgaḥ, tad upastambhaḥ sattvārthakriyāyai vīryaṃ veditavyam // gaṇaparikarṣaṇaṃ karma adhigamaṃ niśritya vineyānām asamāhitasya cittasya samādhānāya samāhitasya vā cittasya vimokṣāyāvavādānuśāsanīpradānam, tadupastambhaḥ sattvārthakriyāyai dhyānam // bhūmipraveśo yayā deśanayā dharmādhimuktipūrvikayā[T. 99A]saṃbhāraparipūryāpramuditāṃ bhūmiṃ praviśati, tadupastambhaḥ saṃvṛtisatyālaṃbanā prajñā // śeṣaṃ suyojyatvān na yojitam //

punaḥ prabhedaḥ sapta dānāmi-- (i) mūladānaṃ gotrāvasthasya bodhisattvasya dānapāramitā, gotramātraṃ niśritya dānāt / (ii) ādhānadānaṃ cittotpādāvasthasya, praṇidhānasamādānaṃ niśritya dānāt / (iii) anugrahadānaṃ svaparārthapratyavasthasya / (iv) anavagrahadānaṃ tattvārthaparī[Ms. 102A]kṣāvasthasya, dāyakādivikalpābhiniveśāvagrāhābhāvāt / (v) niṣparigrahadānaṃ prabhāvāvasthasya, [Ch. 750A] vinā bāhyenopakaraṇaparigraheṇa gaganagañjādisamādhibhir ākāśe pāṇiṃ saṃcārya yatheṣṭaṃ ratnādivarṣaṇāt / (vi) pratyarhadānaṃ paripākāvasthasya, yathāvineyānurūpaṃ dānāt / (vii) mahādānaṃ paramabodhyavasthasya, niruttaratvāt / evaṃ yāvat prajñā yathāyogaṃ veditavyam //

§ 131G. saṃgrahaḥ dānādabhir bodhisattvabhūmisaṃgrahārthena, tatredam udāharaṇamātraṃ pāramitādibhiḥ / (i) gotrasaṃgraho dānapāramitādigotraṃ liṅgato 'nuganta[T. 99B]-vyam / (ii) cittotpādasaṃgraho viśiṣṭacittotpādasaṃ[gra]haṇāt / dvividho hi cittotpādaḥ--aviśiṣṭo viśiṣṭaś ca / tatrāviśiṣṭo 'ho vatāham anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyeyeti / viśiṣṭa evaṃ dānapāramitāṃ paripūrayeyaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitām iti / tad anena viśiṣṭena cittotpādena pāramitānāṃ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ, tāsāṃ kāraṇabhāvāt / (iii) svaparārthasaṃgraho yad dānenai[Ms. 102B]śvaryaṃ parigṛhṇāty ayaṃ svārthaḥ, yat punaḥ parān upakaraṇopasaṃhāreṇānugṛhṇāty ayaṃ svārthaḥ evam avaśiṣṭābhiḥ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ / (iv) paramārthasaṃgrahaḥ-- (a) dharmadhātum ārabhya, tathatāyā dānādisāmānyalakṣa[ṇa]tvāt / (b) jñānasaṃbhāram ārabhya, sarvajñatābhājanatāpādanāt / (c) jñānaparigraham ārabhya sarvajñatāpariniṣpādanāt / (d) jñānānuparivartatām ārabhya, pañcānāṃ prajñāpāramitānuparivartanāt / (e) jñānalakṣaṇam ārabhya, prajñāpāramitāḥ samyagjñānasvabhāvatvāt / ity evaṃ tathatāsamyajjñānasvabhāvataḥ paramārtho dānādibhiḥ saṃgṛhīto veditavyaḥ / etenodāharaṇamātreṇa śeṣaḥ saṃgraho vedita[T. 100A]vyaḥ //

§ 131H. vipakṣo dānādīnāṃ yathākramaṃ mātsaryadauḥśīlye krodhakauśīdye vikṣepadauḥprajñe / api khalu yāvantaḥ kuśalā dharmāḥ pāramitābhiḥ saṃgṛhītās teṣāṃ yo vipakṣo jñeyāvaraṇaṃ ca sa tāsāṃ vipakṣo veditavyaḥ //

§ 131I. anuśaṃsaḥ pañcavidhaphalādhikāreṇāprameyo veditavyaḥ / [Ch. 750B] tadyathā (i) yathāsvam ā[Ms. 130A]sāṃ vipakṣaprahāṇaṃ visaṃyogaphalam / (ii) dṛṣṭe dharme svaparānugrahaṇaṃ puruṣakāraphalam / (iii) āyatyām uttarāttaraviśiṣṭataratamotpattir niṣyandaphalam / (iv) mahābodhir adhipatiphalam / (v) mahābhogatā sugatigamanam avaṃrābhedasukhasaumanasyabahulatā sattvādhipapatyam avyābādhyātmabhāvatā maheśākhyatā ca yathākramaṃ dānādīnāṃ vipākaphalaṃ veditavyam // § 131J. anyonyaviniścayas trividhaḥ--prāyogikaḥ, prābhedikaḥ, prabhidyasāṃdarśikaś ca // (i) tatra prāyogikaḥ dānaprayoge sarvāsāṃ vṛttir ūpalabhyate / tadyathādhyātmikaṃ bāhyaṃ vastuparityajanataḥ dānaprayogaḥ / tatra yaḥ parityāgaḥ sa dānapāramitā / tatraiva yā maitracittasya paratravighā[T. 100B]totpīḍāviheṭhasaṃvaraṇatā sā śīlapāramitā / tatraiva yoparodhavighātakhedamarṣaṇatā sā kṣāntipāramitā / tatraiva yā bhūyo bhūyaś cittasyotsahanatā sā vīryapāramitā / tatraiva yā cittasyaikāgratā kuśalād bahir avisaraṇatā sā dhyānapāramitā / ta[Ms. 130B]traiva yā yathāvad dhetuphalasugṛhītatā dṛṣṭyaparāmarṣaṇatā sā prajñāpāramitā / evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitāyāṃ yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam ubhayadānaṃ sarvajñajñānam iti kṛtvā //

(ii) tatra prābhedikaḥ svabhāvaprabhedena, anukāraprabhedena ca / (a) tatra dānādīnāṃ svabhāvo yathākramaṃ visargaḥ saṃvaro marṣaṇābhyutsāhaś cittasthitiḥ pravicayaś ca / (b) tatra dānādiprayogeṣu tadanyapāramitānām anuvṛttiḥ pūrvavat / (c) tatra dānādīnām upayogaḥ samādāpanā varṇavāditā sumanojñatā ca / (d) tatra dānādīnāṃ ropaṇā yā parasaṃtāne pratiṣṭhāpanā / tad atra dānapāramitāmiṣadānam, tadanyāḥ pañcābhayadānam, sarvāḥ sa[T. 101A]ddharmadānaṃ parasaṃtāne ropaṇāt // (iii) tatra prabhidyasāṃdarśika ekāvacārakādibhiḥ / tadyathā yā dānapāramitā śīlapāra[Ch. 750C]mitāpi sā, yā vā śīlapāramitā dānapāramitāpi sā, paścātpādakaḥ--[Ms. 104A] yā yāvac chīlapāramitā dānapāramitāpi sā, syād dānapāramitā na śīlapāramitā śīlapāramitayāsaṃgṛhītā yā dānapāramitā / evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitayāsaṃgṛhītā dānapāramitā paścātpādakair yojayitavyā / yad dānaṃ sarvā sā pāramitā, yā dānapāramitā sarvaṃ tad dānam iti catuṣkoṭikam / syād dānaṃ na pāramitā yan na mahobodhipariṇāmitam / syāt pāramitā na dānaṃ śīlādayo mahābodhipariṇāmitāḥ / syād dānaṃ ca pāramitā ca bodhipariṇāmitāni dānādīni / syān na dānaṃ na pāramitā uktavinirmuktā dharmāḥ / evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāramitām ārabhya catuṣkoṭikaṃ pratyekaṃ yojayitavyam / yo dānaṃ samācarati sarvo 'sau dānapāramitānvayaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavatīti catuṣkoṭikam / prathamā koṭiḥ--mahābodhyapariṇāmitaṃ [T. 101B] dānaṃ samācarati / dvitīyā koṭiḥ--dānapāramitāṃ yāṃ samādāpanavarṇabhāṣaṇasumanojñatābhiḥ / tṛtīyā koṭiḥ-- mahābodhipariṇāmitena dānena / caturthī koṭiḥ--etān ākārān sthāpayitvā / evaṃ yāvat prajñāpāra[Ms. 104B]mitām ārabhya pratyekaṃ catuṣkoṭikaṃ yojayitavyam //

H2 明方廣名（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答

§ 132A. viśeṣato vaipulye audāryagāmbhīryadeśanā tatphalasya sarvajñatvasya paramodāragambhīratvāt phalānurūpyeṇa hetunirdeśo draṣṭavyaḥ //

G2 明乖違方廣（分二）H1 不解生怖（分二）I1 問

§ 132B (i) ekatyānāṃ tadanadhimokṣe trāsaḥ

I2 答

[Ch. 751A] bodhisattvagotravaikalyaṃ prakṛtyā hīnacittatayā gāmbhīryaudāryadeśanāṃ nādhimoktuṃ śaknuvanti / saty api tadgotratve mahābodhim ārabhya praṇidhānādīnāṃ kuśalamūlādīnām anavaropaṇāt, saty api tadavaropaṇe mahāyānapratikṣepakasattvaparigṛhītatvād iti /

H2 生解不出（分二）I1 問

(ii) adhimucyamānānām apy ekatyānām aniryāṇaṃ

I2 答（分二）J1 理答

nītārthaṃ sūtram a[na]nviṣya svayaṃ dṛṣṭiparāmarṣasthāyitayā yathārutam arthābhiniveśāt / tadyathā sarvadharmaniḥsvabhāvatāvacanāt- sarvalakṣaṇena sarvabhāvāpavādinaḥ / evam anye 'pi yathārutārthābhiniveśino mahāyāne na niryāntoti veditavyaṃ nānābhiprāyabhāṣitatvāt mahāyānasyeti /

J2 引證（分二）K1 總

idaṃ ca saṃdhāyoktaṃ bhagavatā mahādharmādarśe dharmaparyāye--bodhisattvasya yathāru[T. 102A]tam ayoniśo dharmān vicinvato[Ms. 105A] 'ṣṭāviṃśatir asaddṛṣṭaya utpadyante //

K2 別顯二十八見（分三）L1 明十七見

aṣṭāviṃśatir asaddṛṣṭayaḥ katamāḥ / nimittadṛṣṭir yāvad abhimānadṛṣṭiś ca / tatra (i) nisvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā anutpannā ity evamādikaṃ mahāyāne rutam upalabhya tadabhisaṃdhyakuśalāḥ yathārutam evāsyārtham adhimucyamānā abhāva evāyaṃ bhagavatā deśitaḥ sarvadharmāṇām anutpāda evety abhāvādinimittam abhiniviśante saiṣāṃ bhavati nimittadṛṣṭiḥ / (ii-iv) ta evam abhāvādinimittam abhiniviśamānās trīn svabhāvān avadante parikalpitaṃ svabhāvaṃ para[Ch. 751B]tantraṃ pariniṣpannaṃ ca / tatrāyaṃ parikalpitaḥ svabhāvo yad rūpam iti vā yāvan nirvāṇām iti vābhilāpaprajñaptimātrabhabhūto niḥśarīrārtho yad bālā rūpādilakṣaṇaṃ samāropataḥ parikalpayanti / tatrāyaṃ paratantraḥ svabhāvo yat tad evābhūtaparikalpamātram / tatrāyaṃ pariniṣpannaḥ svabhāvo yat sarvadharmāṇāṃ tattvaṃ tathatā / tad apavādākārās tisro dṛṣṭayo bhavanti--prajñaptyapavādadṛṣṭiḥ parika[Ms. 105B]lpāpavādadṛṣṭis tattvāpavādadṛṣṭiś ca / (v, vi) ta evaṃ sarvathā sarvadharmān apavadamānās tasyā apavādadṛṣṭeḥ pratiṣṭhāpa[T. 102B]nārthaṃ kāṃcid eva yuktiṃ parigṛhṇanti, ye 'pi nītārthāḥ sūtrāntā nirabhilāpadharmatādyotakās tān api sarvān svadṛṣṭyānulomyena pariṇāmayanti / te eva dve dṛṣṭī bhavataḥ parigrahadṛṣṭiḥ pariṇatidṛṣṭiś ca / (vii, viii) te punar evaṃ dṛṣṭayo bhavanti--ya etām īdṛśīṃ dṛṣṭiṃ niśritya kuśalam akuśalaṃ vā samācarati sa niravadya eva bhavati nirdoṣaḥ sarvam evāsya tatkalyāṇatāṃ yāti, pūrvopacitāc cāvaraṇāt sa niḥsaratīty evam eṣāṃ dve dṛṣṭī anavadyatādṛṣṭir niḥsaraṇadṛṣṭiś ca / (ix, x) te caivaṃ svadṛṣṭāv abhiniviṣṭās taddṛṣṭiviparyayeṇa skandhādidharmavyavasthāpakaṃ śrāvakapiṭakam avajānanti, ye ca tām apavādadṛṣṭim anadhimuktāḥ śrāvakayānīyās tān pradviṣanti / te ete dve dṛṣṭī bhavato 'vajñādṛṣṭiḥ prakopadṛṣṭiś ca / (xi, xii) svadṛṣṭyanusāreṇa caite yathāvac chūnyatānimittāpraṇihitāni vyavasthāpayamānā ata[Ms. 106A]llakṣaṇe tallakṣaṇasaṃjñino viparītam eṣāṃ lakṣaṇaṃ vyavasthāpayanti, evaṃ cittāś ca bhavanti--yasyām īdṛśyāṃ dharmatāyām avataranty avatārayanti vā sarve te 'prameyaṃ puṇyaṃ prasavantīty evam ete dṛṣṭī viparītadṛṣṭiḥ prasavadṛṣṭiś ca / (xiii, xiv) yadā punas te tāṃ dṛṣṭim ārabhya parair anuyujyante tadā na kiṃcit svayam icchanty abhyupagantum, [T. 103A] chalajātibhyāṃ ca parān anuyuñjante / te ete anabhyupagamadṛṣṭiḥ kusṛtidṛṣṭiś ca / (xv) te caivam abhimānino bhavanti--ya evaṃ pratipadyante [te] samyagbuddhān bhagavataḥ pūjayanti satkurvantīty eṣāṃ satkāradṛṣṭiḥ / (xvi) aviparītadharmatākuśalaiś ca tato dṛṣṭer vivecyamānāḥ [Ch. 751C] sūpapannayā prasiddhayā yuktyā pratyāyamānā api tāṃ dṛṣṭiṃ na kathaṃcit parityajanti, etad eva tathyaṃ mithyānyad ity eṣā dṛḍhamūḍhatādṛṣṭiḥ / (xvii) etāsāṃ ca yathānirdiṣṭānāṃ dṛṣṭīnāṃ yad vāsanādauṣṭhulyaṃ sā mūladṛṣṭiḥ /

L2 明次十見

eta eva ca saptadaśadṛṣṭayo doṣodbhāvanāmukhenāvaśiṣṭābhiḥ dṛṣṭibhiḥ punar nidiśyante / tadyathā (xviii) dṛṣṭāvadṛṣṭadṛṣṭir nimittadṛṣṭir ity ucyate, a[Ms. 106B]bhāvādinimittābhiniveśina eva sataḥ sarvanimittānabhiniveśasaṃjñitvāt / (xix) prajñaptyapavādadṛṣṭiḥ parikalpāpavādadṛṣṭis tattvāpavādadṛṣṭiś ca prayoganirākaraṇadṛṣṭiḥ, sarvāpavādino vyāyāmaniḥsāmarthyasaṃjñitvāt / (xx) parigrahadṛṣṭiḥ pariṇatidṛṣṭiś cānairyāṇikadṛṣṭiḥ, anupāyaprayuktasya tatphalānavāpteḥ / (xxi) anavadyatādṛṣṭir niḥsaraṇa[T. 103B]dṛṣṭiś cāvaraṇopacayadṛṣṭiḥ, mithyāpratipadyamānasyāvaraṇakṣayāsaṃbhavāt / (xxii) avajñādṛṣṭiḥ prakopadṛṣṭiś cāpuṇyaprasavadṛṣṭiḥ, saddharmasabrahmacārivipratipattimukhena mahākṣatisamāsādanāt / (xxiii) viparītadṛṣṭiḥ prasavadṛṣṭiś ca vaiphalyadṛṣṭiḥ, [a]samyagdharmatāvyavasthāpanagrahaṇagrāhaṇair viśeṣānadhigamāt, (xxiv) anabhyupagamadṛṣṭiḥ kusṛtidṛṣṭiś ca nigrāhyadṛṣṭiḥ, [a]nyāyena vādaṃ kurvato jayāsaṃbhavāt / (xxv) satkāradṛṣṭir abhyākhyānadṛṣṭiḥ, atadākhyāyini tatsamāropaṇāt / (xxvi) dṛḍhamūḍhatādṛṣṭir akathyadṛṣṭiḥ, mithyābhiniveśinā saha sāṃ[Ms. 107A]kathyapratiṣedhān nirathakatām upādāya / (xxvii) mūladṛṣṭir mahādṛṣṭiḥ, tata āyatyāṃ puṣṭatarasarvadṛṣṭigatapratāpanāt /

L3 明後一見

(xxviii) sarvā etāḥ saptaviṃśatidṛṣṭayo 'bhimānadṛṣṭiḥ, abhūtābhimānasamutthitatvāt / ata evānantaraṃ tatraiva sūtra uktam itīmāḥ saptadaśa samānāḥ daśa bhavanti, daśa samānāḥ saptadaśa bhavanti, saptaviṃśatiḥ samānā ekā bhavati, ekā samānā saptaviṃśatir bhavantīti //

G3 釋方廣密意（分二）H1 解無自性（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答（分二）J1 唯依依他性解

§ 133 niḥsvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmāḥ yasmāt svayam eṣāṃ bhāvo nāsti, pratyayāṃs tv apekṣya bhāvo [T. 104A] na pratiṣidhyate / yena vā svabhāvenaite pūrva[Ch. 752A]m abhūvan na tena svena bhāvena bhūyaḥ śakyam ebhir bhavitum iti niḥsvabhāvāḥ / prāptābhraṣṭalakṣaṇānām api pratyutpannānāṃ sve bhāve 'vasthānābhāvān niḥsvabhāvāḥ / yādṛśo vādṛṣṭasatyair dharmāṇāṃ svabhāvo lakṣaṇam abhilāpaprapañcavāsanāmukhena gṛhyate tena bālagrāhānurūpeṇa svabhāvena vi[ra]hitatvān niḥsvabhāvāḥ //

J2 依三性解

api khalu sarvadharmā ucyante trayaḥ svabhāvāḥ / tatra parikalpitasya svalakṣa[Ms. 107B]ṇam eva nāsty ataḥ svalakṣaṇaniḥsvabhāvatayā niḥsvabhāvaḥ / paratantrasya svayam utpattir nāsti pratyayāpekṣaṇād ato nāsya svena bhāvena bhāva ity utpattiniḥsvabhāvatayā niḥsvabhāvaḥ / pariniṣpanno viśuddhyālaṃbanatvāt paratantraparikalpitalakṣaṇābhāvasvabhāvatvāc ca paramārthaś caiṣa niḥsvabhāvatāprabhāvitaś ceti paramārthaniḥsvabhāvatayā niḥsvabhāvaḥ / ity evaṃ ca kṛtvā niḥsvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā draṣṭavyāḥ, na tu sarvathālakṣaṇābhāvam adhikṛtyeti //

H2 例解無生無滅等經（分二）I1 問（缺）I2 答（缺）G4 明決了方廣（分二）H1 解意趣（分二）I1 標

§ 134. api khalu mahāyāne tathāgatasya sarve 'bhiprāyāḥ saṃkṣepeṇa catvāro bhavanti /

I2 徵列

tadyathā (i) samatābhiprāyo yad āha--aham eva tasmin samaye vipaśyī samyaksaṃbuddho 'bhūvam iti, av[i]śiṣṭadharmakāyatvāt / (ii) kālāntarābhiprāyo [T. 104B] yad āha--ye sukhāvatyāṃ lokadhātau praṇidhānaṃ kariṣyanti te tatropapatsyanta iti, vimalacandraprabhavasya ca nāmadheyagrahaṇamātreṇa niyato bhavaty anuttarāyāṃ [Ch. 752B] samyaksaṃbodhāv iti, kālāntareṇety abhiprāyaḥ / (iii) arthāntarābhiprāyo yad āha--niḥsvabhāvāḥ sarvadharmā [Ms. 108A] anutpannā ity evamādi, ayathārutārthatvāt / (iv) pudgalāśayābhiprāyo yat tad eva kuśalamūlaṃ kasyacit praśaṃsanti kasyacid vigarhate 'lpamātrasaṃtuṣṭasya / tathā rāgacaritasya buddhakṣetravibhūtiṃ darśayati, mānacaritasya keṣāṃcid eva buddhānām adhikāṃ saṃpattiṃ varṇayanti / kaukṛtyenāvṛtasya ye buddhabodhisattveṣv apakāram api kariṣyanti te sarve svargopagā bhaviṣyantīty āha / aniyatagotrasya mahāśrāvakā[n] buddhatve vyākaroti, ekaṃ ca yānaṃ na dvitīyam astīti deśayati śrāvakatvāśayatyājanārtham //

H2 解祕密（分二）I1 標（缺）I2 徵列

§ 135. [As. p. 85] punaḥ sarve 'bhisaṃghayo 'bhisamasya catvāro bhavanty avatāraṇābhisaṃdhyādayaḥ / tatra (i) avatāraṇābhisaṃdhiḥ śrāvakeṣu draṣṭavyaḥ, śāsanāvatāraṇārtham anutrāsāya rūpādyastitvadeśanāt / (ii) lakṣaṇābhisaṃdhis triṣu parikalpitādisvabhāveṣu draṣṭavyaḥ, [T. 105A] niḥsvabhāvānutpannādisarvadharmadeśanāt / (iii) pratipakṣābhisaṃdhiḥ doṣāṇāṃ vinaye draṣṭavyo yathāṣṭāvaraṇapratipakṣatāgrayānasaṃbhāṣā / aṣṭāvaraṇāni buddhadharmāvajñeti vistaraḥ / ta[Ms. 108]dudāharaṇāni ca yathāyogaṃ caturabhiprāryanirdeśāni draṣṭavyāni / (iv) pariṇāmanābhisaṃdhir abhidhānagāmbhīrye draṣṭavyaḥ, yad āha-- asāre sārama[ta]yo viparyāse ca susthitāḥ / kleśena ca susaṃkliṣṭā labhante bodhim uttamām // iti / atrāyam abhisaṃdhiḥ--avikṣepe yeṣāṃ sārabuddhiḥ pradhānabuddhiḥ, vikṣepo hi visāraś cetasaḥ viparyāse ca susthitāḥ iti nityasukhaśucyātmaviparyayeṇānityādike viparyāse ca susthitā aparihāṇitaḥ kleśena ca susaṃkliṣṭāḥ iti dīrghaduṣkaravyāyāmaśrameṇātyarthaṃ parikliṣṭāḥ //

G5 明方廣果（分二）H1 問

§ 136. [Ch. 752C] vaipulye dharmasamādhikuśalabodhisattvanirdeśaḥ

H2 答（分二）I1 總標答（缺）I2 別列答

śamathānuśaṃsaṃ vipaśyanānuśaṃsaṃ tadubhayānuśaṃsaṃ cādhikṛtya veditavyaḥ / tatra (i) śamathānuśaṃso dvividhaḥ / (a) kṣaṇe kṣaṇe prakarṣagāminyā prasrabdhyā nirantaram āśrayaspharaṇāt pratikṣaṇaṃ sarvadauṣṭhulyāśraya[T. 105B]drāvaṇam, (b) aviśeṣeṇa sarvadeśanādharmaikarasatādhimokṣasamādhānād vividhaskandhādyarthākārasaṃjñāvigatāyāḥ sūtrādi[Ms. 109- A]dharmārāmarateḥ pratilambhaś ca / (ii) vipaśyanānuśaṃso 'pi dvividhaḥ / (a) yathāpravicitadharmanirantarāsaṃpramoṣāt pratismṛtimātramukhenāparicchinnākāro 'pramāṇaḥ sūtrādidharmeṣu prajñāvabhāsaḥ, (b) āśrayaparivṛttipūrvarūpabhūtānāṃ cāvikalpitānām anabhisaṃskṛtānāṃ nimittānāṃ samudācāraś ca / (iii) tadubhayānuśaṃso dharmakāyasya jñeyāvaraṇaprahāṇāśrayaparivṛttisaṃgṛhītasya paripūraye daśamyāṃ bhūmau pariniṣpattaye vā tāthāgatyāṃ bhūmāv uttarād uttarataraniṣyandavāsanādhānayogena hetuparigraha iti // § 137 tad etat pañcavidhāyā bhāvanāyāḥ phalaṃ pañcavidhaṃ nirvartata iti saṃdarśitam / pañcavidhā bhāvanā katamā / prasrabdhinimittabhāvanā saṃbhinnabhāvanānimittabhāvanā 'nābhogabhāvanā parinirvṛtinimittabhāvanā ca //

G6 明方廣生福（分二）H1 問

§ 138. kena kāraṇena tulye dharmakāyaniṣyandatve vaipulyadharmo dhūpamālyādibhiḥ pūjyo na tathā śrāvakayānadharmaḥ /

H2 答

vaipulyadharmasya sarvasattvahitasukhādhiṣṭhānatām upādāya mahārthatayā niruttarāprameyapuṇyaprasavāyatanatvāt //

[IV]

(prāptiviniścayo nāma caturthaḥ samuccayaḥ)

D3 得品（分二）E1 問（缺）E2 答（分二）F1 略答

§ 139. [Ch. 753A] prāptiviniścayo 'dhigantṛpudgalavyavasthānato 'dhigamavyavasthānataś ca draṣṭavyaḥ // §140. asaty api pudgaladravye pudgalavyavasthānaṃ caturbhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ / tadyathā (i) sukhasaṃvyavahārārtham, rūpā[T. 176A]dīnāṃ bahūnāṃ bahudhābhinnalakṣaṇasaṃjñānām ekayā [Ms. 109B] sāmudāyikyā sattvaprajñaptyākṛcchreṇa 'ehi yāhi' ity evamādi saṃvyavaharaṇāt / (ii) lokānuvṛttyartham, na hi loke dharmamātrasaṃjñābhiḥ sarvaḥ saṃvyavahāro nirūḍhaḥ kiṃ tarhi prāyeṇa sattvasaṃjñayā / tasmāl lokena saha saṃvyavaharadbhir āryair avaśyaṃ so 'nuvartitavya iti / (iii) anutrāsārtham, pratītyasamutpādadharmatāyām akovidāḥ sahasāditaḥ sarvathā sattvābhāvaṃ śrutvottrasyeyur iti / (iv) ātmanaḥ pareṣāṃ ca doṣavattvaguṇavattvodbhāvanārthaṃ ca, itarathā hi sattvaprajñaptim antareṇa saṃkleśavyavadānalakṣaṇamātradeśanāyāṃ satyām amuṣmin saṃtāne 'mī doṣāḥ prahīṇā amī vā guṇā utpannā iti na śakyate vijñātum iti //

F2 廣答（分三）G1 廣補特伽羅能證（分三）H1 列七類

§ 141. [As. p. 86] pudgalavyavasthānaṃ punaś caritādiprabhedena saptavidham [Ch. 753B]//

H2 隨別顯（分七）I1 病行差別七種（缺）I2 出離差別三種（缺）I3 任持差別三種（缺）I4 方便差別二種（缺）I5 果差別二十七種（缺）I6 界差別（分三）J1 三界異生有學無學（缺）J2 欲色界菩薩（缺）J3 欲界獨覺及如來（缺）I7 修行差別五種（缺）H3 別牒釋（分二）I1 別牒七類釋（分七）J1 病行差別（分四）K1 貪行

§ 142. tatra (i-v) rāgādicaritas tīvrāyatarāgaḥ, hīne 'pi rañjanīye vastuny adhimātrarāgotpādād utpannasya ca ciram anubandhāt / ity evaṃ yāvad vitarkacarito yathāsvaṃ vastuni yojayitavyaḥ /

K2 例瞋等行（缺）K3 等分行

(vi) samabhāga[As. p. 87]caritaḥ prakṛti[stha]ḥ saṃkleśaḥ autkaṭyamāndyavivarjitasamāva[T. 106B]sthe kleśa ity arthaḥ, [Ms. -110A] yathāvastvanurūpaṃ kleśasamudācārāt /

K4 薄塵行

(vii) mandarajaskaḥ prakṛtisthaḥ tanutarakleśaḥ, prakṛtisthebhya uktalakṣaṇebhyas tanutarāḥ kleśā asya, so 'yaṃ prakṛtisthaḥ, utkaṭe 'pi vastuni pūrvapratipakṣābhyāsavaśena prakṛtyā mṛdukleśasamudācārād iti //

J2 出離差別（分三）K1 聲聞乘

§ 143. śrāvakayāniko gotrendriyapraṇidhānāśayālaṃbanapratipattiphalaprabhedair nidiṣṭo veditavyaḥ / prakṛtyā mṛdvindriyatvaṃ punar asya pratyekabuddhabodhisattvendriyāpekṣayā, [Ch. 753C] itarathā hi dharmānusāryādayas tīkṣṇendriyā ity etad virudhyeta /

K2 獨覺乘

(ii) tatrānutpāditapūrvanirvedhabhāgīyo 'prāptapūrvakaphalaś ca khaḍgaviṣāṇakalpo bhavaty ekavihārī, tadanyaḥ pratyekajino vargacārī draṣṭavyaḥ /

K3 菩薩乘

(iii) vyākaraṇaṃ ca pratyalabhata ity aṣṭābhyāṃ bhūmāv anutpattikeṣu dharmeṣu kṣāntiṃ pratilabhata ity arthaḥ //

J3 任持差別（分二）K1 釋解脫決擇（分二）L1 順解脫分（分三）M1 未具資糧（缺）M2 已具未具資糧（缺）M3 已具資糧（缺）L2 順決擇分（分三）M1 未具資糧（缺）M2 已具未具資糧（缺）M3 已具資糧

§ 144. asaṃbhṛtasaṃbhārādayo [Ch. 754A] mokṣabhāgīyānāṃ ca mṛdumadhyādhimātratayā nirvedhabhāgīyotpādanaṃ satyābhisamayaṃ ca pratiniyatāniyata[As. p. 88]tajjanmakālikatvād yathākramaṃ vedita[Ms. 110B]vyāḥ / tatra satyādhipateye dharme 'dhimuktiprasādalakṣaṇāni [T. 107A] mokṣabhāgīyāni, tatraiva dharmanidhyānakṣāntilakṣaṇāni nirvedhabhāgīyāni, śraddhāpradhānatvāt prajñāpradhānatvāc ca yathākramam /

K2 料簡（分二）L1 解決擇三品之位（缺）L2 解二位退不退相

laukikāgradharmaprakṛtyaiva kṣaṇika ity aprābandhika ity arthaḥ / no tu vāsanāparihāṇita iti nirvāṇādhikārikasya kuśalamūlasyotpāditapūrvasyāpunarutpādyatvāt // mṛdumokṣabhāgīyam adhikṛtyoktaṃ bhagavatā-- samyagdṛṣṭir adhimātraṃ laukikī yasya vidyate / api jātisahasrāṇi nāsau gacchati durgatim // iti //

api khalu caturvidhaṃ mokṣabhāgīyam--ādhikārikam ādhimokṣikam ādhikāmikam ābhigāmikaṃ ca / (i) kuśaladharmacchandam upādāya yāvan mokṣārthaṃ kriyate tad ādhikārikam / (ii) tatpratisaṃyuktadeśanādhimokṣasahagataṃ yat tad ādhimokṣikam / (iii) prītiprasādasahagatamokṣālaṃbanamanaskārabahulaṃ yat tad ādhikāmikam / (iv) nirvedhabhāgīyotpādananiyataṃ tatraiva janmani yat tad ābhigāmikam //

nirvedhamāgīyaṃ ṣaḍvidham--ānulomikaṃ prā[Ms. 111A]karṣikaṃ prātivedhikam anyapāriṇāmikam aikajanmikam ekāsanikaṃ ca / tatra (i) yat satyā[T. 107B]-lambanakāram ādito [Ch. 754B] mṛdukaṃ kuśalamūlam utpadyate tad ānulomikam / (ii) yan madhyaṃ tat prākarṣikam, tataḥ tat prakṛṣṭataratvāt / (iii) yad adhimātraṃ satyaprativedhāya tatraiva janmani saṃvartate tat prātivedhikam / (iv) tat punar yad aniyatagotrāṇāṃ bodhiviśeṣāya pariṇāmyate tac ca pratyekabuddhānām anācāryakābhisaṃbodhāya janmāntare pariṇamati tad anyapāriṇāmikam / (v) yat tatraiva janmani satyaprativedhāya saṃvartate tad aikajanmikam / (vi) yat tatraivāsane tad ekāsanikam iti //

J4 方便差別（分二）K1 隨信行（缺）K2 隨法行（缺）J5 果差別（分六）K1 依加行差別（分二）L1 信勝解（缺）L2 見至（缺）K2 依定差別（即身證）

§ 145 (iii) kāyasākṣī vimokṣalābhyanāgāmī, aṣṭau vimokṣān kāyena sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya viharaṇāt / aṣṭau vimokṣā rūpī rūpāṇi paśyatīty evamādayaḥ paścān nirdekṣyante /

K3 依障差別（分二）L1 慧解脫

(iv) prajñāvimuktaḥ prajñāvipakṣakleśāvaraṇamātrāśeṣaprahāṇāt /

L2 俱分解脫

(v) ubhayato bhāgavimuktaḥ sarvakleśasamāpattyāvaraṇābhyāṃ yo vimuktaḥ /

K4 依道差別（分八）L1 預流向

(vi) srotāpattiphalapratipannaka ekāsanikaṃ ni[Ms. 111B]rvedhabhāgīyam ārabhya yāvad ādyaṃ phalaṃ na prāpnoti //

L2 預流果（分二）M1 釋（缺）M2 辨（分二）N1 明誰能得果（分二）O1 次第得果

[As. P. 89] kaḥ punar darśanamārgāvasāne ādyaṃ phalaṃ prāpnoti / [Ch. 754 C] yaḥ pradeśavairāgyeṇāpi kāmebhyo 'vītarāgaḥ samyaktvaṃ niyāmam avakrāmati /

O2 超越得果

yas tu pūrvaṃ laukikena mārgeṇa kāmāvacarān bhāvanāprahā[Ms. 112AT. 108Atavyān ṣaṭprakārān prahāya yatra yo vītarāgo bhavan paścāt samyaktvaṃ niyāmam avakrāmati sa ṣoḍaśe cittakṣaṇe sakṛdāgāmy eva bhavati / navāpi prakārān prahāya kāmavītarāgo bhavan yo niyāmam avakrāmati so 'nāgāmy eva bhavati //

N2 問答但斷三結得預流果（分二）O1 問

sarvadarśanaprahātavyaprahāṇe 'pi trayāṇām eva saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇāt srotāpannavacanam,

O2 答（分二）P1 第一解

eṣāṃ mokṣaprāptivibandhanatvena prādhānyāt / tathāhi satkāyadṛṣṭyā pañcopādānaskandhān ātmata ātmīyataś cābhiniveśyālayārāmatayā duḥkhān noccalati / uccalito 'pi kathaṃcin mokṣaṃ prati śīlavrataparāmarśena vicikitsayā cāsanmārgābhiniveśāt sanmārgasaṃśayanāc ca mithyā niryāti samyaktvam aniryāti // [Ms. 112A]

P2 第二解

punaḥ satkāyadṛṣṭyā jñeye vipratipadyate, duḥkhamātra [ā]tmātmīyalakṣaṇasamāropaṇāt / śīlavrataparāmarśena dṛṣṭau, tayā śuddhipratyayanāt / vicikitsayā pratipakṣe, ratnatrayāniścayanāditi //

L3 一來向

(viii) sakṛdā[gā]miphalapratipannakaḥ darśanamārgād ūrdhvaṃ kāmāvacarasya yāvanmadhyamadhyasya kleśaprakārasya prahāṇamārge yaḥ pudgalaḥ /

L4 一來果

(ix) sakṛdāgāmī madhyamṛdoḥ kleśaprakārasya prahāṇa[A. 108B]mārgaparisamāptau yaḥ pudgalaḥ /

L5 不還向

(x) anāgāmiphalapratipannakaḥ [Ch. 755A] sakṛdāgāmiphalād ūrdhvaṃ kāmāvacarāṇāṃ mṛdvadhimātramṛdumadhyayoḥ kleśaprakārayoḥ prahāṇamārge yaḥ pudgalaḥ /

L6 不還果（分二）M1 釋

(xi) anāgāmī navamasya mṛdumṛdoḥ kleśaprakārasya prahāṇāya mārgaparisamāptau yaḥ pudgalaḥ //

M2 辨斷五順下分結得果（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答

sarvakāmāvacarabhāvanāprahātavyaprahāṇe 'pi pañcānām avarabhāgīyānāṃ saṃyojanānāṃ prahāṇād anāgāmivacanaṃ sūtre eṣāṃ gatidhātvavarakāraṇatvena prādhānyāt / gatyavaraṃ punaḥ narakatiryakpretagatayaḥ / dhātvavaraṃ kāmadhātuḥ / tatra satkāyadṛṣṭiśīlavrataparāmarśavicikitsābhiḥ gatya[Ms. 112B]varāsamatikrāntatvāt kāraṇatvam / kāmacchandavyāpādābhyāṃ dhātvavarāsamatikramād iti //

L7 阿羅漢向（缺）L8 阿羅漢果（分二）M1 釋（缺）M2 辨斷五順上分結得果（分二）N1 問（缺）N2 答

[As. P. 90] traidhātukasarvakleśaprahāṇe 'pi pañcānām ūrdhvabhāgīyānāṃ prahāṇād arhadvacanam, ūrdhvopādānāparityāgakāraṇatvena prādhānyam / tatra rūpārūpyarāgābhyāṃ kāmadhātau ūrdhvopādānaṃ rūpārūpyadhātūpapattir ity arthaḥ / auddhatyamānāvidyābhir ūrdhvāparityāgaḥ, tṛṣṇāmānavicikitsottaradhyāyitvena satra saṃkleśād iti //

K5 依生差別（分八）L1 極七返有（缺）L2 家家

(xv) kulaṃ[T. 109A]kulaḥ kulaḥ srotāpanna eva sakṛdāgāmiphalapratipannako deveṣu vā manuṣyeṣu vā niyamena [Ch. 755B] dvau bhavau saṃsṛtya parinirvāti /

L3 一間

(xvi) ekavīcikaḥ sakṛdāgāmy evānāgāmiphalapratipannako deveṣv evaikaṃ bhavaṃ saṃsṛtyaṃ parinirvāti / ekā vīcir antaraṃ janmāvakāśo 'sya so 'yam ekavīcikaḥ /

L4 中般涅槃三種

(xvii) antarāparinirvāyī yena kleśāvedhenopapattideśaṃ gatvā pratisandadhyāt tatparikṣaye sati yenānuśayamātreṇa maraṇād ūrdhvaṃ skandhān abhinirvartayan tadavaśeṣe saty antarābhavam abhinirvartya pūrvābhyastamārgasaṃmukhībhāvād eva sa viśiṣṭānu[Ms. 113A]śayaprahāṇe parinirvāti / sa punar upapattideśaṃ praty anuccalitoccalitamātradūragabhāvasthatayā trividho veditavyaḥ satpuruṣagatisūtrānusāreṇa /

L5 生般涅槃（缺）L6 無行般涅槃

(xix) anabhisaṃskāreṇa yo mārgaṃ saṃmukhīkṛtyeti pūrvaṃ svabhyastatvāt svarasavāhitayāprayatne[ne]ty arthaḥ /

L7 有行般涅槃

(xx) viparyayād abhisaṃskāraparinirvāyī /

L8 上流（分二）M1 釋（分二）N1 第一種上流（缺）N2 第二種上流

(xxi) [Ch. 755C] ūrdhvasrotā dvividhaḥ--akaniṣṭhago bhavāgragaś ca / tatra (a) akaniṣṭhaga āsvādanābahulatayotpannotpannamṛdvādidhyānaprakārāsvādanāt brahmakāyikān ārabhya nirantaraṃ sarveṣu sthānāntareṣu sakṛtsakṛdupapadyamāno yāvad akaniṣṭhān praviśya [T. 109B] parinirvāti / (b) bhavāgragaś caturthasya dhyānasyāvyavakīrṇabhāvitvāt kevalaṃ śuddhāvāsān parihṛtya tathaiva yāvad bhavāgraṃ gatvā parinirvāti /

M2 別釋五淨居（分二）N1 標五品修

vyavakīrṇabhāvitasya caturthasya dhyānasya mṛdvādipañcaprakārabhāvitatvā[As. p. 91]d

N2 明如次生五淨居

yathākramaṃ pañcasu śuddhāvāseṣūpapattir veditavyā /

K6 依退不退差別（分六）L1 退法阿羅漢

(xxii) cetayitvācetayitveti svayam ātmānam upakramamāṇo 'nu[pa]kramamāṇo vety arthaḥ / dṛṣṭadharmasukhavihārāt parihāṇameti laukikebhyo dhyānebhya ity arthaḥ /

L2 思法阿羅漢（缺）L3 護法阿羅漢（缺）L4 住不動阿羅漢

(xxv) indri[Ms. 113B]yottāpanaṃ punar adhimātratānayanaṃ tīkṣṇakaraṇam ity arthaḥ / ata evākopyadharmā bhavyaś cendriyāṇy uttāpayitum iti noktam, prakṛtyā tīkṣṇendriyatvāt //

L5 堪達阿羅漢（缺）L6 不動法阿羅漢（缺）J6 界差別（分三）K1 三界異生有學無學（分二）L1 欲界（分三）M1 異生（缺）M2 有學（缺）M3 無學（缺）L2 例色無色界（缺）K2 欲色界菩薩

§ 146 [Ch. 756A] kāmāvacararūpāvacara eva bodhisattvo nārūpyāvacaraḥ, prabhāvaprāptasya sattvaparipācanānāyatanatām upādāya tatrānupapattitaḥ / ārūpyadhātuvyavakarṣitena dhyāneneti paryudastārūpyopapattikena samādhinety arthaḥ / dhyānasukhai r viharaty aparihīṇa eva dhyānebhyaḥ, dhyānavyāvartanakuśalatvāt / sattvaparipācanārthaṃ kāmadhātāv api bodhisattva upapadyata iti veditavyam //

K3 欲界獨覺及不思議如來

[As. p. 92] sarvāṃ bodhisattvacaryām iti tuṣitabhavanavāsam upādāya [T. 110A] yāvan māraparājayam / buddhacaryāṃ ca darśayatīty abhisaṃbodhim upādāya yāvan mahāparinirvāṇam //

J7 修行差別（分五）K1 勝解行菩薩

§ 147 (i) adhimukticārī bodhisattvagotre vyavasthita ādito mahābodhiprasthānam upādāya yāvat pramuditāṃ bhūmiṃ na praviśati, pratyātmaṃ lokottarābhigamābhāvāt /

K2 增上意樂行菩薩

(ii) adhyāśayacārī daśasu bhūmiṣu, lokottareṇādhigamena viśuddhāśayatvāt /

K3 有相行菩薩

(iii) nimi[Ms. 114A]ttacārī [Ch. 756B]ṣaṭsu bhūmiṣu, anicchato 'pi nimittavyavakiraṇāt /

K4 無相行菩薩

(iv) animittacārī saptamyām, yatnaṃ kurvato yāvad icchaṃ nimittāsamudācārāt /

K5 無功用行菩薩

(v) anabhisaṃskāracārī śeṣāsu bhūmiṣu, vaipākikanirvikalpajñānapratilambhād iti //

I2 釋預流頓漸出離（分二）J1 標列（缺）J2 別釋（分二）K1 漸出離（缺）K2 頓出離（分二）L1 顯行相

§ 148. sakṛnnairyāṇikaḥ sakṛt traidhātukāvacarān kleśān prajahāti / prakāraśa ity adhimātrādhimātrān kāmarūpārūpyāvacarān bhāvanāprahātavyān anuśayān prajahāti, evaṃ yāvan mṛdumṛdūn darśanaprahātavyān na tu laukikamārgavad bhūmiprakārabhedena pṛthakpṛthag ity arthaḥ / tatredaṃ jñāpakaṃ yathoktamaṃ gulyagrasūtre--"yat kiṃcid rūpaṃ yāvad vijñānam atītānāgatapratyutpannam iti vistareṇa yāvad dūre yad vāntike [T. 110B] tat sarvam ekadhyam asaṃkṣipyaikaṃ bhāgaṃ karoty ekaṃ piṇḍam ekaṃ puñjam ekaṃ rāśiṃ karoty ekaṃ kṛtvātaḥ pratisaṃśikṣate sarvam etad anityaṃ sarvaṃ duḥkham iti vistaraḥ / dvayor evādyantayoḥ phalayoḥ prajñāpyate / tayos traidhātukasarvadarśanabhāvanāprahātavyāśeṣaprahāṇaprabhāvitatvād yathā[Ms. 114B]kramam / madhyayos tu na prajñāpyate, tayor dṛṣṭasatyasya kāmavacarāṇām eva bhāvanāprahātavyānāṃ sāvaśeṣaniravaśeṣaprahāṇaprabhāvitatvāt / sakṛnnairyāṇikaṃ cādhikṛtya vibhaṅgasūtre srotāpannānantaram arhad vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam /

L2 釋不定

sa dṛṣṭe dharme yady ājñāṃ nārāgayati sarvato niḥśeṣam avītarāgatvāt praṇidhānavaśena kāmadhātāv upapadyate kṣipraparinirvāṇārtham //

G2 廣現觀所證（分三）H1 總明現觀（分二）I1 標列

§ 149 [Ch. 756C] abhisamayavyavasthānaṃ daśavidham /

I2 別釋（分十）J1 法現觀

[As. p. 93] tatra (i) dharmābhisamayaḥ satyādhipateyeṣu sūtrādiṣu dharmeṣu paratoghoṣam adhipatiṃ kṛtvādhimātrasyādhimuktiprasādasya paścimamokṣabhāgīyasaṃgṛhītasya pratilambhaḥ / tathāhi tadadhimuktiprasādapratilambhāt tāni satyāni dharmābhisamayenābhisamitānīty ucyante /

J2 義現觀（分二）K1 釋（缺）K2 別釋諦察法忍

(ii) arthābhisamayas teṣv eva dharmeṣu yoniśomanaskāra[T. 111A]m adhipatiṃ kṛtvādhimātrāyāḥ satyeṣu dharmanidhyānakṣānte[:] paścimanirvedhabhāgīyasaṃgṛhī[tā]yāḥ pratilambhaḥ / sā punar dharmanidhyānakṣāntis trividhena yoniśomanaskāreṇa prabhāvitā-- (a) adhimātramṛdunā tajjanmakāleṣūṣmagateṣu, (b) adhi[Ms. 115A]mātramadhyena mūrdhvasu kṣāntiṣu ca, (c) adhimātrādhimātreṇa laukikeṣv agradharmeṣv iti /

J3 真現觀（分二）K1 得見道（缺）K2 得現觀邊安立諦世俗智

(iii) tattvābhisamayo darśanamārgaḥ / tatra punaḥ satyavyavasthāpanāny abhisamayāntikāni saṃvṛtijñānāni pratilambhato lokottarajñānādhipatyena tadbījapoṣaṇān na tu sammukhīkaroti ṣoḍaśānāṃ darśanamārgacittakṣaṇānāṃ nirantaratvena laukikacittānavakāśāt /

J4 後現觀

(iv) pṛṣṭhābhisamayo darśanamārgād ūrdhvaṃ sarvabhāvanāmārgo laukiko lokottaro vā /

J5 寶現觀

(v) ratnābhisamayaḥ samyaksaṃbuddho vata bhagavān, svākhyāto 'sya dharmavinayaḥ, supratipannaḥ śrāvakasaṃgha ity evam avetya niścityāryaśrāvakasya buddhādiṣu prasādaḥ /

J6 不行現觀

(vi) asamudācārābhisamayo [Ch. 757A] yasyākaraṇasaṃvarasyāryakāntaśīlasaṃgṛhītasya lābhāt tadvipakṣanarakādyasamudācāraṃ praty evaṃ niścayaḥ pravarttate "kṣīṇā me narakāḥ" [T. 111B] ity evamādiḥ so 'samudācārābhisamayaḥ /

J7 究竟現觀

(vii) niṣṭhābhisamayaḥ sarvadauṣṭhulyānāṃ pratiprasrabdhir ity evamādir yathā mārgasatye niṣṭhāmārgo nirdiṣṭaḥ /

J8 聲聞現觀

eta eva saptābhisamayāḥ śrāvakāṇāṃ para[Ms. 115B]toghoṣam āgamya pratilambhataḥ (viii) śrāvakābhisamaya ity ucyate /

J9 獨覺現觀

(ix) [As. p. 94] paratoghoṣam anāgamya pratilambhataḥ pratyeka[buddh]ābhisamaya iti /

J10 菩薩現觀

(x) bodhisattvābhisamaya eṣu saptasv abhisamayeṣu bodhisattvasya yā samudāgamakṣāntiḥ śrāvakapratyekabuddhavinayopāyakauśalyārthaṃ no tu sākṣātkriyā sattvāpekṣayā hīnayānāniryāṇāt / api khalu tatprathamato bodhisattvasya bhūmipraveśābhisamaya ity ucyate //

H2 明聲聞菩薩現觀差別（分二）I1 問

§ 150. etaṃ cābhisamayaṃ niśrityocyate--śrāvakābhisamayād bodhisattvābhi samasya kaḥ prativiśeṣaḥ /

I2 答（分二）J1 標列十一種差別

(i) ālaṃbanaviśeṣato vaipulyālaṃbanatvāt /

(ii) upastambhaviśeṣataḥ paripūrṇamahākalpāsaṃkhyeyamahāpuṇyajñānasaṃbhāraparipūraṇāt /

(iii) prativedhaviśeṣataḥ pudgaladharmanairātmyādhipateyadharmaprayogavedhato lokottareṇa jñānena tadubhayaprativedhāt /

(iv) abhyupagamaviśeṣataḥ svātmasamatayā sarvasattvā[T. 112A]hyupagamāt /

(v) niryāṇaviśeṣato daśabhir bhūmibhir niryāṇāt /

(vi) parigrahaviśeṣato 'pratiṣṭhitanirvāṇaparigrahaṇā[Ms. 116A]t /

(vii, viii) [Ch. 757-B] pratiṣṭhāparivāraviśeṣato buddhakṣatrapariśīdhanād

vineyajanopagrahaṇāc ca /

(ix) abhijanmaviśeṣataḥ pitṛvaṃśasaṃdhārakaurasaputralakṣaṇatvāt /

(x) janmaviśeṣataḥ pariṣanmaṇḍaleṣūpapannaḥ /

J2 別列十種果差別

(xi) phalaviśeṣaś ca punaḥ

(1) [āśraya]parivṛttiviśeṣataḥ kliṣṭākliṣṭasarvaprakāradauṣṭhulyaprahāṇāt sarvaniruttaraguṇāśrayatvenāśrayaparivarttanāt /

(2) guṇasamṛddhiviśeṣato balavaiśāradyāveṇikabuddhadharmādyaparimitaguṇaniṣpatteḥ /

(3) pañcākāraviśeṣato viśuddhyādiviśeṣāt / tatra (a) viśuddhiviśeṣaḥ savāsanakleśa prahāṇāt / (b) pariśuddhiviśeṣo buddhakṣetrapariśodhanāt / (c) kāyaviśeṣo dharmakāyapariniṣpādanāt / (d) bhogaviśeṣaḥ sadā bodhisattvaiḥ saha parṣanmaṇḍaleṣu vicitradharmasaṃbhogāt / (e) [T. 112B] kamaviśeṣo yathārhaṃ nirmāṇaiḥ samantād anantāparyanteṣu lokadhātuṣu buddhakṛtyānuṣṭhānād iti /

(4) kāyatrayaviśeṣataḥ svabhāvikasāmbhogikanairmāṇikāyapariniṣpattilābhāt /

(5) nirvāṇaviśeṣato [Ms. 116B] nirupadhiśeṣe nirvāṇadhātau sarvasattvahitāya sarvaguṇāsamucchedāt /

(6) miśropamiśrajñānaśaktilābhaviśeṣataḥ suviśuddhadharmadhātvekarasatayā tadāśritāsu sarvākāravarajñatāsu pratyekaṃ sarvabuddhānāṃ sāmarthyāt /

(7) [Ch. 757C] āvaraṇaviśuddhiviśeṣataḥ sarvakleśajñeyāvaraṇaprahāṇāt /

(8) miśropamiśrakarmakriyāviśeṣata ekaikasattvavinayanaṃ prati sarvabuddhādhipatyāt /

(9) abhisaṃbodhinirvāṇasaṃdarśanopāyaviśeṣato daśasu dikṣu yathāyogaṃ sarvalokadhātuṣu yāvad aparāntaṃ punaḥpunarbuddhotpādādisaṃdarśanena sarvavineyajanaparipācanavimocanāt /

(10) pañcākāraparitrāṇaviśeṣataś ca veditavya upadravādiparitrāṇāt / tatra (a) upadravaparitrāṇaṃ nagarapraveśādibhir andhādīnāṃ cakṣurādipratilambhāt / (b) anupāyapari[T. 113A]trāṇaṃ laukika samyagdṛṣṭipratilambhena sarvakudṛṣṭivivecanāt / (c) apāyaparitrāṇaṃ darśanamārgotpādanena durgatisamatikramaṇāt (d) satkāyaparitrāṇam arhattvasākṣātkaraṇena traidhātukavi[Ms. 117A]mokṣāṇāt / (e) yānaparitrāṇaṃ bodhisattvānāṃ hīnayānavicchandanād iti //

H3 明現觀所攝功德（分二）I1 問答（分二）J1 問（缺）J2 答（分二）K1 答攝

§ 151. vaiśaiṣikaguṇā āryaśrāvakair bhāvanāmārge vābhinirhriyante 'śaikṣamārge vety ata eṣāṃ pṛṣṭhaniṣṭhābhisamayābhyāṃ saṃgraho veditavyaḥ /

K2 別徵顯（分二）L1 徵（缺）L2 列

te punar maitryādayo yathāsūtrāntareṣu nirdiṣṭāḥ śrāvakayāne mahāyāne ca tathaiva veditavyāḥ / teṣāṃ cāyaṃ samāsena pañcabhir ākārair yathāyogaṃ lakṣaṇanirdeśo veditavyaḥ--niśrayata ālaṃbanata ākārataḥ svabhāvataḥ sahāyataś ca //

I2 隨前各以五門解釋（分十九）J1 四無量（分二）K1 列（缺）K2 釋（分四）L1 慈無量

§ 152. tatra tāvat (i) maitryā dhyānaṃ niśrayaḥ, sattvā ālaṃbanam, sukhena saṃprayujyerann ity ākāraḥ, [Ch. 758A] samādhiḥ prajñā ca svabhāvaḥ śamathavipaśyanāsaṃgṛhītatvāt sarvaguṇānām, cittacaitasikāḥ sahāyā ity evaṃ (ii-iv) karuṇādiṣu yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam /

L2 悲無量（缺）L3 喜無量（缺）L4 捨無量

(iv) [T. 113B, As. p. 95] upekṣayā sukhādiṣu sattveṣv anunayādyabhyupekṣaṇam aho vata saṃkleśād vimucyerann ity ayam ākāro veditavyaḥ / sa ca hitāśayavihāra ity ucyate //

J2 八解脫（分二）K1 標指

§ 153. aṣṭau vimokṣāḥ /

K2 別釋（分五）L1 有色觀諸色解脫

(i) rūpī rūpāṇi paśyaty ayaṃ prathamo vimokṣa iti vistaraḥ / tatra kathaṃ rūpī[Ms. 117AB]ty ucyate / svātmany ārūpyasamāpattisaṃniśrayeṇa rūpasaṃjñāyā abhibhāvanād rūpasaṃjñāsaṃniveśanād vā draṣṭavyāni rūpasaṃjñāsaṃmukhīkaraṇād ity arthaḥ / kathaṃ rūpāṇi paśyatīty ucyate / suvarṇadurvarṇādīni rūpāṇy adhimucya darśanāt / kathaṃ vimokṣa ity ucyate / vimucyate 'nena nirmāṇāvaraṇād iti kṛtvā /

L2 內無色想觀外諸色解脫

(ii) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñārūpyasamāpattisaṃniśrayeṇa draṣṭari svātmani rūpasaṃjñāvibhāvanād arūpasaṃjñāsaṃniveśanād vā draṣṭari nāmasaṃjñāsaṃmukhīkaraṇād ity arthaḥ / śeṣaṃ pūrvavat /

L3 淨解脫身作證具足住

(iii) śubhaṃ vimokṣaṃ kāyena sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya viharata, [Ch. 758B] śubhāśubheṣu rūpeṣv anyonyāpekṣāsaṃjñām anyonyānugamasaṃjñāṃ ca niśrityā[nyo]nyaikarasasaṃjñālābhāt / tathāhi śubhā[T. 114A]ni rūpāṇy apekṣya tadanyeṣv aśubhānīti bhavaty aśubhāni vāpekṣya śubhānīti nānapekṣyaikajātīyānām eva darśane śubhāśubhatābuddhyabhāvāt / tathā hi śubheṣv apy aśūbhatānugatāśubheṣv api śubhatā, śubhasaṃmatasyāpi tvaṅmātrasya keśādiṣaṭtriṃśadaśucidravyāntarabhāvād ity evam anyonyaṃ sarvarūpāṇi miśrayitvā śubhataikarasākā[Ms. 118A]rayā saṃjñayāvimucyate / tasyaivaṃ rūpādivimokṣavibhutvalābhinaḥ śubhāśubhanirmāṇāvaraṇaṃ ca prahīyate tatra ca saṃkleśotpattyāvaraṇam / kaḥ punar nirmāṇe saṃkleśaḥ / śubharūpanirmāṇe ābhogaḥ, aśubharūpanirmāṇe prātikūlyam iti /

L4 四無色解脫（分二）M1 釋無邊空處（缺）M2 例餘三無色解脫

(iv-vii) ākāśānantyāyatanādīni catvāry āryaśrāvakasya yāny anā śravānukūlāni śuddhāni tāni vimokṣakākhyāṃ labhante, tadāsvādanavimokṣaṇāt / ye te śāntā vimokṣā atikramya rūpāṇy ārūpyās teṣv asaktiḥ pariśuddhiḥ / tasyā āvaraṇam ārūpyāsvādanam iti /

L5 想受滅解脫

(viii) saṃjñāvedayitanirodhasya niśrayo naivasaṃjñānāsaṃjñāyatanam, ālaṃbanākārasahāyā na santi citta[T. 114B]caitasikānām abhāvāt / svabhāvas tasya cittacaitasikānāṃ nirodhaḥ / sa ca mokṣānusadṛśo vihāraḥ, lokottareṇa mārgeṇa parivṛttyāśrayasyāryaśrāvakasya punaś citacaitasikānām apy apravṛttyavasthāyāḥ paramaśāntatvāt kliṣṭamano 'samudācārāc ca /

ete cāṣṭau vimokṣā vihārā ity ucyante, ebhir āryāṇāṃ viharaṇāt / tatrāpi [Ch. 758C] bahulam ābhyāṃ vimokṣābhyāṃ viharanti, tṛtīyenāṣṭamena ca pradhānatvā[Ms. 118B]t / ata eva cānayoḥ kāyena sākṣātkṛtyopasaṃpadya viharatīti vacanaṃ nānyeṣu rūpyarūpivimokṣāvaraṇāśeṣaprahāṇād yathākramam / tayoḥ saṃpūrṇāśrayaparivṛttisākṣātkaraṇam upādāyety aparaḥ paryāyaḥ //

J3 八勝處（分四）K1 標指

§ 154 [As. p. 56] aṣṭāv abhibhvāyatanāni /

K2 隨標釋（分二）L1 釋前四勝處由第一第二解脫建立

tatra (i) adhyātmaṃ rūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati parīttāni suvarṇadurvarṇāni hīnapraṇī tāni, tāni khalu rūpāṇy abhibhūya jānāty abhibhūya paśyati tathā ca saṃjñī bhavati / idaṃ prathamam abhibhvāyatanam / (ii) adhyātmaṃ rūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyaty adhimātrāṇi suvarṇadurvarṇāni vistareṇa yāvat tayā ca saṃjñī [T. 115A] bhavati / idaṃ dvitīyam abhibhvāyatanam / ity ete dve abhibhvāyatane rūpī rūpāṇi paśyatīty etasmād vimokṣād abhinirhriyete / (iii) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati parīttāni vistareṇa yāvat tathāsaṃjñī ca bhavati / idaṃ tṛtīyam abhibhvāyatanam / (iv) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyaty adhimātrāṇi yathā tathāsaṃjñī ca bhavati / idaṃ caturtham abhibhvāyatanam / ity ete dve abhibhvāyatane adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rū[Ms. 119A]pāṇi paśyatīty etasmād vimokṣād abhinirhriyete / evaṃ kṛtvā dvābhyāṃ vimokṣābhyāṃ catvāry abhibhvāyatanāni veditavyāni /

L2 釋後四勝處由第三解脫所建立

(v) adhyātma[m a]rūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati nīlāni nīlavarṇāni nīlanidarśanāni nīlanirbhāsāni / tadyathā umakāpuṣpaṃ saṃpannaṃ vā vārāṇasīyakaṃ vastraṃ nīlaṃ nīlavarṇaṃ nīlanidarśanaṃ nīlanirbhāsam evam evādhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati nīlāni yāvan nī[T. 115B]lanirbhāsāni tāni khalu rūpāṇy abhibhūya jānāty ābhibhūya paśyati tathāsaṃjñī ca bhavati / idaṃ pañcamam abhibhvāyatanam / (vi) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati pītāni yāvat pītanirbhāsāni / tadyathā karṇikārapuṣpaṃ saṃpannaṃ vā vārāṇasīyakaṃ vastraṃ pītaṃ pītavarṇam iti vistaraḥ / idaṃ ṣaṣṭham abhibhvāyatanam / (vii) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyati lohitāni yāval lohitanirbhāsāni / tadyathā bandhujīvakapuṣpaṃ saṃpannaṃ vā vārāṇasīyaṃ vastraṃ lohitaṃ lohita[varṇa]m iti vistaraḥ / idaṃ saptamam abhibhvāyatanam / (viii) adhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyaty avadā[Ms. 119B]tāny avadātavarṇā[T. 116A]ny avadātanidarśanāny avadātanirbhā sāni / tadyathā uṣasi tārakāyā varṇaṃ saṃpannaṃ vā vārāṇasīyakaṃ vastram avadātam avadātavarṇam avadātanidarśanam avadātanirbhāsam evam evādhyātmam arūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyaty avadātāny avadātavarṇāny avadātanidarśanāny avadātanirbhāsāni tāni khalu rūpāṇy abhibhūya jānāty abhibhūya paśyati [Ch. 759A] tathāsaṃjñī ca bhavati / idam aṣṭamam abhibhvāyatanam / etāni catvāri śubhaṃ vimokṣaṃ kāyena sākṣātkṛtvopasaṃpadya viharatīty etasmād vimokṣād abhinirhriyate //

K3 料簡

tatra vimokṣair ālaṃbanam adhimucyate parīttādikam, abhibhvāyatanais tv abhibhavati, tadantardhānād yatheṣṭaṃ vā karaṇād vaśavartamānatām upādāya /

K4 別釋其義

tatra parīttāni rūpāṇi sattvasaṃkhyātāny alpapramāṇatvāt / adhimātrāṇy asattvasaṃkhyātāni gṛhavimānaparvatādīni mahāpramāṇatvāt / suvarṇadurvarṇāni śubhāśubhavarṇasaṃgṛhītāni / hīnapraṇītāni mānuṣyakadivyāni yathākramam / tāni khalu rūpāṇy abhibhūyeti vaśe vartayitvā / jānātīti śama[Ms. 120A]thamārgeṇa / paśyatīti vipaśyanāmārgeṇa / tathāsaṃjñī ca bhavatīty abhibhūte nābhi[T. 116B]bhūte vā tannirabhimānasaṃjñitām upādāya / nīlānīty uddeśapadam / nīlavarṇāni sahajāṃ nīlatām upādāya / nīlanidarśanāni saṃyoganīlatām upādāya / nīlanirbhāsāni tadubhayoḥ prabhānirmokṣabhāsvaratām upādāya / yathā nīlāny evaṃ pītalohitāvadātāni vistareṇa veditavyāni / dṛṣṭāntadvayaṃ caikaikasmin sahajasāṃyogika varṇodbhāvanatām upādāya / aparaḥ paryāyas tadyathā nīlam iti puṣpavastrayoḥ samānam uddeśapadam / nīlavarṇam iti puṣpam evādhikṛtya, tasya sāṃyogikanīlatvasaṃbhavāt / nīlanirbhāsam ity ucyate puṣpavastre adhikṛtya, dvayor api bhāsvaratvasaṃbhavāt / ity evaṃ kṛtvā dṛṣṭānte 'pi tadyathomakāpuṣpaṃ saṃpannaṃ vā vārāṇasīyakaṃ vastraṃ nīlaṃ nīlavarṇam ity evamādinirdeśa upapanno bhavati / evaṃ pītādikaṃ yojayitavyam / śiṣṭaṃ yathā dhimokṣeṣu / kiṃ śiṣṭam / adhyātmaṃ rūpasaṃjñī bahirdhā rūpāṇi paśyatīty e[Ms. 120B]vamādi / tat punar yathā rūpī rūpāṇi paśyatīty evamādi nirdeśānusāreṇa draṣṭavyam //

J4 十徧處（分三）K1 正釋

§ 155. evam abhibhvāyatanair ālaṃbanaṃ [T. 117A] vaśe vartayitvā kṛtsnāyatanaiḥ kṛtsnaṃ spharati samantānantāparyantaṃ vistārayatīty arthaḥ / tāni punaḥ kṛtsnāyatanāni daśa bhavanti / tadyathā pṛthivīkṛtsnam apkṛtsnaṃ tejaḥkṛtsnaṃ vāyukṛtsnaṃ pītakṛtsnaṃ lohitakṛtsnam avadātakṛtsnam ākāśānantyāyatanakṛtsnaṃ vijñānānantyāyatanakṛtsnaṃ ca /

K2 辨建立地等

kṛtsnāyataneṣu pṛthivyādīni yadi na vyavasthāpyeran tenāśrayamahābhūtair vinā tadupādāyarūpaṃ nīlādikaṃ spharituṃ na śakyeta / tasyāśrayasya rūpasya spharaṇasamṛddhim upādāyaiṣāṃ kṛtsneṣu vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam / śeṣaṃ yathāsaṃbhavaṃ vimokṣavad ākāśānantyāyatanakṛtsnādi //

K3 釋解脫成滿

[Ch. 759B] tatra vimokṣair ārambhaḥ, abhibhvāyatanaiḥ prayogaḥ, kṛtsnāyatanaiḥ pariniṣpattir vimokṣāṇāṃ veditavyāḥ //

J5 無諍

§ 156. araṇāvihārī yeṣāṃ sattvānām ābhāsaṃ gantukāmo bhavati teṣām ātmani kleśasamudācāram adhikṛtyānāgatavṛttāntaṃ vihāragata eva praṇidhijñānabalenāvalokya tathā ta[Ms. 121A]tsamīpam upasaṃkrāmati na vā yathā te tatrānunayapratidherṣyāmātsaryā[T. 117B]dikaṃ kleśopakleśasaraṇaṃ notpādayanti / ata idam ucyate 'raṇā dhyānaṃ niśritya kleśotpattyanurakṣāvihārasamṛddhāv iti vistaraḥ /

J6 願智

§ 157. praṇidhijñānaṃ tallābhī yad yad eva traiyadhvikādikajñeyavṛttāntaṃ jñātukāmo bhavati, tatra tatra mānasaṃ praṇidhāyedaṃ jānīyām iti dhyānaṃ samāpadyate, tato vyutthitasya tatpraṇidhānaṃ samṛdhyati, tajjñeyaṃ jānātīty arthaḥ //

J7 四無礙解（分二）K1 標列（缺）K2 別釋（分四）L1 法無礙解

§ 158. (i) dharmapratisaṃvit paryāyeṣu, tadyathāvidyādīn ārabhyājñānam adarśanam anabhisamaya ity evamādiṣv a[GCh. 759C]vyāghātasamṛddhau yaḥ samādhir iti vistaraḥ /

L2 義無礙解

(ii) arthapratisaṃvitsvasāmānyalakṣaṇe dharmāṇām, arthāntarādyabhiprāye [As. YP. 97] cāvyāghātasamṛddhāv iti vistaraḥ /

L3 訓詞無礙解

(iii) niruktipratisaṃvijjanapadabhāṣāyām iti prativiṣayaṃ yathāsvam anyonyasaṃjñāntarānuvyavahāre, dharmanirvacane ceti tadyathā lujyate pralujyate tasmāl lokaḥ, rūpyate tasmād rūpa ity evamādike /

L4 辯才無礙解

(iv) pratibhānapratisaṃviddharmaprabhedeṣv iti dravyasantaḥ prajñaptisantaḥ saṃvṛtisantaḥ paramārthasanta ity evamādiṣu //

J8 六神通（分二）K1 標列（缺）K2 別釋（分六）L1 神境通

§ 159. (i) [T. 118A] ṛddhyabhijñā [Ms. 121B] vicitrarddhivikurvitasamṛddhāv iti tadyathā eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavatīty evamādau /

L2 天耳通

(ii) vicitrāṇāṃ śabdānām anuśravasamṛddhāv iti divyamānuṣyakādīnām /

L3 心差別通

(iii) parasattveṣu cittacaritapraveśasamṛddhāv iti sarāgādicittapracārayathābhūtajñānasamṛddhāv ity arthaḥ /

L4 宿住隨念通

(iv) [Ch. 760A] pūrvāntacaryāyā anusmaraṇasamṛddhāv ity atītaṃ janmaparaṃparām ārabhya nāmajātigotrādiprakāravṛttāyā ity arthaḥ /

L5 死生通

(v) cyutyutpādābhijñā divyena cakṣuṣā sattvānāṃ cyavamānānām upapadyamānānāṃ suvarṇānāṃ durvarṇānāṃ sugatim api gacchatāṃ durgatim apy aparāntam ārabhya cyutyupapādasaṃdarśanasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ /

L6 漏盡通

(vi) āsravakṣayajñānasamṛddhāv iti yenopāyenāsravāḥ parikṣīyante, yaś caiṣāṃ parikṣayas tajjñānaniṣpattinimittam ity arthaḥ //

J9 相、隨好

§ 160. lakṣaṇānuvyañjanāni yat samādhiprajñādhipatyena buddhā bhagavanto dvātriṃśatā lakṣaṇair aśītyānuvyañjanaiḥ vibhrājamānaṃ rūpakāyaṃ saṃdarśayanti vineyānām / [T. 118B] tatsvabhāvāni tāni teṣāṃ veditavyāni, dharmakāyaprabhāvitatvād buddhānāṃ bhagavatām iti / bo[Ms. 122A]dhisattvānāṃ tu tathāsaṃdarśanasamarthānāṃ samādhiprajñāsvabhāvāni / tadanyeṣāṃ parṣanmaṇḍaleṣūpapannānāṃ tatsamutthitavipākasvabhāvāni veditavyāni //

J10 四清淨（分二）K1 標列

§ 161. catasraḥ sarvakārāḥ pariśuddhayo buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ mahābhijñāprāptānāṃ ca bodhisattvānām /

K2 別釋（分四）L1 依止清淨

tatra (i) yathākāmam āśrayasyopādānasthānaparityāgānāṃ samṛddhāv iti yatrecchati tatropapattigrahaṇataḥ, tasyāṃ copapattāv āyuḥsaṃskārān adhiṣṭhāya yāvad iccham avasthānataḥ, yadecchati tadāyuḥsaṃskārotsarjanataś ca yathākramam /

L2 境界清淨

(ii) yathākāmam ālaṃbanam adhikṛtya nirmāṇapariṇāmanajñānānāṃ samṛddhāv i[Ch. 760B]ty apūrvarūpādinirmāṇataḥ, pūrvotpannānāṃ rūpādīnāṃ suvarṇāditvena pariṇāmataḥ, sarvaṃ prakārāvagamanataś ca yathākramam /

L3 心清淨

(iii) yathākāmaṃ samādhimukhavaśavartisamṛddhāv iti pratikṣaṇaṃ yatheṣṭam aparimitasamādhyantarasamāpattaye /

L4 智清淨

(iv) yathākāmaṃ dhāraṇīmukhasaṃdhāraṇasamṛddhāv iti dvācatvāriṃśato 'kṣarāṇām anyatamākṣaramanasikāre tadādisarvadharmaparyāyābhilapanasāmarthyapratilambhāyety arthaḥ //

J11 十力（分二）K1 標列

§ 162. [As. P. 98] daśa balāni--sthānā[T. 119A]sthānajñānabalaṃ karmasvakajñānabalaṃ dhyā[Ms. 122B]navimokṣasamādhisamāpattijñānabalam indriyaparāparajñānabalaṃ nānādhimuktijñānabalaṃ nānādhātujñānabalaṃ sarvatragāminīpratipajjñānabalaṃ pūrvanivāsānusmṛtijñānabalaṃ cyutyupapādajñānabalam āsravakṣayajñānabalaṃ ca /

K2 別（分三）L1 處非處智力

tatra sthānāsthānajñānabalaṃ dhyānaṃ niśritya sarvaprakārahetvahetujñānāsaṃgāpratihatasaṃmukhībhāve samādhyādayaḥ /

L2 自業智力

evaṃ karmasvakajñānabalādiṣu sarvākārakarmasvakatājñānāsaṃgāpratihatasaṃmukhībhāva iti yojayitavyam //

L3 例餘力（缺）J12 四無畏（分二）K1 標列

§ 163. [Ch. 760C] catvāri vaiśāradyāni--

K2 別釋（分四）L1 正等覺無畏

(i) samyaksaṃbuddhasya vata me sata ime te dharmā anabhisaṃbuddhā ity atra māṃ kaścic chramaṇo vā devo vā māro vā brahmā vā sahadharmeṇa codayed vā smārayed vā nimittam api na samanupaśyāmy etac ca nimitta[m a]samanupaśyan kṣemaprāptaś ca vaiśāradyaprāptaś codāram ārṣabhaṃ sthānaṃ prajānāmi, brahmacaryaṃ pravartayāmi, pariṣadi samyak siṃhanādaṃ nadāmi /

L2 漏盡無畏

(ii) kṣīṇāsravasya vata me sata ime āsravā aparikṣīṇā iti /

L3 障法無畏

(iii) [Ch. 761A] ye vā punar me śrāvakā[ṇā]m antarāyikā dharmā ākhyātāḥ tān pratiṣevamānasya nālam anta-[T. 119B]rāyāteti /

L4 出苦道無畏

(iv) yo vā punar me śrā[Ms. 121A]vakāṇāṃ niryāṇāya mārga ākhyāta āryo nairyāṇiko nairvedhikaḥ sa vata na samyaṅ niryāti tat karasya samyagduḥ[kha]kṣayāya duḥkhasyāntakriyāyai ity atra māṃ kaścit śramaṇo vā brāhmaṇo vā yāvat siṃhanādaṃ nadāmīti vistareṇaikaikasmin vaktavyam / tāny etāni vaiśāradyāni svārthaṃ parārthaṃ cārabhya veditavyāni / tatra dvividhaḥ svārthaḥ-- (i) jñānaviśeṣaḥ (ii) prahāṇaviśeṣaś ca / dvividhaḥ parārthaḥ-- (i) vipakṣadharmavivarjanaṃ (ii) pratipakṣadharmaniṣevaṇaṃ ca / tatrābhisaṃbodhivaiśāradyaṃ jñānātmakaṃ svārtham evārabhya sarvākāraṃ mayā saprabhedaparyantaṃ jñeyam abhisaṃbuddham ity etasyāḥ pratijñāyāḥ samyaṅniranuyojyatvena sarvasmin loke pratiṣṭhāpanasamṛddhau yaḥ samādhir iti pūrvavat / evaṃ śeṣāṇy api vaiśāradyāni yojayitavyāni / sarvākārāḥ punar āsravāḥ savāsanāḥ kleśā draṣṭavyāḥ / sarvākārā antarāyikā dharmāḥ sarve sāṃkleśikāḥ vipakṣadharmā draṣṭavyāḥ / sarvākāro nairyāṇiko mārgaḥ prayogamārgam ārabhya yāvan niṣṭhāmārgo draṣṭavyaḥ //

J13 三念住

§ 164. trīṇy āveṇikāni smṛtyupasthā[Ms. 123B]nāni / iha (i) śāstā śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayaty anukampakaḥ kāru[T. 120A]ṇiko 'rthakāmo hitaiṣī karuṇāyamānaḥ--idaṃ vo bhikṣavo hitāya idaṃ sukhāya idaṃ hitasukhāyeti / tasya te śrāvakāḥ śuśrūṣante śrotram avadadhaty ājñācittam upasthāpayanti pratipadyante dharmasyānudharmam / tatra tathāgatasya na nāndī bhavati na saumanasyaṃ na cetasa utplāvitatvam upekṣakas tatra tathāgato viharati smṛtaḥ saṃprajānan / idaṃ prathamāveṇikaṃ smṛtyupasthānam / yad āryaḥ sevate yad āryaḥ sevamāno 'rhati gaṇam anuśāsitum /

(ii) punar aparaṃ śāstā [Ch. 761B] śrāvakāṇāṃ dharmaṃ deśayati yāvad idaṃ hitasukhāya / tasya te śrāvakā na śuśrūṣante yāvan na pratipadyante dharmaṃsyānudharmam / tatra tathāgatasya nāghāto bhavati nākṣāntir nāpratyayo na cetaso 'nabhirāddhir upekṣakas tatreti vistaraḥ / idaṃ dvitīyam /

(iii) tṛtīye 'yaṃ viśeṣaḥ--asyaike śrāvakāḥ śuśrūṣante yāvat pratipadyante dharmasyānudharmam eke na śuśrūṣante yāvan na pratipadyante dharmasyānudharmam / tatra tathāgatasya na nāndo bhavati yāvac cetaso nā[Ms. 124A]bhirāddhir iti / etā[ni] trīṇi smṛtyupasthānāni śāstur gaṇaparikarṣaṇe yathākramaṃ sarvākārānunayapratighatadubhayasaṃkleśavāsanāyā[T. 120B] asamudācārasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ //

J14 三不護

§ 165. trīṇy arakṣāṇi / pariśuddhakāyasamudācāras tathāgataḥ / nāsti tathāgatasyāpariśuddhakāyasamudācāratā yāṃ tathāgataḥ praticchādayitavyāṃ manyeta kaccin me pare vi[jā]nīyur iti / evaṃ vāṅmanaḥsamudācārate veditavye / ebhir nirvaktavyatayā nirāśaṅkatvāt svayaṃ śāstur vineyajanaparikarṣaṇam ārabhyaṃ yatheṣṭaṃ nigṛhya prasajyāvavādānuśāsanīprayogaḥ samṛddhyatīti veditavyam //

J15 無忘失法

§ 166. asaṃmoṣadharmatā sarvavineyakāryam ārabhya yathāvat kṛtasya bhāṣitasya cābhilapanasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ //

J16 永斷習氣

§ 167. vāsanāsamudghātaḥ sarvajñasya sataḥ kleśajñeyāvaraṇaśeṣasūcakānāṃ kāyavākceṣṭitānām asamudācārasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ //

J17 大悲

§ 168. [Ch. 761C] mahākaruṇā traidhātukāvacareṣu sarvasattveṣu nirantarasarvaprakāraduḥkhālaṃbanakaruṇāvihārasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ //

J18 十八不共佛法

§ 169. [As. p. 99] aṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmās tadyathā (i) nāsti tathāgatasya skhalitam, (ii) nāsti ravitam, [Ms. 124B] (iii) nāsti muṣitā smṛtiḥ, (iv) nāsty asamāhitaṃ cittam, (v) nāsti nānātvasaṃjñā, (vi) nāstyapratisaṃkhyāyopekṣā, [T. 121A] (vii) nāsti chandaparihāṇiḥ, (viii) nāsti vīryaparihāṇiḥ, (ix) nāsti smṛtiparihāṇiḥ, (x) nāsti samādhiparihāṇiḥ, (xi) nāsti prajñāparihāṇiḥ, (xii) nāsti vimuktiparihāṇiḥ, (xiii) sarvaṃ tathāgatasya kāyakarma jñānapūrvaṃgamaṃ jñānānuparivarti, (xiv) sarvaṃ vākkarmaṃ jñānapūrvaṃgamaṃ jñānānuparivarti, (xv) sarvaṃ manaskarma jñānapūrvaṃgamaṃ jñānānuparivarti, (xvi) atīte 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānam, (xvii) anāgate 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānam, (xviii) pratyutpanne 'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānam iti //

eṣāṃ punar vyavasthānam, tadyathā (i) arhan bhikṣuḥ kṣīṇāsravaḥ grāmaṃ piṇḍāya carann ekadā caṇḍena hastinā sārdhaṃ samāgacchati / yathā caṇḍena hastinaivaṃ caṇḍanāśvena, caṇḍayā gavā, caṇḍena kukkureṇa / gahanaṃ vā kaṇṭakavāṭaṃ vā mṛdnāti / alagardaṃ vā padābhyāṃ samākrāmati / tadrūpaṃ vāgāraṃ praviśati yatrainaṃ mātṛgrāmo 'yogavihitenopanimantrayati / araṇye vā punamārgaṃ hitvā kumārgeṇa gacchati / corairvā taskarair vā sārdhaṃ samāgacchati siṃhair vyāghrair vāpa[Ms. 125A]ravṛkair vā ity evaṃ bhāgīyaṃ skhalitam arhatas tathāgatasya sarveṇa sarvaṃ nāsti /

(ii) punar ayam arhannekadāraṇye pravaṇe 'nvāhiṇḍan mārgād apanaśya śūnyāgāraṃ praviśya śabdam udīrayati, ghoṣam anuśrāvayati, mahārutaṃ ravati / vāsanā[T. 121B]doṣaṃ vāgamya kliṣṭaṃ mahāhāsaṃ hasati, dantavidarśakaṃ saṃcagdhitam upadarśayati / ity evaṃbhāgīyam arhato ravitaṃ tathāgatasya sarveṇa sarvaṃ nāsti /

(iii) nāsti tathāgatasya muṣitā smṛtir akliṣṭacirakṛtacirabhāṣitānusmaraṇatām upādāya / (iv) [Ch. 762A] punar aparam arhan samāpannaḥ samāhito bhavati vyutthito 'samāhitaḥ / tathāgatasya tu sarvāvasthaṃ nāsty asamāhitaṃ cittam / (v) punar aparam arhann ekāntenopadhā ca pratikramaṇasaṃjñī bhavati nirupadhike ca nirvāṇe śāntasaṃjñī / tathāgatasya upadhau nirvāṇe ca nānātvasaṃjñā nāsti, paramopekṣāvihāritām upādāya / (vi) punar aparam arhann apratisaṃkhyāya sattvārthakriyām adhyupekṣate / tathāgatasya tv iyam evaṃbhāgīyāpratisaṃkhyāyopekṣā nāsti / (vii-xii) punar aparam arhan jñeyāvaraṇaviśuddhim ārabhyāprāptaparihāṇyā chandenā[Ms. 125B]pi parihīyate vīrye ṇāpi smṛtyā samādhinā prajñayā vimuktyā vimuktijñānadarśanenāpi parihīyate / itīyaṃ saptākārā parihāṇis tathāgatasya nāsti /

(xiii-xv) punar aparam arhann ekadā kuśale kāyakarmaṇi pravartate, ekadāvyākṛte / yathā kāyakarmaṇy evaṃ vākkarmaṇi manaskarmaṇi ca / tathāgatasya trayāṇām api karmaṇāṃ jñāna[T. 122A]pūrvaṃgamatvāj jñānānuparivartitvāc ca nāsty avyākṛtaṃ karma tatra jñānasamutthāpanatām upādāya jñānapūrvaṃgamam / jñānasahacaratām upādāya jñānānuparivarti /

(xvi-xviii) punar aparam arhan traiyadhvikaṃ jñeyavastu na cābhogamātrāt pratipadyate yenāsya saktaṃ jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati / na ca sarvaṃ pratipadyate yenāsya pratihataṃ jñānadarśanaṃ bhavati / tathāgatas traiyadhvikam ābhogamātrāt sarvaṃ vastu pratipadyate / tasmād ete aṣṭādaśāveṇikā buddhadharmā ity ucyante / tatraiṣām ādyāḥ ṣaṭ asādhāraṇakāyavāṅmanaskarmapariśuddhisamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ / tatra nāsti skhalitam ity ayaṃ kāyakarmapariśuddhim ārabhya / nāsti ravitam ity ayaṃ vākkarmaparaśuddhim ārabhya / tatra nāsti muṣitasmṛtiḥ nāsty asamānitaṃ cittaṃ nāsti nānātvasaṃjñā nāsty apratisaṃkhyāyopekṣety etac catuṣṭayaṃ manaskarmapariśuddhim adhikṛtya [Ms. 126A] veditavyam / nāsti chandaparihāṇir yāvan nāsti vimuktijñānadarśanaparihāṇir iti sāśrayāṇāṃ saphalānāṃ tathāgatendriyāṇām aprāptyaparihāṇisamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ / tatrāśrayaś chandaḥ / phalaṃ vimuktir vimuktijñānadarśanaṃ ca / indriyāṇi vī[T. 122B]ryādīni veditavyāni / sarvaṃ kāyakarma vākkarma manaskarma jñānapūrvaṃgamaṃ jñānānuvartīt ete trayo 'sādhāraṇakarmacārasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ / atīte'dhvany asaṅgam apratihataṃ jñānaṃ yāvat pratyutpanne 'dhvanīty ete trayo 'sādhāraṇajñānavihārasamṛddhau samādhyādayaḥ //

J19 一切種妙智

§ 170. [Ch. 762B] skandhadhātvāyataneṣu sarvākārajñatāsamṛddhāv iti skandhādīnāṃ svabhāvaviśeṣalakṣaṇaprabhedaparyantajñānaniṣpattāv ity arthaḥ //

I3 明功德作業（分二）J1 明所依（分二）K1 問（缺）K2 答（分二）L1 辨所依（分三）M1 明內外共法（缺）M2 明大小乘共法（缺）M3 明引發所因

§ 171. teṣāṃ punar abhinirhāro niśrayato 'bhinirhārakapudgalato 'bhinirhāropāyataś ca paridīpitaḥ / abhinirhāropāyaḥ punar yathāvyavasthānaṃ manaskārabahulīkāratā yathādeśanaṃ samāhitasya [NMs. 126B] cittasya punaḥpunas tatra dhāraṇam ity arthaḥ / tadyathāpramāṇāny abhinirhartukāmo maitrīsahagatena cittenāvaireṇāsapatnenety evamādikāṃ deśanāṃ dhyānasaṃniśrayeṇa bhāvayan manasikurvan bahulīkaroti, evam abhijñādīn abhinirhartukāma eko bhūtvā bahudhā bhavatīty evamādikaṃ vyavasthānaṃ manasikurvan bahulīkarotīti yojayitavyam //

L2 辨作用自性（分二）M1 標

§ 172. ta ete 'pramāṇādayo guṇā dviprakārāḥ /

M2 指

(i) svakāritrapratyupasthānāś ca yair āryo yathāyogaṃ vi[T. 123A]pakṣaprahāṇādikaṃ karma karoti, (ii) vaihārikāś ca yaiḥ paramapraśāntanirvikalpajñānasaṃgṛhītair anālaṃbanāpramāṇādibhir dṛṣṭe dharme sukhaṃ viharati //

J2 作業（分十九）K1 無量

§ 173. tatrāpramāṇair vipakṣaṃ prajahātīti yathākramaṃ vyāpādaṃ vihiṃsām aratim anunayapratighau ca / etāni ca catvāry apramāṇāny aṃnukampety ucyate, ebhiḥ sattvārthaṃ pratyanuguṇaṃ pravartanāt / atas tair viharamāṇaḥ sarvasattveṣv anukampāvihāritayā puṇyasaṃbhāraṃ paripūrayati / ata eva sattvaparipāke ca na parikhidya[Ms. 127A]te, sarvasattvānukampitvena svātmanirapekṣatvāt //

K2 解脫

§ 174. [Ch. 762C] vimokṣeṣu dvābhyāṃ vimokṣābhyāṃ nirmāṇakarmābhinirharati / tṛtīyena śubhe nirmāṇe na saṃkliśyate / catubhir āryavimokṣaiḥ śānteṣu mokṣeṣu na sajjate / praścimena paramapraśāntenāryavihāreṇa viharati / tathā tathādhimokṣārthaś ca vimokṣo veditavyaḥ //

K3 勝處

§ 175. abhibhvāyatanādīnāṃ karma pūrvavat tannirdeśānusāreṇaiva yojayitavyam //

K4 徧處（缺）K5 無諍

§ 176. araṇāyā ādeyavacano bhavati, paracittānurakṣaṇapradhānatayā yathānurūpaṃ vacanāt //

K6 願智

§ 177. praṇidhijñānena [T.123B] bahumataś ca bhavati lokasya, sarvaṃ jānātīti gauravitatvāt //

K7 無礙解

§ 178. pratisaṃvidbhi[As. p. 100]r deśanayā sattvacittāni saṃtoṣayati, bahuvicitraiḥ prakāraiḥ saṃśayacchedanāt //

K8 神通

§ 179. ṛddhidivyaśrotraparacittajñānapūrvenivāsacyutyupapādāsravakṣayābhijñābhir yathākramaṃ kāyakarmādinā śāsane āvarjayati / divyaśrotrābhijñayā sarvarutaprakārābhyupapattito vākkarmaṇāvarjanaṃ veditavyam //

K9 相隨好（缺）K10 清淨

§ 180. āśrayapariśuddhyā yathākāmam āśrayasyopādānasthāna[Ms. 127B]parityāgān adhikṛtya saṃcintya bhavopapattiparigrahaṇādīni trīṇi veditavyāni / (i) ālaṃbanapariśuddhayā dharmavaśavartī bhavati, (ii) cittapari[Ch. 763A]śuddhayā samādhivaśavartī, (iii) jñānapariśuddhyā saddharmaṃ dhārayati //

K11 力（分二）L1 標十種業

§ 181. baleṣu dvābhyāṃ balābhyām abhyudayamārgaṃ deśayati śeṣair niḥśreyasamārgam etāvac ca buddhānāṃ bhagavatāṃ karaṇīyam / tatra (i) sthānāsthānajñānabalena bhagavan nirhetuko 'bhyudayaḥ prakṛtīśvarādihetuko vety evam ahetuviṣamahetuvādaṃ pratikṣipati / (ili) karmasvakatājñānabalena svayam akṛtam api karmāgacchatīty evam akṛtābhyāgamavādaṃ pratikṣipati, yataḥ samyagaviparītaṃ [T. 124A] sugatimārgaṃ deśayati / (iii) dhyāna vimokṣasamādhisamāpattijñānabalena sattvānāṃ cittacaritāni cetaḥpracarān anupraviśati / (iv) indriyaparāparajñānabalena deśanābhājanatāṃ śraddhādīndriyaparipākam anupraviśati / (v) nānādhimuktijñānabalenāśayaṃ hīnapraṇītādhimuktikatām anupraviśati / (vi) nānādhātujñānabalenānuśayasamudghātanaśakyakleśatām anupraviśati / (vii) sarva[Ms. 1238A]tragāminīpratipajjñānabalenālaṃbanaṃ śrāvakayānaṃ mahāyānaṃ vā deśanādharmasaṃgṛhītadharmam anupraviśati / (viii) pūrvenivāsānusmṛtijñānabalena saṃbhāraṃ pūrvajanmasamudāyagatam āryamārgahetum anupraviśati // (ix) cyutyupapādajñānabalena bhavyatām āyatyām anupraviśati / (x) āsravakṣayajñānabalena niḥsaraṇaṃ ca sarvasmāt traidhātukād anupraviśati yato yathāvan mokṣamārgaṃ deśayati //

L2 釋力名

balatvaṃ punar eṣām ebhiḥ skandhakleśadevaputramaraṇamāranigrahaṇaviśeṣāt / viśeṣaḥ punar jñeyāvaraṇaprahāṇe 'py anantarāyakṛtatvāt, [Ch. 763B] sthānāsthāne yāvad āsravakṣaya iti sarvatra praśnaṃ pṛṣṭasya praśnavyākaraṇavyāghātāc ca //

K12 無畏

§ 182. vaiśāradyaiḥ pariṣadi samyagātmanaḥ śāstṛtvam ātmapara[T. 124B] hitapratipannatvaṃ vyavasthāpayati / codakāṃś cābhisaṃbodhau yāvan mārge tīrthyān sahadharmeṇa nigṛhṇāti //

K13 念住

§ 183. smṛtyupasthānair asaṃkliṣṭo gaṇaṃ parikarṣati, śūśrūṣamāṇādiṣv anunayādisaṃkleśābhāvāt //

K14 不護

§ 184. arakṣyair nirantaraṃ gaṇam avavadati samanuśāsti, svadoṣāvir bhāvanāśaṃkayānurakṣyābhāvāt //

K15 無忘失法

§ 185. asaṃmoṣadharma[Ms. 128B]tayā buddhakṛtyaṃ na hāpayati, upasthite sattvārthakṛtye pramādena kṣaṇam apy alaṃghanāt //

K16 永斷習氣

§ 186. vāsanāsamudghātena niḥkleśaḥ kleśapratirūpāṃ ceṣṭāṃ na darśayati yathārhan bhikṣuḥ skhalitādikaṃ darśayati //

K17 大悲

§ 187. mahākaruṇayā ṣaṭkṛtvā rātriṃdivasena lokaṃ vyavalokayati, ko hīyate kaḥ parihīyata ity evamādibhiḥ prakāraiḥ pratyavekṣaṇāt //

K18 不共佛法

§ 188. āveṇikānāṃ buddhadharmāṇāṃ karmāsādhāraṇakāyavāṅmanaskarmapariśuddhisamṛddhāv ity evamādilakṣaṇanirdeśādhikāreṇa yojayitavyam //

K19 一切種妙智

§ 189. [As. p. 101] sarvakārajñatayā sarvasattvānāṃ sarvasaṃśayān chinatti, sarvatrāvyāhatajñānatvāt / dharmanetrīṃ ca dīrghakālam avasthāpayati, tatra tatra vineyasaṃśayacchedanārtha deśitānāṃ dharmaparyāyāṇāṃ saṃgītikārair anukrameṇa saṃjñāpanāt / dharmanetrīṃ nisrityā[Ch. 763C]paripakvāḥ sattvāḥ [T. 125A] paripacyante paripakvāś ca vimucyante //

G3 合辨能證所證（分五）H1 得果捨向

§ 190. viśiṣṭamārgalābhe hīnamārgavihānis tadyathā phalasaṃgṛhītamārgalābhe pratipannakamārgo vihīna ity ucyate, punar asaṃmukhīkaraṇāt /

sakalaprahāṇaṃ ca sā[Ms. 129A]kṣātkaroti phalaprāptikāle tu tadvipakṣajātīyakleśapratipakṣadauṣṭhulyāśeṣaprahāṇād āśrayaparivṛttiviśeṣalābhataḥ

H2 明三乘涅槃差別（分二）I1 明二乘頓捨

samavasargavihānyā vijahātī[ty a]tyantāsamudācāraṃ vijahā[tī]ty arthaḥ /

I2 明菩薩無盡

no tu bodhisattvas tathā vijahāti, sarvasattvaparinirvāṇābhiprāyapūrvakatvāt tanmārgasya / ata eva bodhisattvā akṣayakuśalamūlā akṣayaguṇā ity ucyante tadyathākṣamiti[sūtre] 'kṣayatānirdiṣṭeti//

H3 辨現觀相違之諸無記事

§ 191. śāśvato loka aśāśvata ity evamādiṣu praśneṣv avyākṛtavastuvyava sthānaman arthopasaṃhitatvenāyoniśatvāt / teṣāṃ teṣāṃ praśnānāṃ kīdṛśaḥ punaḥ praśno'rthopasaṃhitaḥ / tadyathā catvāry āryasatyāny ārabhya yaḥ praśnaḥ / tathāhi sahetuphalasaṃkleśavyavadānacintāntarbhūta iti //

H4 明菩薩與四果異同（分四）I1 明非初果

§ 192. bodhisattvasya nyāmāvakrāntāv api śrotāpannatvāvyavasthānam, apratiṣṭhitamārgapratilambhāt pratiśrotaḥpratipattyapariniṣpannatām upādāya //

I2 明非二果（缺）I3 明非三果（缺）I4 明亦成阿羅漢（缺）H5 辨應修五種善巧（分二）I1 標名（缺）I2 別釋（分五）J1 所知境善巧

§ 193. [Ch. 125B] jñe[T. 125B]yaṃ ṣaḍvidhaṃ--bhrāntir yāvad abhrāntiniṣyandaś ca / tatra (i) bhrāntir grāhyagrāhakābhiniveśaḥ / (ii) bhrāntyāśrayo yasminn āryajñā[Ms. 129B]nagocare saṃskāranimittamātre 'bhūtaparikalpātmake sati bālānāṃ so 'bhiniveśaḥ pravartate / (iii) abhrāntyāśrayas tathatā, nirvikalpasya jñānasya tadadhiṣṭhānatvāt / (iv) bhrāntyabhrāntilokottarajñānānukūlāḥ śrutamayyādayaḥ kuśalā dharmāḥ, jñeyavikalpanān nirvikalpajñānānukūlyāc ca / (v) abhrāntir nirvikalpajñānam / (vi) abhrāntiniṣyanda āryamārgapṛṣṭhalabdhāḥ kuśalā dharmāḥ //

J2 方便善巧（分二）K1 標

§ 194. upāyakauśalyaṃ [As. p. 102] punaś caturvidham /

K2 列

(i) sattvaparipākakauśalyaṃ catvāri saṃgrahavastūni, taiḥ saṃgṛhya kuśaleṣu dharmeṣu niyojanāt / (ii) buddhadharmaparipūraṇakauśalyaṃ prajñāpāramitā原書注標 5 錯誤，修正為 1。, dānapāramitāṃ yāvat sarvākāravarajñatāṃ paripūrayitukāmena bodhisattvena mahāsattvenāsyām eva prajñāpāramitāyāṃ śikṣitavyam iti vacanāt / (iii)kṣiprābhijñatākauśalyaṃ ṣaṭkṛtvā rātriṃdivasaṃ pāpapratideśanā puṇyānumodanā buddhādhyeṣaṇā kuśalamūlapariṇāmanā ca yathākra[ma]m āryamaitreyaparipṛcchāyām / (iii)(iv) dharmā原書注標 1 錯誤，修正為 2。nupacchedakauśalyaṃ cāpratiṣṭhitanirvāṇatayā punaḥpanar anupa原書注標 2 錯誤，修正為 3。ra[T. 126A]tam atyantaṃ ca samantāl lokadhātuṣu [Ms. 130A] yathāvineyaṃ buddhabodhisattvacaryāsaṃdarśanād iti //

J3 虛妄分別善巧（分二）K1 標列十種虛妄分別

§ 195A. abhūtaparikalpo daśavidhaḥ / tatra (i) mūlavikalpa ālayavijñānam, sarva[Ch. 764B]vikalpānāṃ bījabhūtatvāt / (ii) nimittavikalpo dehapratiṣṭhābhogapratibhāsā原書注標 3 錯誤，修正為 4。 vijñaptayaḥ, grāhyanimittabhūtatvāt / tāḥ原書注標 4 錯誤，修正為 5。 punar yathākramaṃ rūpīndriyabhājanalokarūpādiviṣayalakṣaṇā draṣṭavyāḥ / (iii) nimittapratibhāsasya vikalpaḥ ṣaḍvijñānakāyāḥ manaś ca, yathoktagrāhyanimittākāratvāt / (iv) nimittavikāravikalpo yathoktadehādinimittasyānyathātvenotpādaḥ / (v) nimittapratibhāsavikāravikalpo yathoktasya cakṣarvijñānādinimittapratibhāsasya sukhādyavasthāntareṇotpādaḥ / (vi) paropanīto vikalpo deśanāsaṃgṛhītanāmapadavyañjanakāyalakṣaṇaḥ / sa punar dvividhaḥ-- (a) durākhyātadharmavinayātmakaḥ (b) svā原書注標 5 錯誤，修正為 6。khyādharmavinayātmakaś ca / atas tadadhipateyamanaskārasaṃgṛhītau yathākramaṃ (vii) yoniśovikalpo (viii)'yoniśovikalpaś ca veditavyaḥ / (ix) abhiniveśavikalpo 'yoniśo原書注標 1 錯誤，修正為 7。vikalpād vā原書注標 2 錯誤，修正為 8。ṣaṣṭi dṛṣṭigatasaṃgṛhīto ][Ms. 130B] yo vikalpaḥ / (x) vi[T. 126B]kṣepavikalpaḥ yoniśo原書注標 3 錯誤，修正為 9。vikalpād abhāvādigrāhalakṣaṇo yo vikalpaḥ //

K2 更就散亂分別分為十種

§ 195B. sa punar daśavidhaḥ--abhāvavikalpaḥ yāvad yathārthanāmavikalpaś ca / sa eṣa daśavidho vikalpaḥ prajñāpāramitādinirdeśam adhikṛtya veditavyaḥ / yathoktam "iha śāriputra bodhisattvo bodhi原書注標 4 錯誤，修正為 10。sattva eva san bodhisattvaṃ na samanupaśyati / bodhisattvanāma na samanupaśyati / prajñāpāramitāṃ na samanupaśyati / bodhiṃ na samanupaśyati / caratīti na samanupaśyati / na caratīti na samanupaśyati / tathāhi nāma svabhāvena śūnyaṃ na śūnyatayā, rūpaṃ svabhāvena śūnyaṃ na śūnyatayā yāvad vijñānaṃ svabhāvena śūnyaṃ na śūnyatayā / tatkasya hetoḥ / yā rūpasya śūnyatā na tad rūpam, nāpy anyatra, rūpāc chanyatā, rūpam eva śūnyatā, śūnyataiva rūpam, evaṃ yāvad vijñānam / tat kasya hetoḥ / nāmamātram idaṃ yaduta bodhisattvanāmeti bodhisattva iti prajñāpāramiteti bodhir iti rūpam iti yāvad vijñānam iti / svabhāvasya hi notpādo na nirodho na saṃkleśo na vyavadānam / prajñā[T. 127A]pāramitāyāṃ caran bodhisattva utpādam api na samanupaśyati yāvad vyavadānam api na samanupaśyati / tat kasya hetoḥ / kṛtrimaṃ nāma [Ms. 131A] prati prati te dharmāḥ kalpitā [Ch. 764C] āgantukena nāmnānuvyavahriyante / [yathā yathānuvyavahriyante] tathā tathābhiniviśanti / tāni bodhisattvaḥ sarvanāmāni na samanupaśyati, asamanupaśyan nābhiniviśate /" tatra (i) abhāvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--bodhisattvo bodhisattva eva sann ity evamādi, sacchabdasya bhāvārthatvāt / (ii) bhāvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--bodhisattvaṃ na samanupaśyati yāvad vayavadānam api na samanupaśyati yāvan na caratīti na samanupaśyati pudgaladharmabhāvapratiṣedhāt / (iii) samāropavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha-- tathāhi nāma svabhāvena śūnyam iti, abhūtaparikalpasya svabhāvapratiṣedhāt / (iv) apavādavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--na śūnyatayeti, tasmin nāmni tena parikalpitena parikalpitasvabhāvena virahitatāyāḥ sarvadāstitvāt / (v) ekatvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--yā rūpasya śūnyatā na tad rūpaṃ yāvad vijñānam iti, bhāvāntaratvāt / rūpādayo hi parikalpitaḥ svabhāvaḥ śūnyatā pariniṣpanna iti / (vi) pṛthakatva[T. 127B]vikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--nāpy anyatra rūpāc chūnyatā yā rūpam, yāvac chanyataiva [Ms. 131B] vijñānam iti, parikalpitasvabhāvasyālakṣaṇatvāt tadvyatirekeṇa tadbhāvāsaṃbhavataḥ / (vii) svabhāvavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--nāmamātram idaṃ yaduta rūpam iti yāvad vijñānam iti, abhilāpavyatirekeṇābhilāpyasvabhāvābhāvāt / (viii) viśeṣavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--svabhāvasya notpādo yāvad vyavadānam api na samanupaśyatīti, utpādādiviśeṣalakṣaṇapratiṣedhāt / (ix) yathānāmārthavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--kṛtrimaṃ nāma prati prati te dharmāḥ kalpitā āgantukena nāmnā vyavahriyante ity evamādi / (x) yathārthanāmavikalpapratipakṣeṇāha--tāni bodhisattvaḥ sarvanāmāni na samanupaśyan nābhiniviśata iti, yathārthaṃ nāmnām adarśanā[na]bhiniveśāt //

J4 無分別善巧（分二）K1 標釋（分二）L1 標三種無分別

§ 196. nirvikalpanāt tridhā saṃtuṣṭinirvikalpanādibhiḥ /

L2 明三種人應知其相

tatra (i) pṛthagjanā yadi [Ch. 765A] [a]nityatādikāṃ kāṃcid eva dharmatām ārabhya cittaparyavasānaṃ nītvā labdhaparitoṣā bhavanty evam etad iti niścinvantaḥ sā teṣāṃ saṃtuṣṭinirvikalpatety ucyate, tatra sarvatarkākhyavikalpopara[T. 128A]teḥ / (ii) śrāvakāḥ skandheṣu nityā[Ms. 132A]diviparyāsapratipakṣeṇa yathāvad rūpādikaṃ dharmadhātuṃ parīkṣamāṇā lokottareṇa jñānena nairātmyaṃ pratividhyanty ataḥ sā teṣām aviparyāsanirvikalpatety ucyate / (iii) bodhisattvās tad api rūpādidharmamātraṃ prapañ ca iti viditvā sarvadharmanimittāni vibhāvayantaḥ paramaśāntena lokottareṇa jñānena sarvatragāṃ tathatāṃ pratividhyanty ataḥ sā teṣāṃ niṣprapañcanirvikalpatety ucyate /

K2 顯無戲論無分別復離五相

kathaṃ punar asau niṣprapañcanirvikalpatety ucyate / (a) yady amanaskāratas tena suptamattādīnāṃ nirvikalpatāprasaṅgaḥ, teṣāṃ dharmanimittāmanaskārāt / (b) atha samatikramatas tena dvitīyadhyānāt prabhṛti sarvatra nirvikalpatā prāpnoti, [vi]tarkavicāravikalpānāṃ samatikramāt, tataś ca vikalpasya śarīraṃ hi cittacaittāḥ traidhātukā ity asya virodhaḥ / (c) atha vyupaśamatas tena saṃjñāveditanirodhasamāpattir nivikalpatā prāpnoti, tatra cittacaitavikalpavyupaśamāt, tataś ca jñānābhāvaḥ prasajyate / (d) atha svabhāvatas tena rūpaṃ nirvikalpatā prāpnoti, tasyāvikalpasvabhā[Ms. 132B]vatvāt / (e) athālaṃbane 'bhisaṃskāra[T. 128B]s tena savikalpataiva nirvikalpatā prāpnoti, nirvikalpam etad ity etasyābhisaṃskārasya nimittavikalpalakṣaṇatvāt / tasmān naibhiḥ prakāraiḥ nirvikalpatā draṣṭavyā / api tv ālaṃbane 'nabhisaṃskārato draṣṭavyā / kathaṃ kṛtvā / yadā hy asya bodhisattvasyānulomikam avavādam āgamya prakṛtyā sarvadharmanimittāny apariniṣpannānīti vicārayatas tadvicāraṇābhyāsabalādhānāt pratyātmam anabhisaṃskāreṇaiva yathāvan niṣprapañcadhātau sarvadharmatathatāyāṃ cittaṃ samādhīyate sāsāv ucyate niṣprapañcanirvikalpateti //

J5 於時時中應修練根

§ 197. prakṛtyā tīkṣṇendriyo bodhisattva ity uktaṃ prā[Ch. 765B]k kathaṃ tena kālena kālam indriyāṇy utāpayitavyānīty ucyate / svajātīyānāṃ mṛdvāditraividhyād uttarottarābhinirhāratas tad uttāpanaṃ veditavyam / anyathā tīkṣṇendriyagotrāṇām indriyāṇām aikavidhye sati bodhisattvānām ndriyakṛto viśeṣo naivopalabhyate / sa copalabhyata iti //

[V]

sāṃkathyaviniścayo nāma pañcamaḥ samuccayaḥ

D4 論議品（分二）E1 略問答（分二）F1 問（缺）F2 答

§ 198. saptavidhasāṃkathyaviniścaye 'rthaviniścayaḥ

E2 廣別釋（分七）F1 義決擇（分二）G1 標

svabhāvārthādīn ṣa[Ms. 133A]ḍarthān ārabhya veditavyaḥ / tatra--

G2 釋（分二）H1 列（缺）H2 辨（分六）I1 自性義

§ 198A. [As. p. 103] svabhāvas trayaḥ svabhāvāḥ (i) parikalpitaḥ (ii) paratantraḥ (iii) pariniṣpannaś ca //

I2 因義

§ 198B. hetvarthas trayo hetavaḥ / [T. 129A] (i) utpattihetus tathā hetusamanantarālaṃbanādhipatipratyayāḥ, tataḥ sarvasaṃskṛtanirvartanāt / (iii)pravṛttihetus tadyathā 'vidyāpratyayāḥ saṃskārā yāvat samudayo nirodhaś ca bhavatīty etayānupūrvyā saṃkleśavyavadānapravṛtteḥ / (iii) siddhihetuḥ pratyakṣopalambhānupalambhasamākhyānasaṃgṛhītaḥ, tena sādhyasyāpratītasyārthasya sādhanāt //

I3 果義

§ 198C. phalārthaḥ pañca phalāni / (i) vipākaphalaṃ tadyathālayavijñānam / (ii) niṣyandaphalaṃ tadyathā pūrvotpannānāṃ kuśalādīnāṃ dharmāṇāṃ tatsāntānikā uttarakuśalādayo dharmāḥ / (iii) adhipatiphalaṃ tadyathā sarvasattvasādhāraṇaṃ karmādhipatyena bhājanalokaḥ / (iv) [Ch. 765C] puruṣakāraphalaṃ tadyathā sasyādayaḥ (iiv)(v) visaṃyogaphalaṃ tadyathāryamārgeṇānuśayasamudghātaḥ //

I4 業義

§ 198D. karmārthaḥ pūrvavad draṣṭavyas tadyathā karmasaṃkleśanirdeśe //

I5 相應義

§ 198E. yogārthaḥ pañca yogāḥ / [Ms. 133B] (i) sāmūhiko yogas tadyathā gṛhakāṣṭheṣṭakādīnām / (ii) ānubandhiko yogas tadyathā[nu]śayādihetuḥ, tathāhi tasmin saty asamudācaradbhir api kleśādibhir yukta ity ucyate / (iii) sāmbandhiko yogas tadyathā svajanmanāṃ parasparam / (iv) āvasthiko yogas tadyathānugrahādyāḥ saṃtānavyavasthāḥ, tathāhi tāsu vartamānaḥ sukhena yukto [T. 129B] yāvad duḥkhāsukhena yukta ity ucyate / (v) vaikāriko yoga āgantukopakleśādikasaṃmukhībhāvaḥ, tathāhi tasmin sati rāgādibhiḥ śraddhādibhiś ca yukta ity ucyate //

I6 轉義

§ 198F. vṛttyarthaḥ pañca vṛttayaḥ / (i) lakṣaṇavṛttiḥ saṃskṛtasya trīṇi lakṣaṇāny utpādādīni, taiḥ prakārair vartanāt / (ii) avasthānavṛttir ādheyasyādhāre vyavasthānam / (iii) viparyāsavṛttiḥ sāṃkleśikānāṃ dharmāṇām ayathābhūtaṃ vartanāt / (iv) aviparyāsavṛttir vyāvadānikānāṃ dharmāṇām / (v) prabhedavṛttiḥ sarvasaṃskārāṇām atītānāgatapratyutpannā[Ms. 134A]dhyātmikabāhyādiprakārair varta nāt //

F2 釋決擇（分二）G1 總釋

§ 199A. [Ch. 766A] vyākhyāviniścayo yena sūtrāntānām arthaṃ nirdiśati /

G2 別釋（分二）H1 以六義釋

sa punaḥ parijñeyavastvādīnāṃ ṣaṣṇām arthānāṃ pratisūtraṃ yathāsaṃbhavaṃ pratipādanāt / tatra (i) parijñeyaṃ vastu skandhādi / (ii) parijñeyo 'rtho 'nityatādi / (iii) parijño paniṣac chīlendriyaguptadvāratādi / (iv) parijñā bodhipakṣyā dharmāḥ / (v) parijñāphalaṃ vimuktiḥ / (vi) tatpravedanā vimuktijñānadarśanam iti //

H2 以十四門釋

§ 199B. api khalu caturdaśa mukhāni vyākhyāyāḥ //

(i) vyākhyā[T. 130A]saṃgrahamukhaṃ yatra sūtrasyotpattiprayojanaṃ padārtho 'nusandhir abhiprāyaś codyaparihāraś ca varṇyate //

(ii) vastusaṃgrahamukhaṃ yatra sūtramukhaṃ śikṣāryasatyavastvādiṣu pratipādyate / tadyathā sarvapāpasyākaraṇam iti gāthā tisraḥ śikṣā[ma]dhikṛtyety evamādi //

(iii) aṅgopāṅgamukhaṃ yatraikena padenoddeśaḥ śeṣair nirdeśa iti pradarśyate / tadyathā dvādaśakṣaraṇasaṃnipātadeśanāyām ātmasampatparasampad ity anayor dvayor yathākramaṃ pañcabhiḥ pañcabhir uttaraiḥ padair nideśa iti //

(iv) uttarottara[Ms. 134B]nirhāramukhaṃ yatrottarasyottarasyābhinirharaṇāśrayatvād ete dharmā evaṃ deśitā iti pradarśyate / tadyathā pañcendriyāṇi / tathāhi śraddadhāno vīryam ārabhate, ārabdhavīryasya smṛtir upatiṣṭhate, upasthitasmṛteś cittaṃ samādhīyate, samāhitacitto yathābhūtaṃ prajānātīti //

(v) pratikṣepamukhaṃ yatredam āra[T. 130B]bhyedaṃ pratikṣipyata iti pradarśyate / tadyathā vāsyaupamyasūtre āsravakṣayam ārabhya catvāraḥ pudgalāḥ pratikṣipyante / (a) ito bāhyaka (b) ihadhārmikaḥ śrutacintāmātrasaṃtuṣṭaḥ (c) bhāvanāyāṃ paritasyamāno (d) 'paripūrṇasaṃbhāraś ca / jānataś cāhaṃ bhikṣavaḥ paśyataś cāsravāṇāṃ kṣayaṃ vadāmīty evamādinā sūtrakhaṇḍenādyaḥ pudgalaḥ pratikṣiptaḥ / bhāvanāyogam anuyuktasyety evamādinā dvitīyaḥ / vāsyaupamyadṛṣṭāntena tṛtīyaḥ / naudṛṣṭāntena caturtha iti //

(vi) akṣarapariṇāmamukhaṃ yatrānyasminn arthe prasiddhāny akṣarāṇy anyasmin pariṇāmyante / tadyathāśraddhaś cākṛtajñaś ceti gāthāyām /

(vii) nāśānāśamukhaṃ tatra praṇāśo 'praṇāśas tadubhayopāyas tadubhayaprabhedaś ca pradarśyate / tadyathā sujātasūtre praṇāśo [Ms. 135A] bāhyādhyātmikopadhyavasānam / tatra bāhya upadhir gṛhakalatrādilakṣaṇaḥ, ādhyātmikaḥ pañcopādānaskandhalakṣaṇaḥ / apraṇāśas tadubhayādhyavasānavigamaḥ / [Ch. 766B] praṇāśopāyo 'pravrajanaṃ pravrajitasya cāsravakṣayaṃ prati pramādaḥ / viparyayād apraṇāśopāyo draṣṭavyaḥ / tatrobhayato vatāyaṃ sujātaḥ kulaputraḥ śobhate yac ca keśaśmaśrūṇy avahārya yāvat pravrajito yac cāsravāṇāṃ kṣayād yāvat prajānāmīty anenāpraṇāśatadupāyā[T. 131A]padeśena tadviparītalakṣaṇa praṇāśatadupāyau sūcitau bhavataḥ / apraṇāśaprabhedo gāthānugītena darśitaḥ--"śobhate vata bhikṣur ayam upaśānto nirāśrava" iti / tad evaṃ pravrajanam āsravakṣayaś ca paridīpitaḥ / sa punar āsravakṣayaḥ-- vītarāgo visaṃyukto hy anupādāya nirvṛtaḥ / dhārayaty antimaṃ dehaṃ jitvā mārasya vāhinīm // ity anena laukikamārgavairāgyataḥ, lokottareṇa mārgeṇāvarabhāgīyasaṃyojanaprahāṇataḥ, ūrdhvabhāgīyasaṃyojanaprahāṇataḥ, ādhyātmikopadhiprahāṇataś ca paridīpitaḥ / hetuphalakṣayādhikārāc cāyaṃ nirde[Ms. 135B]śo draṣṭavyaḥ / etad viparyayeṇa praṇāśaprabhedaḥ sūcito draṣṭavyaḥ iti //

apraṇāśaprabhedo gāthānugītena darśitaḥ--"śobhate vata bhikṣur ayam upaśānto nirāśrava" iti / tad evaṃ pravrajanam āsravakṣayaś ca paridīpitaḥ / sa punar āsravakṣayaḥ-- vītarāgo visaṃyukto hy anupādāya nirvṛtaḥ / dhārayaty antimaṃ dehaṃ jitvā mārasya vāhinīm // ity anena laukikamārgavairāgyataḥ, lokottareṇa mārgeṇāvarabhāgīyasaṃyojanaprahāṇataḥ, ūrdhvabhāgīyasaṃyojanaprahāṇataḥ, ādhyātmikopadhiprahāṇataś ca paridīpitaḥ / hetuphalakṣayādhikārāc cāyaṃ nirde[Ms. 135B]śo draṣṭavyaḥ / etad viparyayeṇa praṇāśaprabhedaḥ sūcito draṣṭavyaḥ iti //

(viii) pudgalavyavasthānamukhaṃ yatreyataḥ pudgalān adhikṛtyedaṃ bhāṣitam iti pradarśyate / tadyathā audakopame sūtre dvividhau pudgalau tricatuḥprabhedān adhikṛtya bhāṣitam--pṛthagjanaṃ dṛṣṭasatyaṃ ca / pṛthagjanas tribhedaḥ--aśuklo 'lpaśuklaḥ bahuśuklaś ca / dṛṣṭasatyaś catuḥprabhedaḥ--catvāraḥ pratipannakāḥ, catvāraḥ phalasthāḥ, trayaḥ śekṣāḥ, eko 'śaikṣaḥ //

(ix) prabhedavyavasthānamukhaṃ yatra catuṣkoṭikādibhiḥ praśnair artho varṇyate / tadyathānityasūtre--yaḥ sad idaṃ samanupaśyati sarvo 'sau rūpaṃ [T. 131B] samanupaśyati, yo vā rūpaṃ samanupaśyati sarvaḥ sa sad idaṃ samanupaśyatīti catuṣkoṭikaḥ / prathamā koṭir vedanādīṃś caturaḥ skandhān nityaśucisukhātmaviparyāsair asamāropya parijñeyaprahātavyāṃś ca samanupaśyataḥ / dvitīyā koṭī rūpaṃ nityaśucisukhātmaviparyāsaiḥ samāropyāparijñeyāprahātavyaṃ ca samanupaśyataḥ / tṛtīyā koṭī rūpaṃ nityaśucisukhātmaviparyāsair asamāropya parijñeyaprahātavyāṃś ca samanupaśyataḥ / [Ms. 136A] caturthī koṭir vedanādīṃś caturaḥ skandhān nityaśucisukhātmaviparyāsaiḥ samāropyāparijñeyāprahāta vyaṃ ca samanupaśyataḥ / yathā rūpe catuṣkoṭika evaṃ vedanādau sarvatra vistareṇa draṣṭavyam / yāvad yasya kṛtaṃ karaṇīyaṃ sarvaḥ sa nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāti, yāvan nāparam asmād bhavaṃ prajānāti sarvasya tasya kṛtaṃ karaṇīyam / āha [Ch. 766C] catuṣkoṭikam / prathamā koṭir yāvaj jīvaṃ sucaritacāriṇaḥ pṛthagjanasya / dvitīyocchedadṛṣṭyādīnām / tṛtīyā aśaikṣasya / caturthī tān ākārān sthāpayitvā //

(x) nayamukhaṃ yatra ṣaḍbhir nayair artho varṇyate--tattvārthanayena prāptinayena deśanānayenāntadvayavivarjanānayenāci[T. 132A]ntyanayenābhiprāyanayena ca / eṣāṃ ca ṣaṇṇāṃ nayānāṃ pūrvakās trayo nayā uttarais tribhir nayair yathākramam anugantavyāḥ / tadyathāsvādanasūtre--asti bhikṣavaḥ rūpe āsvāda ity evamādināpavādāntaṃ samāropāntaṃ ca varjayitvā tattvārthanayo 'bhidyotitaḥ / asty āsvāda ādīnavo niḥsaraṇam ity anenāpavādānto varjitaḥ, rūpe yāvad vijñāna ity anena [Ms. 136B] samāropāntaḥ, skandhamātre saṃkleśo vyavadānaṃ cānātmanīti pradarśayatā yāvac cāhaṃ bhikṣavaḥ yāvad anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣam ity anena prāptinayo 'cintyanayena paridīpitaḥ, pratyātmavedanīyādhigamasūcanāt / sarvam evedaṃ sūtraṃ deśanānayaḥ / sa cābhiprāyeṇānugantavyaḥ / sa parijñeyaṃ vastu, parijñeyam artham, parijñām, parijñāphalam, tatpravedanāṃ cābhipretyedaṃ sūtraṃ bhāṣitam iti / tatra parijñeyaṃ vastu rūpādikam / parijñeyo 'rtha āsvādādikaḥ, tena prakāreṇa tasya rūpādikasya vastunaḥ parijñānāt / parijñaiṣāṃ pañcānām upādānaskandhānām evaṃ triparivartena yathābhūtaparijñānam / parijñā[T. 132B]phalam asmāt sadevakāl lokād yāvat sadevamānuṣāyāḥ prajñāyā vimuktir yāvad vipramuktiḥ / tatpravedanānuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbuddho 'smīty adhyajñāsiṣam iti //

(xi) parijñādimukhaṃ yatra tattvalakṣaṇam ārabhya parijñālakṣaṇena, prahāṇalakṣaṇena, sākṣātkriyālakṣaṇena, eṣām eva tattv alakṣaṇādīnāṃ prakārabhedalakṣaṇena, āśrayāśrita[Ms. 1367A]saṃbandhalakṣaṇena, parijñādīnām āntarāyikadharmalakṣaṇena, āmulomikadharmalakṣaṇena, aparijñādiṣu cādīnavānuśaṃsālakṣaṇena cārtho nirdiśyate / tadyathātraivāsvādanasūtre / tatra (a) tattvalakṣaṇam upādānaskandhasaṃgṛhītaduḥkhasatyam / (b) parijñālakṣaṇaṃ tasyaivāsvādādinā yathābhūtaṃ, parijñānam / [Ch. 767A] (c) prahāṇalakṣaṇaṃ (d) sākṣātkriyālakṣaṇaṃ ca sarvasmāl lokād vimuktiḥ, āvaraṇaprahāṇenāśrayaparivṛttisākṣātkaraṇāt (e) bhāvanālakṣaṇaṃ viparyāsāpagatena cetasā bahulavihāraḥ / (f) prakārabhedalakṣaṇam--tattvalakṣaṇasya pañcadhā bhedo rūpaṃ yāvad vijñānam iti / parijñālakṣaṇasya tridhā bheda āsvādaṃ cāsvādayato yāvan niḥsaraṇaṃ ca [T. 133A] niḥsarato yathābhūtaṃ prajānāti / prahāṇalakṣaṇasya sākṣātkriyālakṣaṇasya dvidhā bhedaḥ kleśavimuktir duḥkhavimuktiś ca / tatra sadevakāl lokād yāvat sadevamānuṣāyāḥ prajāyā vimuktiḥ kleśebhyo vimokṣād ata eva tadviśeṣa原書注標 3 錯誤，修正為 2。ṇārtham āha niḥsṛta iti / tadyathā hy anyatra sūtre--niḥsaraṇaṃ katamadbhyaḥ / chandarāgavinayaḥ chandarāgaṃprahāṇaṃ chanda[Ms. 137B]rāgasamatikrama ity uktam / evam anāgataduḥkhābhinirvartakakleśavisaṃyoge sati duḥkhād api vipramukto bhavatīti viśeṣaṇārtham āha--visaṃyukto vipramukta iti / bhāvanālakṣaṇasya dvidhā bhedo darśanamārgo bhāvanāmārgaś ca / tatra viparyāsāpagatena cetaseti darśanamārgaṃ darśayati, bahulaṃ vyahārṣam ity anena bhāvanāmārgam / (g) āśrayāśritasaṃbandhalakṣaṇaṃ tatvalakṣaṇādīnām uttarottarāṇām āśrayatvasūcanāt / (h) parijñādīnām āntarāyikalakṣaṇam evaṃ triparivartena yathābhūtam aparijñānam / (i) anulomikalakṣaṇaṃ yathāvyavasthānam eṣām eva rūpādīnām āsvādādito vicāraṇā / (j) aparijñānā[T. 133B]dīnavalakṣaṇam avimuktir yāvad anuttarāyāḥ samyaksaṃbodher asaṃbodhaḥ / viparyayād anuśaṃsalakṣaṇaṃ veditavyam iti //

(xii) balābalamukhaṃ yatraikena padenānucyamānenāyam artho na gamitaḥ syād iti pratyekaṃ sarveṣāṃ padānāṃ sāmarthyaṃ pradarśyate / tadyathā pratītyotpādasūtre 'smin satīdaṃ bhavaty asyotpādād idam utpadyate, yadutāvidyā[Ms. 138A]pratyayāḥ saṃskārā ity evamādi, eṣāṃ ca padānāṃ pratyekaṃ sāmarthyaṃ pūrvavad veditavyaṃ yathā pratītyasamutpādasya lakṣaṇanirdeśe //

(xiii) pratyāhāramukhaṃ yatra sūtrasyaikaṃ padaṃ gṛhītvā vistareṇārthaḥ pratini- rdiśyate / tadyathā ṣaḍbhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgato bhikṣur himavantam api parvatarājaṃ mukhavāyunā cālayet, kaḥ punar vādaḥ savāsanāyā avidyā[yā]ḥ / katamaiḥ ṣaḍbhiḥ / iha bhikṣavo bhikṣuś cittasyotpādakuśalo bhavati iha bhikṣur viviktaṃ kāmai[Ch. 767B]r yāvac caturthadhyānam upasaṃpadya viharati / evaṃ hi bhikṣuś cittasyotpādakuśalo bhavati / (b) kathaṃ ca bhikṣuś cittasya sthitikuśalo bhavati / iha bhikṣur āsevanānvayād yad dhānabhāgīyaṃ dhyānaṃ tat sthitibhāgīyaṃ karoti / evaṃ bhikṣuḥ sthitikuśalo bhavati / (c) kathaṃ ca bhikṣurvyutthānakuśalo bhavati / iha bhikṣur āsevanānbayād ya[T. 134A]t sthitibhāgīyaṃ dhyānaṃ tad viśeṣabhāgīyaṃ karoti / evaṃ hi bhikṣur vyutthānakuśalo bhavati / (d) kathaṃ ca bhikṣur āyaku[Ms. 138B]śalo bhavati / iha bhikṣur anutpannānāṃ kuśalānāṃ dharmāṇām iti vistareṇa dve samyakprahāṇe / evaṃ hi bhikṣur āyakuśalo bhavati / (e) kathaṃ ca bhikṣur apāyakuśalo bhavati / iha hi bhikṣur utpannānāṃ pāpakānām akuśalānām iti vistareṇa dve samyakprahāṇe / evaṃ hi bhikṣur apāyakuśalo bhavati / (f) kathaṃ hi bhikṣur upāyakuśalo bhavati / iha hi bhikṣuś chandasamādhipradhānasaṃskārasamanvāgatam ṛddhipādaṃ bhāvayatīti vistareṇa catvāra ṛddhipādāḥ / evaṃ hi bhikṣur upāyakuśalo bhavatīti //

(xiv) abhinirhāramukhaṃ yatra pratipadaṃ catuṣkādibhir nirdiśyate / teṣv api catuṣkādiṣv ekaikaṃ padam aparaiś catuṣkādibhir aparyanto hi nirhāro veditavyaḥ / tadyathā buddhākṣepasūtre--catvāra ime bodhisattvānāṃ bodhipariśodhakā dharmāḥ--śūnyatābhāvanā, sarvasattveṣv apratihatacittatā, bodhisattvānāṃ nityaṃ hitopasaṃharaṇatā, nirāmiṣeṇa cittena dharmadānasaṃprakāśanatā ceti / catuṣkaḥ svārtha paramārthaṃ cārabhya bodhipariśodhanāya caturvipakṣapratipakṣeṇa ve[Ms. 139A]ditavyaḥ / catvāro vipakṣāḥ-- (a) samāpattyāsvādanā, [T. 134B] (b) vyāpādaḥ, (c) mānaḥ, (d) tṛṣṇā ca lābhasatkāre // aparaḥ paryāyaḥ--prathamena dharmeṇa kleśaprahāṇapratipakṣaḥ / śeṣair hīnayānaparivarjanā paridīpitās tribhiḥ kāraṇaiḥ bodhicittena sarvasattvopādānataḥ, avatīrṇaparipācanataḥ, anavatīrṇāvatāraṇataś ca // aparaḥ paryāyaḥ--prathamena jñānasaṃbhāras tribhiḥ puṇyasaṃbhāraḥ paridīpitaḥ, upādānaparipācanāvatāraṇaiḥ, pratyekaṃ puṇyaviśeṣaprasavanataḥ // punar dvābhyāṃ kāraṇābhyām āśayataś ca maitracittatayā, pratipattitaś cādhigamāgamopadeśābhyām / (a) caturbhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgatā bodhisattvāḥ śūnyatāṃ bhāvayanti--adhyātmaṃ cittāvikaṃpanatayādhimuktipravicayabalādhānatayā, sarvadharmāṇāṃ yathātmyaprativedhataḥ, sarvāvaraṇavimokṣataś ca / [Ch. 767C] yad āśritya yathā ca bhāvayanti tad etena paridīpitam / kim āśritya / dhyānapāramitām / kathaṃ bhāvayanti / pṛthagjanamārgeṇa śrutacintābalādhānataḥ śaikṣamārgeṇāśaikṣamārgeṇa ca // (b) caturbhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgatā bodhisattvāḥ sarvasattve[Ms. 139B]ṣv apratihatacittā bhavanti maitrībhāvanayā, pratipattyavikopanatayā, nimittāvikalpanatayā, khedasahiṣṇutayā ca / atrāpi yad āśritya yathā cāpratihatacittā bhavanti tat pari[T. 135A]dīpitaṃ bhavati / kim āśritya / paurvajanmikīṃ maitrībhāvanām / katham apratihatacittā bhavanti / mithyāpratipattisthiteṣu svacittāvikopanataḥ, apakāriṣv apakāranimittāvikalpanataḥ, parahitārthaṃ vyāyāmāparikhedataś ca // (c) caturbhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgatā bodhisattvā bodhisattvānāṃ nityaṃ hitam upasaṃharanti--ātmanaḥ paritulanatayā, samyagavavādapravartanatayā, saurabhyasukhasaṃvāsanatayā, pūjālābhasatkāraparicaryopasaṃharaṇatayā ca / atrāpi yad āśritya yathā copasaṃharati tat paridīpitam / kim āśritya / nihatamānatām / katham upasaṃharati / yathoktaṃ tribhiḥ prakārair hīnasamaśiṣṭānāṃ bodhisattvānāṃ yathākramam // (d) caturbhir dharmaiḥ samanvāgatā bodhisattvā nirāmiṣeṇa cittena dharmadānaṃ saṃprakāśayanti--antarāyasukhaprativedhatayā, mohalayāpanayanakauśalyatayā, [Ms. 140A]nāthakaradharmārāmatayā ca / atrāpi yad āśritya / yathā ca saṃprakāśayanti tat paridīpitam / kim āśritya / lābhasatkārasyāntarāyakaratvaprativedhatām / kathaṃ saṃprakāśayanti / saṃdarśanato mūḍhānām, sa[T. 135B]mādāpanataḥ samuttejanataś ca pramādasaṅgānātmaparibhavena vā līnānām, saṃpraharṣaṇataḥ samyakpratipannānām, prakṛtyaiva ca dharmārāmatayā / prathamasyānyacatuṣkaḥ padaprabhedādibhir nirhāro veditavyaḥ //

F3 分別顯示決擇

§ 200. prabhidyasaṃdarśana[vi]niścayo yathānirdiṣṭeṣu skandhādiṣu dharmeṣu yathāyogam ekāvacārakādīni / tatra-- (i) ekāvacārako nāma praśno yenaikaṃ dharmaṃ pariśiṣṭaiḥ saha pratyekaṃ praśnayitvā tam apahāya dvitīyaṃ tenānyaiś ca saha praśnayaty evam ekaikasyaiva sarvān praśnayati / [Ch. 768A] tadyathā yaś cakṣurāyatanena samanvāgato rūpāyatanenāpi saḥ, yo vā rūpāyatanena cakṣurāyatanenāpi sa iti pūrvapādakaḥ / yaś cakṣurāyatanena samanvāgataḥ śrotrāyatanenāpi sa it yatra catuṣkoṭikam / evaṃ yāvan manaāyatanenāpi sa ity atra yathā[Ms. 140B]yogaṃ yojayitavyam / dharmāyatanenāpi sa ity atra pūrvapādakaḥ / yo rūpāyatanena samanvāgataś cakṣurāyatanenāpi saḥ, yo vā cakṣurāyatanena rūpāyatanenāpi sa iti paścātpādakaḥ / yo rūpāyatanena samanvāgataḥ śrotrāyatanenāpi sa ity atra cāpi paścātpādakaḥ / evaṃ yāvad dharmāyatanena yathāyogaṃ yojayitavyam / yaḥ śrotrāyatanena samanvāgataś cakṣurāyatanenāpi sa ity atra catuṣkoṭikam / evaṃ yāvad dharmāya[T. 136A]tanenā[pi] yojyam / evam ekaikāmarṣeṇānukramaśaḥ sarvāṇy āyatanāni parasparaṃ yojayitavyāni /

(ii) pūrvapādakaṃ dvayor dharmayoḥ kathaṃcid eva dharmam ārabhya parasparaṃ pṛṣṭayoḥ pūrvaṃdharmam adhiṣṭhāya yad vyākriyate / tadyathā yaj jñānaṃ jñeyam api tad yad vā jñeyaṃ jñānam api tad iti / pūrvapādakam--yat tāvaj jñānaṃ jñeyam api tad iti / syāj jñeyaṃ na jñānam, tad anye dharmā iti //

(iii) paścātpādakaṃ tathaiva dvayor dharmayoḥ parasparaṃ pṛṣṭayor yat paścimam adhiṣṭhāya vyākriyate / tadyathā yad grāhyaṃ grāhakam api tad yadvā grāhakaṃ grāhyam api tad iti / paścātpā[Ms. 141A]dakam--yat tāvad grāhakaṃ grāhyam api tat / syād grāhyaṃ na grāhakam, rūpādayaḥ pañca viṣayā dharmāyatanaṃ ca saṃprayuktakavarjyam // (iv) dvikoṭikaṃ yatra dve koṭī vyākriyete tadanyāsaṃbhavāt tadyathā skandhasya vyavasthānaṃ dhātuvyavasthānaṃ ca nigamayyocyate--yā skandhasaṃkhyā dhātusaṃkhyāpi sā, yā vā dhātusaṃkhyā skandhasaṃkhyāpi seti / dvikoṭikam--syāt skandhasaṃkhyā na dhātusaṃkhyā, rūpaskandho vijñānaskandhaś ca / tathāhi naiko dhātur asti yaḥ sakalarūpaskandhalakṣaṇo vā syāt sakalavijñānaskandhalakṣaṇo vā / dhātusaṃkhyā na skandhasaṃkhyāḥ, dharmadhātur iti //

(v) trikoṭikaṃ yatra tisra eva koṭayo vyākriyante / tadyathā yā skandhasaṃkhyā[T. 136B]'yatanasaṃkhyāpi sā, yā vāyatanasaṃkhyā skandhasaṃkhyāpi seti / trikoṭikam--syāt skandhasaṃkhyā nāyatanasaṃkhyā, rūpaskandhaḥ / syād āyatanasaṃkhyā na skandhasaṃkhyā, dharmāyatanam / syāt skandhasaṃkhyāyatanasaṃkhyā ca vijñānaskandho manaāyatanaṃ ca / anubhayasaṃkhyāyāḥ skandhāyataneṣv asaṃbhava eveti //

(vi) [Ch. 768B] catuṣkoṭikaṃ yatra catasro[Ms. 141B]'pi koṭayo vyākriyante / tadyathā yaś cakṣurindriyeṇa samanvāgataḥ śrotrendriyeṇāpi saḥ, yo vā śrotrendriyeṇa samanvāgataś cakṣurindriyeṇāpi sa iti / catuṣkoṭikam--prathamā koṭir utpannāvihīnacakṣurbadhiraḥ / dvitīyotpannāvihīnaśrotro 'ndhaḥ / tṛtīyotpannāvihīnacakṣuḥśrotraḥ / caturthī tān ākārān sthāpayitvā //

(vii) oṃkāritaṃ yatra praśne vyākaraṇam om iti kriyate evam etad ity abhyupagamyata ity arthaḥ / tadyathā ye 'nityāḥ sarve te saṃskārāḥ, ye vā saṃskārāḥ sarve te 'nityā iti pṛṣṭena om iti vyākartavyam //

(viii) prātikṣepikaṃ yatra neti pratikṣipyate / tadyathā skandhavinirmuktāḥ saṃskārāḥ katibhiḥ satyaiḥ saṃgṛhītā iti / prātikṣepikam--na santi skandhavinirmuktāḥ saṃskārā iti //

F4 等論決擇（分二）G1 問答等

§ 201A. saṃpraśnaviniścayaḥ--aṣṭākāraḥ kāpadeśas tadyathā (i) ko nopalabhate / prajñāpāramitālābhī bodhisattvaḥ / (ii) kiṃ nopalabhate / grāhyalakṣaṇaṃ [T. 137A] grāhakalakṣaṇaṃ ca / (iii) kena nopalabhate / prajñāpāramitayā / (iv) kasmai nopalabhate / [Ms. 142A] sarvasattvaparitrāṇārtham anuttarāyai samyaksaṃbodhaye / (v) kuto nopalabhate / buddhotpādārāgaṇataḥ saddharmaśravaṇato yoniśomanaskārato dharmānudharmapratipattitaś ca / (vi) kasya nopalabhate / sarvadharmāṇām / (vii) kutra nopalabhate / adhimukticaryābhūmau yāvad daśamyāṃ bodhisattvabhūmau / (viii) katividhaś cānupalambhaḥ / ekādaśavidhaḥ-- (a) utpannaviruddhaḥ, (b) anutpannaḥ, (c) saṃmukhībhūtaḥ, (d) hetubalotpannaḥ, (e) mitrabalotpannaḥ, (f) sarvadharmānupalambhaḥ, (g) śūnyatānupalambhaḥ, (h) sāsmimānaḥ, (i) nirasmimānaḥ, (j) asaṃbhṛtasaṃbhārasya, (k) [saṃbhṛtasaṃbhārasya] ca / ete cānupalambhā yat kiṃcid atītānāgatapratyutpannaṃ yāvad yad vā dūre yad vāntika ity etad anukramānusāreṇa draṣṭavyāḥ // yathā kāpadeśa evaṃ yāpadeśaḥ / yo nopalabhate yad yena yasmai yato yasya yatra nopalabhate yāvad vividhaś cānupalambha iti //

G2 立破等

§ 201B. [Ch. 768C, As. P. 104] api khalu catvāro viniścayamārgā dūṣakādayaḥ / tatra (i) dūṣakaḥ durākhyātasya parapakṣasyāsādhur ayam iti pratiṣedhakaḥ / (ii) [T. 137B] sādhakaḥ svākhyātasya svapa[Ms. 142B]kṣasya sādhur ayam iti pratiṣṭhāpakaḥ / (iii) chedakaḥ pareṣām utpannotpanneṣu saṃśayeṣu niścayadāyakaḥ / (iv) bodhakas teṣv artheṣu samūḍhānāṃ tadarthavyutpādakaḥ //

F5 攝決擇（分二）G1 總標（缺）G2 徵列

§ 202. [Ch. 771A] (i) kṛtyānuṣṭhānaviniścayo laukikānām anyonyaṃ jīvikopāyādisamarthanaprayojanam / (ii) avatāraviniścayas trayāṇāṃ yānānāṃ katamasmin yāne 'vatareyam avatārayeyaṃ ceti vicāraṇā / (iii) adhimuktiviniścayaḥ śrutamayyā prajñayā yathādeśanaṃ saṃpratyayaḥ / (iv) yuktiviniścayaḥ cintāmayyā prajñayā paurvāparyeṇābhiprāyaparitulanam / (v) sāṃkathyaviniścayo yathāśrutacintitānāṃ praśnapratipraśnakriyāyogenānyonyaṃ dharmasaṃbhogaḥ / (vi) prativedhaviniścayo darśanamārgas tena satyaprativedhāt / (vii) viśuddhiviniścayo bhāvanāmārgas tenāvaśeṣakleśaviśodhanāt / (viii) abhinirhāraviniścayo viśeṣamārgas tena vaiśeṣikaguṇābhiirhārāt / (ix) padaprabhedaviniścayo dvikatrikacatuṣkādiprakārābhinirhāramukhenāparyantā dharmadeśanā / (x) anābhogābhogamātrasarvārthasiddhiviniścayas tathāgataṃ jñānam, vinā pūrvābhogena sarveṣv artheṣv ābho[Ms. 143A]gasahakālam asaṃgāpratihatajñānadarśanapravṛtteḥ //

F6 論軌決擇（分二）G1 略標釋

§ 203. vādavini[T. 138A]ścayo vādavādādhikaraṇādiṣu kauśalyam //

G2 廣分別（分七）H1 論體（分二）I1 標列（缺）I2 別釋

tatra § 203A. (i) sarvaṃ vacanaṃ vādaḥ / (ii) prakāraśo loke vādaḥ pravādaḥ / (iii) viruddhayor vādo vivādaḥ / (iv) apavādo garhito vādaḥ / (v) anukūlo vādo 'nuvādaḥ sāṃkathyaviniścayaḥ / (vi) avagamāya vādo 'vavādaḥ //

H2 論處

§ 203B. [vādādhikaraṇam] atra vādaḥ kriyata iti kṛtvā / (i) rājakulaṃ yatra rājā svayaṃ saṃnihitaḥ / (ii) yuktakulaṃ yatra rājñādhiyuktāḥ (iii) sabhā vaṇiksabhādi / (iv) prāmāṇikāḥ sahāyakāḥ yeṣāṃ vacanaṃ vādiprativādinau na saṃśayataḥ / (v) dharmārthakuśalāś ca [Ch. 771B] śramaṇabrāhmaṇā ye teṣu śāstreṣu granthataś cārthataś ca vyutpannabuddhayaḥ //

H3 論依（分二）I1 標列

§ 203C. [As. P. 105] vādādhiṣṭhānaṃ yad adhiṣṭhāya vādaḥ kriyate tadyathā (i) sādhyaṃ (ii) sādhanaṃ ca //

I2 別釋（分二）J1 所成立（分二）K1 自性

tatra (ia) svabhāvaḥ sādhya ātmasvabhāvo dharmasvabhāvaś ca nāstīti vāstīti vā //

K2 差別

(ib) viśeṣaḥ sādhya ātmaviśeṣo dharmaviśeṣaś ca sarvagato na sarvagato nityānityo rūpyarūpīty evamādibhiḥ prakāraiḥ //

J2 能成立（分八）K1 立宗

(iia) pratijñā sādhyasya svarucitārthasya parasaṃprāpaṇavijñāpanā / sādhyagrahaṇaṃ yadi na kriyeta siddhasyāpi svapakṣasya pareṣāṃ deśanā pratijñā prasajyeta / svarucitārthagrahaṇaṃ na kriyeta parapakṣasyāpi sādhyasya vacanaṃ pratijñā prasajyeta / paragrahaṇaṃ na kriyeta ekākino 'pi tadvacanaṃ pratijñā prasajyeta / saṃprāpaṇagrahaṇaṃ na kriyeta kāyenāpi tadarthābhinayanaṃ pratijñā prasajyeta / [T. 138B] vijñāpanāgrahaṇaṃ na kriyetāvijñāte 'pi tadarthe śro[Ms. 143B]tṛbhiḥ pratijñā prasajyeta / yathokte tu vyavasthāne sarva ete doṣā na bhavanti, tasmād evam asyā vyavasthānaṃ veditavyam /

K2 立因

(iib) hetus tasminn eva sādhye 'pratītasyārthasya saṃpratyayanimittaṃ pratyakṣopalaṃbhānupalaṃbhasamākhyānama / saṃpratyayanimittārtha iha hetvartha iti darśayati / tathāhi pratyakṣānupalaṃbhād upalaṃbhād vety anena samākhyānena tasmin sādhye 'pratītasyārthasya saṃpratyaya utpadyate / tena tatsamākhyātaṃ tan nimittatvād dhetur ity ucyate / pratyakṣopalaṃbhānupalaṃbhau punaḥ svabhāvaṃ liṅgaṃ cādhikṛtya veditavyau //

K3 立喻

(iic) dṛṣṭānto dṛṣṭenāntenādṛṣṭasyāntasya samīkaraṇasamākhyānam, pratītena bhāgenāpratītasya bhāgasya pratyāyanāya samākhyānam ity arthaḥ //

K4 合

(iid) upanayaḥ śiṣṭatajjātīyataddharmopagamāya naya[cCh. 771C]tvasamākhyānam / yathā sādhyo 'rthas tribhir avayavaiḥ sādhitas tathā śiṣṭānām api taj jātīyānāṃ sādhyānāṃ sādhitārthadharmopagamāya nayatvena samākhyānaṃ yuktyātideśa upanayaḥ //

K5 結

(iie) nigamanaṃ niṣṭhāgamanasamākhyānam / yasmād evaṃ [Ms. 144A] yuktyā sūpapannaṃ tasmād ittham evedam ity etan nigamanaṃ veditavyam // eṣāṃ pratijñādīnām idam udāharaṇamātraṃ pradarśyate // tadyathā nairātmyavādinas tadrūpe 'dhikaraṇe saprativādike [T. 139A] nāsty ātmeti vacanaṃ pratijñā // skandhavijñaptau caturvidhadoṣopalaṃbhād iti hetuḥ / sa hy ātmā prajñapyamānaḥ skandhalakṣaṇo vā prajñapyeta, skandheṣu vā, anyatra vā skandhebhyaḥ, askandhako vā / tad yadi skandhalakṣaṇas tenāsvatantrāḥ skandhāḥ pratītyasamutpannā udagavyayadharmāṇas tallakṣaṇa ātmā nopapadyata iti doṣaḥ / atha skandheṣu tenānityaskandhāśrita ātmānityaḥ prāpnotīti doṣaḥ / athānyatra skandhebhyas tena nirdehaka ātmā niṣprayojana iti doṣaḥ / athāskandhakas tena prakṛtyaiva muktasya kevalino mokṣārthaṃ prayatnavaiyarthyam iti doṣaḥ // vartamāne 'tītaprajñaptivad iti dṛṣṭāntaḥ / tad dhy atītaṃ vidyamānalakṣaṇatvena prajñapyamānaṃ vartamānalakṣaṇaṃ vā prajñapyeta, vartamāne vā anyatra vā vartamā[Ms. 144B]nāt vartamānanirapekṣaṃ vā / tad yadi vartamānalakṣaṇaṃ tena vartamānam utpannāniruddhatallakṣaṇam atītam utpannāniruddhātmakam iti doṣaḥ / atha vartamāne tenāniruddhe niruddhātmakasya saṃbandho na yujyata iti doṣaḥ / athānyatra vartamānāt tena vartamānaṃ hitvā na kiṃcit tadvastūpalabhyate yatra tatprajñapyata iti doṣaḥ / atha vartamānanirapekṣaṃ tenāsaṃskṛtam apy atītaṃ prāpnotīti doṣaḥ / [T. 139B] tac cātītaṃ bhraṣṭalakṣaṇatvāl lakṣaṇato nāstīti siddham / ato 'nena vartamānaprajñaptau caturdoṣeṇa siddhenāsiddha [Ch. 172A] ātmā nāstīti skandhaprajñaptau caturvidhadoṣopalaṃbhāt prasādhyate nāstīti // evam ātmaviparyāsaṃ pratiṣidhyaitayaiva yuktyā nityādayo 'pi na santīty atideśa upanayaḥ // yasmād etad evaṃ tasmād anityāḥ pañca skandhāḥ yāvad anātmāna iti nigamanam iti //

K6 現量

(iif) pratyakṣaṃ svasatprakāśābhrānto 'rthaḥ / tatra svo 'rtha[Ms. 145A]stadyathā cakṣuṣo rūpam / sadgrahaṇaṃ ghaṭādidravyāṇāṃ loke pratyakṣasaṃmatānāṃ pratyakṣatvavyudāsārthaṃ prajñaptimātratvāt / prakāśagrahaṇam āvṛtatvādibhir anupalabdhikāraṇair anābhāsagataviṣayavyudāsārtham / abhrāntagrahaṇam alātacakramāyāmarīcikādivyudāsārtham iti //

K7 比量

(iig) anumānaṃ pratyakṣaśiṣṭasaṃpratyayaḥ / pratyakṣād yad anyac chiṣṭam apratyakṣaṃ niyamena tatsahavarti prasiddhaṃ draṣṭuḥ pūrvaṃ tasya tatpratyakṣam īkṣamāṇasya tadanyasmin śiṣṭasaṃpratyaya utpadyate tenāpy atra bhavitavyam etat sahavartineti tatpratyakṣapūrvakam anumānam / tadyathā dhūmaṃ paśyato 'gnāv iti //

K8 聖教量

(iih) āptāgamas tadubhayāviruddhopadeśaḥ / yatropadeśe tatpratyakṣam anumānaṃ ca sarvathā na virudhyete na vyabhicarataḥ sa āptāgamaḥ saṃpratyayitvāt //

H4 論莊嚴（分二）I1 釋

§ 203D. [T. 140A] vādālaṃkāro yena yukto vādī vādaṃ kurvāṇo 'tyarthaṃ śobhate /

I2 列

sa punaḥ svaparasamayajñatādiḥ / [Ms. 145B] tatra (i) svaparasamayajñatā svasiddhāntaṃ parasiddhāntaṃ cārabhya granthataś cārthataś ca paurvāparyeṇa nirantaraṃ vyutpattiparipākaḥ / (ii) vākkaraṇasaṃpat śabdavādino vakṣyamāṇakathādoṣaviparyayeṇānākulādivāditā / (iii) vaiśāradyam anekodāhārābhiniviṣṭavidvajjanasamāvarte 'pi bruvato nirāsthatā gatavyathatā / (v) sthairyaṃ prativādino vacanāvasānam āgamayyāt varamāṇabhāṣitā / (vi) dākṣiṇyaṃ prakṛtibhadratā prāśnikaprativādicittānuvartitā //

H5 論負（分二）I1 標

§ 203E. [Ch. 722B] vādanigraho yena vādī nigṛhīta ity ucyate / sa punaḥ kathātyāgādibhiḥ /

I2 釋（分三）J1 捨言

tatra (i) kathātyāgo 'sādhu mama sādhu tavety evamādibhiḥ prakāraiḥ svaparavādadoṣaguṇābhyupagamaḥ /

J2 言屈

(ii) kathāsādo 'nyenānyapratisaraṇādibhiḥ vikṣepa ity arthaḥ / yathoktaṃ sūtre--āyuṣmāṃś cundikas tīrthikaiḥ saha vādaṃ kurvann avajānitvā pratijānāti pratijānitvāvajānātīti /

J3 言過

(iii) kathādoṣa ākulādivacanam / tatra (a) ākulaṃ yad adhikāram utsṛjya vicitrakathāpratānanam / (b) saṃrabdhaṃ yat kopoddhavaṃ dravoddhavam / (c) agamakaṃ yad dharmato 'rthataś ca parṣadvādibhyām agṛhītam / (d) amitaṃ yad adhikaṃ punaruktārthaṃ jñātārthaṃ ca / (e) anartham anarthayuktam, tat pañcākāraṃ draṣṭa[Ms. 146B]vyam / nirarthakam, apārthakam, yuktibhinnam, [T. 146B] sādhyasamam, jāticchalopasaṃhitam, arthānupalabdhito 'saṃbaddhārthato'naikānti[ka]taḥ sādhanasyāpi sādhyato 'yoniśo 'sabhyasarvavādānugamataś ca / (f) akālayuktavacanaṃ yat pūrvakaṃ vaktavyaṃ paścād abhihitam, paścād vaktavyaṃ pūrvam abhihitam / (g) asthiraṃ yat pratijñāyāvajñātam avajñāya pratijñātam atitvaramāṇayā vācā hi tūrṇaparāmṛṣṭaḥ / (h) [a]pradīptavacanaṃ yac chandalakṣaṇasamatikrāntam apratyanubhāṣyottaravihittam, saṃskṛtenārabhya prākṛtenāvasitam, prākṛtenārabhya saṃskṛtena paryavasitaṃ ca / (i) aprabaddhaṃ yad antarādhiṣṭhitavicchinnaṃ vākpratibhānam iti //

H6 論出離（分二）I1 第一解

§ 203F. vādaniḥsaraṇaṃ yena vādān niḥsarati, akaraṇena vā guṇadoṣau vicārya vādasya nigrahasthānānāsādanāt, karaṇena vā nirvahanād iti /

I2 第二解

tatra prativādiny abhājanatā 'kuśalāt sthānād vyutthāpya kuśale sthāne pratiṣṭhāpayitum aśakyatā / parṣado vaiguṇyam asabhyābhiniviṣṭapakṣapātitādinā / ātmano 'kauśalyaṃ vāde yāvad vādālaṅkāre[Ch. 772C] 'vyu[Ms. 146B]tpattiḥ viparyayāt prativādibhājanatādīni veditavyāni //

H7 論多所作法（分二）I1 明三種興論定所須法（分二）J1 標

§ 203G. [As. p. 106] vāde bahukarā dharmā ye vāde 'vaśyam upayujyante /

J2 釋

tadyathā svaparasamayajñatā vāde bahukaro dharmo yena sarvatra kathā[T. 141A]vastuni vādaṃ karoti / śeṣaṃ sugamam //

I2 明觀察十二處法不應興論（分二）J1 標（缺）J2 引經釋（分二）K1 引經（缺）K2 明十二處

kuśalapakṣaprayuktenety uktvā pratipattisārakeṇeti vacanam āśayaviśuddhijñāpanārthaṃ na lābhasatkārādinimittaṃ śrutādikuśalapakṣe prayuktenety arthaḥ / [Ch. 773A] sattvasaṃgrāhakeṇeti śrāvakādiviśeṣaṇārthaṃ parahitapratipattipradhānenety arthaḥ / evaṃ ca svahitaparahitapratipannaḥ kṣipram anuttarāṃ samyaksaṃbodhim abhisaṃbudhyata ity ayam eṣāṃ padānām anusaṃdhir veditavyaḥ / avigṛhyāpi tāvad vāde kriyamāṇe prakṛtigambhīratvān mahāyānadharmasya durlabhājñā prāg eva vigṛhya / yaiś ca saha vigṛhya vādaḥ kriyate te 'pi pratipattāro nājñābhiprāyāḥ pratibruvanti kiṃ tarhy upālambhābhiprāyāḥ / yeṣv api prāśnikeṣu sa vādaḥ kriyate te vāsabhyā avyutpannā vā bhavanty abhiniviṣṭā vā / sarvo 'pi ca vādā prāyeṇa ṣaḍbhir doṣair yukto bhavati / tathāhi (i) vādaṃ kurvāṇaḥ kadācid atirabhasenāsatpakṣam api pa[Ms. 147A]rigṛhyābhiniveśena (ii) chalajātinigrahasthānāny api prayukte / (iii) vacanaparyavasānam anigamayyāpy akālena vaktum ārabhate / (iv) samyag apy uktāṃ prativādinaḥ kathām apapātayati paṃsayatīty arthaḥ / (v) paruṣam api bruvate, yena prativādyādayaḥ cittaṃ pradūṣayanti / (vi) svayaṃ ca teṣu cittaṃ pradūṣayatīty ebhiḥ ṣaḍbhir doṣai[T. 141B]r yukto bhavati // upaśāntasya ca durlabho vādaḥ / sati cānupaśame durlabhaṃ paracittānurakṣaṇaṃ svacittānurakṣaṇaṃ ca yena pare prasādaṃ labheran vimuktyāyatanayogena svacittaṃ samādhīyate / prāyeṇa vāde katham ahaṃ jayeyaṃ pare parājīyerann ity evaṃ cittaṃ samudācarati / sati ca tasmin paridāhaduḥkhasaṃkleśaḥ / tasmin saty asparśavihāraḥ / tato nirantarakuśalapakṣaprayogāsāmarthyāt tato viśeṣādhigamaṃ pratyaprāptiparihāṇir iti //

F7 祕密決擇（分二）G1 總標（缺）G2 引經別解（分五）H1 第一經

§ 204A. [As. P. 107] mātaraṃ pitaraṃ hatvā ity asyāṃ gāthāyāṃ loke yad atyartham avadyaṃ pātakaṃ tad abhidhāyīny akṣarāṇy etāni viśuddhau pariṇāmitāni / kiṃ ca lo[Ms. 147B]ke 'tyartham avadyaṃ saṃmatam / gurujanaghāto mahājanaghātaś ca / sa punar gurujano dvividhaḥ pratiniyato loka[sādhāraṇaś ca] / (i) lokasādhāraṇo 'pi punar dvividhaḥ-- (a) paripālako (b) dakṣiṇīyaś ca / tatra (ii) pratiniyato gurujano mātā pitā ca, pālako rājā, dakṣiṇīyaḥ śrotriyabrāhmaṇāḥ, teṣāṃ śuddhatarasamatatvāt / tad eṣāṃ sarveṣāṃ ghāto gurujanaghāta ity ucyate / mahājanaghāto rāṣṭrasya sānucarasya ghātaḥ / anucarāḥ punaḥ gavāśvamahiṣoṣṭrādayo veditavyāḥ // kathaṃ punar etā[Ch. 773B]ny akṣarāṇi viśuddhau pariṇāmyante / mātrādighātavacanasya tṛṣṇādiprahāṇapariṇāmanā[T. 142A]d yathākramaṃ tṛṣṇām, karmabhavam, sopādānaṃ vijñānam, dṛṣṭiśīlavrataparāmarśadvayam, ṣaḍāyatanaṃ ca sagocaram adhikṛtya mātrādayo draṣṭavyāḥ, tatsādharmyāt / tatra tṛṣṇā nirvṛttihetuḥ / karmabhava utpattihetuḥ / sa ca bhāvanābījādhānayogena pitṛbhūto draṣṭavyaḥ / ābhyāṃ hetubhyāṃ sopādānaṃ vijñānaṃ [Ms. 148A] pravartate / tasyaivaṃ pravart amānasya saty api mokṣābhilāṣe mokṣaprāptivighnakarāv anupāyāgraśuddhipratyāyakau parāmarśau / śrotriyasādharmyam anayor etad eva veditavyaṃ yadutāgraśuddhyabhiniveśaḥ / tasyaiva punar vijñānasyāśrayālaṃbanabhāvena ṣaḍāyatanaṃ sagocaraṃ veditavyam iti //

H2 第二經

§ 204B. aśrāddhaś cākṛtajñaś cety asyāṃ gāthāyāṃ hīnārthābhidhāyīny akṣarāṇy uttamārthe paridīpitāni / hīno loke caturvidhaḥ--manaskarmahīnaḥ kāyakarmahīno vākkarmahīna upabhogahīnaś ca / (i) manaskarmahīnaḥ punar dvividhaḥ (a) kuśalapravṛttivailomyena cāśrāddhaḥ, paralokādyasaṃpratyayena dānādiṣv aprayogāt / (b) akuśalapravṛttyānukūlyena cākṛtajñaḥ, yatropakārānapekṣitvena mātṛvadhādiduścarite nirmaryādatvāt / (ii) kāyakarmahīnaś cauraḥ saṃdhicchedakaḥ atyarthaṃ garhitajīvitatvāt / (iii) vākkarmahīno mṛṣāvādādi[T. 142B]pradhānaḥ, tadrūpasya sabhādiṣu praveśābhāvāt / (iv) upabhogahīnaḥ śvā kā kaḥ preto vety evamādikaḥ, charditabhakṣaṇād iti // kathaṃ punar etā[Ms. 148B]ny akṣarāṇy uttamārthe pariṇāmyante / aśrāddhādivacanānām arhati pariṇāmanāt / tatrāśrāddho vimuktijñānadarśanayogena svapratyayatvāt / akṛtajño 'saṃskṛtanirmāṇajñānāt / saṃdhicchettā punarbhavapratisaṃdhihetukleśaprahāṇāt / hatāvakāśa āyatyāṃ sarvagatiṣu duḥkhānabhinirvartanāt / vāntāśo dṛṣṭe dharme [Ch. 773C] upakaraṇabalena kāyaṃ saṃdhārayato 'pi bhogajīvitāśābhāvād iti //

H3 第三經

§ 204C. yathā coktam--asāre sāramataya iti / asyā gāthāyāḥ pūrvavad arthanirdeśo draṣṭavyaḥ / śarīraṃ punar asyāḥ samādhiṃ niśritya bodhisattvā darśanabhāvanāmārgābhyāṃ mahābodhiṃ spṛśantīti //

H4 第四經

§ 204D. (i) mātsaryadharmatām anubṛṃhayatīti savāsanamātsaryānuśayaprahāṇena tat tathatāśrayaparivṛttisākṣātkaraṇāt / (ii) dānena ca parikhidyate, dīrghakālaṃ dānanimittaṃ paramaduṣkaraśramābhyupagamāt / (iii) yācanakaṃ ca dveṣṭi, svayaṃgrāhābhirucitatayā yācanakaprātikūlyāt / (iv) na kiṃcit kadācid dadāti, sarvasya vastunaḥ sarvadā dānāt / (v) dūre ca bhavati dānasya, āsādyadānā[Ms. 149A]diparivarjanāt //

H5 第五經

§ 204E. tatra parameṇa brahmacaryeṇa samanvāgata iti loko[T. 143A]ttareṇa mārgeṇety arthaḥ / (i) nānyatra maithunān maithunasya niḥsaraṇaṃ paryeṣata iti tasyaiva yathābhūta parijñānena tat prahāṇāt / yathābhūtaparijñānaṃ punar asya tathatāprativedhād veditavyam / (ii) maithunaprahāṇenopekṣako bhavati, abrahmacaryaprahāṇopekṣaṇāt / (iii) utpannaṃ ca maithunarāgam adhivāsayati, kāmarāgasyādhyātmam utpannasya bahiḥpravāsanāt / (iv) maithunapratipakṣeṇa ca dharmeṇottrasyati tatpratipakṣeṇa mārgeṇa sarvasattvottaraṇāya vyavasyatīti kṛtvā / (v) abhīkṣṇaṃ ca dvayadvayaṃ samāpadyate saṃkleśavyavadanadvayena phalahetubhedena catuḥsatyātmakena [śamathavipaśyanādvayena] punaḥpunar laukikalokottaramārgadva[Ms. 149B]yaṃ samāpadyata iti kṛtvā //

A3 釋名彰意分（分二）B1 問

§ 205. kim upādāyedaṃ śāstram abhidharmasamuccaya iti nāma labhate /

B2 答

[Ch. 774A] niruktinyāyena (i) sametyoccayatām upādāya tattvam abhisametyādhigamya bodhisattvaṃḥ saṃkalanād ity arthaḥ / (ii) samantād uccayatām upādāyābhidharmasūtrataḥ sarvacintāsthānasaṃgrahād ity arthaḥ / (iii) samyaguccayatvāyāyatanatāṃ copādāyety aviparītenopāyena yāvad buddhatvaprāpaṇād ity arthaḥ //ity abhidharmasamuccaye bhāṣyataḥ sāṃkathyaviniścayo nāma pañcamaḥ samuccayaḥ samāptaḥ //